MODULE-1 Ans.

 Systematic  arrangement which also takes

jute account evolutionary rela-tionships
between organisms.
1.Name the three fields of systematics.
Ans. Nomenclature, classification & taxonomy. 12. Give lbs names of two famous  botanical
gardens.
2.Give the two name system of organisms? Ans.  Kew (England) and National Botanical
Ans. Binomial Nomenclature Research Institute (Lucknow) Indian Botanical
Garden (Howrah)
3.Write the correct order of sequence of
taxonomical categories?
13.What are the advantages of giving scientific
Ans. 
names of the organisms?
Ans: (i) Scientific names are universally
accepted in the world because they are based
4.Give the unit of classification? on same principles that are universal.
Ans. Rank / category (ii) The advantage of a technical term is the
relationship & comparison too the others.
5.Who gave binomial name of classification?
Ans. Carolus Linnaeus 14.Give the role of botanical gardens?
Ans:
6.What is meant by identification of a species? (i) Botanical gardens provide plant materials for
Ans.The identification is aimed at finding taxonomic studies.
correct name & proper position of a species in (ii) Plant species are grown for identification.
established scheme of classification. (iii) Plants are grown for research.
(iv) To maintain records of local flora.
7.Name the highest categories of
classification? 15.Differentiate between species & taxon?
Ans. 1 Kingdom. Ans:
SPECIES TAXON
8.What are the three codes of nomenclatures?
i)It is the basic i)It is a level of taxonomic
Ans.International code of botanical, zoological
taxonomic category category
& bacteriological nomenclature.
ii)  It is a group of concrete
ii)It is a rank
biological aspects
9.What do you mean by “chemotaxonomy?
   
Ans.Understanding taxonomic relationships
iii) It may be mono or
based on the distribution of certain iii) It is monophylectic
polyphylectic.
characteristic chemical constituents is called
chemotaxonomy.
16.Why are classification systems changing
every now & then?
10. Define species
Ans:The organisms are classified on the basis of
Ans. Members that can interbreed to produce
characteristics. Earliest classification were
fertile offspring.
based on the uses of various organisms but now
the humans are interested in knowing more
11. What is systematic
about different kinds of organisms & their 19.What is Taxonomic key? How is it helpful in
diversities & their relationship also. the identification & classification of an
organism?
17.Differentiate between taxon & category? Ans:Key is a taxonomic aid for identification of
Ans: unknown organisms based on similarities &
TAXON CATEGORY dissimilarities. It is a taxonomic literature based
i)  Taxon represents to i) Category refers to a on couplet. These are analytical in nature &
a group of organisms. rank of status of taxon. separate keys are needed for every taxonomic
ii) Category is of two category eg. genus, order, family etc & species
types i.e. for identification of organisms.
ii) It is only of one eg. a)  Major rank –
Dicots, Monocots, kingdom, division, class. 20.Differentiate between taxonomy &
b)  minor rank – Genus systematic.
& species Ans:
TAXONOMY SYSTEMATICS
18.Describe the role of museum in studying i) The science of i)  It refers to the
systematic? identification, science of identification
Ans: (i)  Museums have collections of plants & nomenclature & description,
animals classification is called nomenclature &
(ii)  These are used to deposit type specimens. taxonomy.  classification.
(iii)  Important centres for taxonomic studies. ii)  It deals with the ii)  It deals with unique
(iv)  Provide information about local flora & rules & the principles characteristics at every
fauna as well as of other areas. of classification. level of classification.

21.“Botanical gardens are living herbaria”. 23.What is a taxon? Illustrate the taxonomical
Comment ? hierarchy with a suitable example?
Ans:  Botanical gardens are repositories of Ans:Taxon is “a unit of classification of
information useful for taxonomic studies. organisms which can be recognized & assigned
Herbaria are most permanent records of plant a definite category at any level of classification”
specimens. Living plants are maintained in eg. order primates & carnivores are included in
botanical gardens. They play key roles in mammala. Various classes eg. Pisces, animals,
conservation, research, ecology, library & reptilia aves & mammalia form phylum-
herbaria etc. chordata. All phyla are included in kingdom
animalia.
22.Why are living organisms classified?
Ans:There are various kinds of life that differ in 24. What is the basis of modem taxonomical
shape, size & colour etc. The biological diversity studies ?
is the range of life occurring in biological world. Ans: External and internal structure, structure
The diversity develops due to the evolution and of celI, development process and ecological
development of adaptations to overcome information
competitions among life forms due to limited
resources. 13. Why growth and reproduction cannot bc
taken as defining property of all living
Ans: • Non-living things can also Increase in (iii)All the types of organisms do not occur in a
mass by accumulation of material on surface. given locality.
• Many  organisms do not reproduce (e.g,. (iv)Without a proper system so classification, it
mules sterile worker bees) is impossible to recognize or identify different
types of organism.
24. How is axon (p tax defined (v)Classification helps in knowing the
Ans: Each category n a taxonomical hierarchy relationships among different groups of animals
represents a rank and is called taxon. & plants.
(vi)Classification makes the study of organisms
25.Name the guidelines for naming of easier & gives a comparative account of them.
organisms?
Ans:Guidelines for naming of organisms
include :-
(i)A scientific name generally has two words in
Latin or derived from latin irrespective of their :Objectives of classification:-
origin. (i)Development of a system for easily
(ii)First word denotes the genus where as identifying a species if known or unknown
second word for species. (ii)The description of various species.
(iii)Names are printed in italics or are separately (iii)Recognition of different species.
underlined to indicate the Latin origin. (iv)To bring circulated characteristics at various
(iv)Each taxonomic group has only one correct levels in hierarchy.
name. (v)The grouping of species in taxonomic
(v)The name must be short, precise and easy to classification.
pronounce. (vi)To establish natural relationship board on
(vi)Generic name begins with a capital letter & phylogeny on the basis of resemblances of the
the specific name with small letter eg. Homo organisms of the organisms.
sapiens.
The name of author is written in abbreviated 27.Explain the utility of systematic & mention
form after species name & it is printed in the characterstics of new.
Roman. Ans:Systematics is defined as “the study of
classification of organisms based on
26.What is Biological classification? What is evolutionary relationships”.
the need of classification? (i)It provides useful information about
Ans:Biological classification is the naming of organism, its evolution & adaptation name &
organisms by two words. One is generic name & classification etc.
other is specific name for eg. Man is called (ii)Systematics helps us in the identification of
Home sapiens classification becomes essential useful & harmful animals or plants in applied
for the following reasons:- field of biology.
(i)It is very essential for the systematic study of (iii)It plays economical role.
living beings. Without this study of different New systematics has the following features:-
organisms would be in confusion. (a)Species are regarded as dynamic unit & not
(ii)It is impossible to study each & every as static unit of classical systematic.
organism.
(b)The importance of species as such is reduced (ii)Botanical gardens :- specialized gardens for
since most of the work is done with sub- collection of living plants, it is maintained for
divisions of species. references & identification purposes in which
(c)The morphological species definition has each plant is labelled showing its biological
been replaced by a biological one which takes name.
ecology, genetics, geography, cytology & (iii)Zoological parks:- places with live animals
behaviour into consideration. are called zoos or zoological parks. The animal
live in their natural habitat there are separate
28.What are the major divisions of places for birds, tigers, lions, reptiles etc.
classification, classify man. (iv)Museums :- These are mostly set up in
Ans: institutions where collection of preserved plants
(i)Kingdom:- It is the highest category of & animals for reference & taxonomic studies
classification. There are 2 kingdom – Animal & are placed in preservatives eg. Alcohol &
plant kingdom. formalin.
(ii)Phylum:- A group of closely related classes
having certain common characters. 29.How would you set up a herbarium?
(iii)Class:- A group of closely related orders Ans:SETTING UP OF HERBARIUM involves the
having certain common characters. following steps:-
(iv)Order:- A group of closely related families (i)Visit to a specific area to get intact part or
having certain common characters. plant, seeds or flowers.
(v) Family:- A group of closely related genera (ii)Information about habitat, season & time of
having certain common characters. collection as well topography etc.
(vi) Genus:- A group of closely related species (iii)For collection, some tools are needed,
having certain common characters. notebook, digger, scissor, knife polyethene,
(vii) Species:- Individuals having certain newspaper etc.
common characters. (iv)Spreading of specimens & drying, change the
Classification of man:- paper sheets after 3-4 days, plant press may be
Kingdom Animalia used for it. The dried specimens are pasted on
Phylum Chordate herbarium sheets & pesticides like CS2,
Class Mammalia naphthalene Hgcl2etc.
Order Primates (v)Put label on specimen & mention its place of
Family Hominidae collection, time of collection, common name
Genus Homo scientific name etc.
Species Sapiens
31.Differentiate between classical taxonomy &
30.What are taxonomic aids? Mention some of
Modern taxonomy.
the taxonomic aids for identification
Ans:
Ans:Taxonomic aids are devices used to study,
CLASSICAL TAXONOMY MODERN TAXONOMY
Identification & classify organism, some of
(i)It is called Neo-
these are:- (i) It is called old
systematic or Bio-
(i)Herbarium :- collections of present taxonomy or systematic
systematic.
/preserved or mounted plant specimens. (ii)The species was (ii)The species is
arranged systematically to provide information considered a basic, considered related to
on sheets concrete & separate one another, mutable &
 the work of gradual to a species eg. Mangifere is generic name and 
unit that was fixed or
modification as wall as indica is the specific name.
static entity & the work
dynamic & ever- Binomial nomenclature is universally accepted
of creator.
changing. all over the world because it is written
(iii)In it, classification according to universal rules of nomenclature
(iii)In it, classification
was based on framed by ICBN, ICZN, & ICNPC etc. It has two
was based on the
phylogenetic parts generic name & specific name followed by
morphological features
relationships of the name if scientist who discovered it at last in
only
organisms. abbreviated form. It must be in Latin or derived
(iv) Few individuals (iv) large number of from Latin. It must be binomial. The genus
were studied. individuals are studied starts with capital letter while species by small
(v) Emphasis in letter. Handwritten name is underlined it
(v) The species was population instead of indicates relationship with other species
delimited on species. Morphological present in same genus.
morphological delimitation was The rules & regulations present of binomial
characters. replaced by biological nomenclature must be observed before a
delimitation. taxonomist names a new found organism. This
maintains stability in taxa, avoids the use of
32. What is the difference between Botanical names that may cause error ambiguity &
Garden and Herbarium? confusion.
Ans:Botanical Garden Collection of living.; 36. Nostoc and Anabaena  have specialised
plants. cells ea11e heterocyst’s. What is the function
Herbarium: Collection of dried, pressed and of these cells.
preserved plant specimens on sheet Ans:Help in nitrogen fixation.

33. Keys arc analytical in nature and are 37. Which group comprises of single celled
helpful in identification and classification of eukaryotes only.
organisms. How? Ans:Kingdom Protista.
Ans:Refer page no. [ Text Rook of Biology for
Class X1. 38. Which organisms are the chief producers in
oceans ?
34.Define (a) Genus (b) Family (c) Order Ans:Diatoms
Ans:Genus Group of related species; Family
Group of related genera; Order Group of re1a 39, Name the fungus which causes disease in
families. wheat (I)rust (ii) Smut.
Ans:(i) Puccinia, (ii) Ustilago
35 .What is Binomial system of nomenclature?
Who proposed this system? Why is binomial 40. Which Ascomycetes has been used
nomenclature the most acceptable mode of extensively in biochemical and genetic work.
naming organism? Ans:Neurospora.
Ans. Naming of plants & animals with two
words one generic & other specific name is 41.Who introduced the five kingdom
called binomial system of nomenclature. classification of organisms?
Carolus Linnaeus introduced this scientific Ans.R.H. Whittaker (1969)
system to name a species. He gave two names
 51.How alt bacteria elassified on the basis of
42.To which kingdom the multicellular (heir shapes?
decomposers belong? Ans: Bacillus (red-shaped), Coccus (spherical).
Ans.Kingdom fungi Vibrium (comma shaped) and Spirillum (spiral
shaped).
43.Expand PPLO.
Ans:Pleuropneumonia like organisms. 52.What is the mode of reproduction in
bacteria.
44.Name the five kingdoms in which the Ans: Mainly by fission; Production of spores in
organisms are grouped together? unfavorable conditions. Sexual reproduction by
Ans:Monera, protista, fungi, plantae & animalia. DNA transfer.

45.Which organisms are known as “Jokers of 53.Why we red rides caused and why are they
plant kingdom” harmful?
Ans.2Mycoplasma Ans: Rapid multiplication of dinoflagellates like
Gonyaulax. Harmful as they re lease toxins
46.In which class of fungi sexual reproduction which kill marine animals.
does not occur?
Ans.Deuteromycetes 54.Viruses and viroids differ in structure and
the diseases they cause. How?
47.Who is known as “Father of classification”? Ans: Refer Points U, Remember’
Ans:Carolus Linnaeus
55.Which class of Kingdom fungi has both
13.Name the fungus from which LSD drug is unicellular as well as multicellular members?
obtained? When is a fungus called coprophilous?
Ans.claviceps purpurea. Ans: Ascomycetes Yea-n (Unicellular), Pen
cilium (Multicellular),Coprophil- ous moans
48.It is advised to grow one pulse crop in fungi which grow on dung.
between two main crops in the same field
why? 56.What is the basis of modern classification?
Ans.To increase the fertility of soil Ans: Modern taxonomy is based on :-
(i)Evolutionary relationship.
49.Define experimental taxonomy? (ii)The similarities in the genetic codes of
Ans:It is the identification of evolutionary units species.
within species by experimentally determining (iii) Ecological characters.
their genetical origin
57.Give one example of a fungus as a soure of
50.Name the fungus causes the rust of wheat? antibiotics?
Ans.Peccinia graminis  tritici. Ans: Penicillium is the genus which is the source
of an antibiotic penicillin. Penicillium is known
17What are distributed organisms which have as green & blue moulds. Penicillium
not been included under any kingdom? chryosogenum is utilized for production of
Ans.Virus & Viriods antibiotic penicillin.
58.How are viroids different from viruses? new mycelium but in some fungi sexual
Ans:        reproduction also takes place. There is a group
VIRIODS VIRUSES of fungi which reproduces completely by
i) Viriods are smaller i) Viruses are non- asexual spores & not by sexual spores so they
than viruses & lack cellular organisms are grouped under fungi imperfecti.
protein coat.  having protein coat.
ii) Genetic material is ii) Genetic material is 63.Explain “Numerical taxonomy”.
free RNA RNA or DNA. Ans:Numerical taxonomy refers to use of
technological methods in taxonomy. The
59.Explain phylogenetic system of observable characters are studied. The number
classification? & codes are assigned to them for computer like
Ans: phylogenetic system of classification is (+) & (-). The date processed by computer
based on evolutionary relationships of scores the taxa as per number of unit characters
organisms. It reflects true relationship between possessed by them. 
organisms. It is not static but not dynamic. Its
sources are fossils records that are never 64.What are the demerits of five kingdom
complete due to difficulty in formation, classification?
exposure, discovery & study. Ans:
(i) Kingdom monera & protista include
60.What is the basis of Whittaker’s system of autotrophic & heterotrophic organisms.
classification? (ii)Phylogenetic relationships in lower
Ans:      Whittaker based his classification on organisms are not specific & clear.
following three criteria :- (iii)Multicellular groups have evolved from the
(i)Structure of cell i-e. prokaryotic Vs. Eukaryotic protists.
organization.
(ii)Unicellular Vs. multi cellular organisms 65.Give scientific name of species of fungus:-
(iii)Different modes of nutrition – parasitic, (a) Produces a plant disease.
autotrophic or heterotrophic. (b) Is edible
(c) A source of antibiotic
61.Find out what do the terms “algal bloom”& (d) Used in manufacture of ethanol.
“red tides” signify? Ans:                           
Ans: (i) Phytophthora infestans – causes late blight of
(i)Algal bloom refers to the excessive growth of potato
algae in water body due to enrichment of (ii)Agaricus campestris – Edible mushroom.
excessive nutrients in it. (iii)Penicillium notatum – Produces antibiotic
(ii)The red dinoflagellates undergo rapid Penicillin
multiplication eg. Gonyaulux which make the (iv)Sacchromyces cerevisae – used in
sea appear red. It is called red tide. production of ethanol.

62.Why are some fungi grouped under “fungi 66.Compare salient features of monera &
imperfecti”? protista.
Ans: The fungi commonly reproduce asexually. Ans:
A part of mycelium is detached by MONERA PROTISTA
fragmentation into small pieces which grow into i) It includes unicellular i) It includes
bacteria, photosynthetic algae, 70. Who gave live Kingdom classification?
achaebacteria, slime moulds, What was the criteria used for such
cyanobacteria protozoan etc. classification?
ii) These are eukaryotic Ans:R, H Whittaker Criteria for classification Cell
ii) They are prokaryotic, structure,  thallus organization, mode of
unicellular, autotrophy
photosynthetic &some nutrition, reproduction and phylogenetic
or saprophytes or
heterotrophs relationships.
parasites

67.State an economically important use of 71. What are the s m the sexual cycle in
(i) Heterotrophic bacteria. kingdom fungi.
(ii) Archaebacteria. Ans:The steps ale (i) Plasmogamy fusion oc
Ans:               protoplasm of Iwo motile or non motile
(i) Heterotrophic bacteria are decomposers gametes.
mostly. Some are helpful to make curd milk, (ii) Kayo gamy; fusion o two nuclei.
fixing nitrogen etc while some are pathogens & (iii) Zygotic Meiosis to form haploid spores.
cause diseases. (iv) Dikaryophase in ascomycetes and
(ii)Archaebacteria, bacteria include basidiomycetes where before karyo gamy two
methanogens that produce biogas from cow nuclei per cc (dikaryou) are found.
dung etc.           
72. Some symbiotic organisms arc very good
68.Write the importance of classification of pollution indicators and compo of a
organism. chlorophyll us  and a non- chlorophyll-us
Ans:                 member Describe them.
(i)It is essential for systematic study of living Ans:Lichens. Refer Points to Remember’
beings to classify them as more than millions of
plants are known today 73.Explain sexual reproduction in bacteria?
(ii)All types of organisms do not occur on same Ans.Bacteria do not have true sexual
locality reproduction but they show genetic
(iii)It is not possible to study all organisms at recombination by three ways:-
one time. (i)Conjugation:- It was discovered by Lederberg
(iv)It helps in knowing evolutionary & Tatum. The donor or male call is identified by
relationships between different groups the presence of plasmid called F- factor in cells.
(v)It makes easier to recognize & identify each Donor cell bears cylindrical hollow sex Pilli for
organism. attachment to recipient bacterium. Donor &
recipient come in physical contact with the help
69. What are insectivorous plants? Give an of sex pilli. Plasmid or plant of donor DNA is
example. transferred into recipient cell.
Ans:Insectivorous plants are carnivorous plants. (ii)Transformation :- It was discovered by
They trap insects to supplement nutritional Griffith. It includes death of bacterial donor cell
requirement of nitrogen. These are green plants resulting in release of its DNA into external
& their leaves are modified to trap insects to medium DNA gets fragmented & gets
overcome shortage of nitrogen eg. in pitcher incorporated into metabolically active cells.
plant (Nepenthes) leaf blade is modified into a Recipient cell after incorporation of donor DNA
pitcher.
is known as recombination that expresses all its complexity & structural
character together with character of donor cell. elaboration.
Transduction :- It was discovered by Zinder & iii) Most bacteria have
Lederberg. Donor genes are transferred into iii) Do not have flagella.
flagella
recipient all by a virus. A phage causes lysis of iv) Are autotrophic &
bacterium & incorporates bacterial genes into iv) Are autotrophic.
heterotrophic both
phages then is liberated & they infect new v)  Possess
bacterial genes. v) Possess chlorophyll.
bacteriochlorophyll
vi) reserve food is
74.Discuss the salient features of viruses with vi)  Reserve food is
starch like
the help of diagram? glycogen
cyanophycean starch
Ans.Features of viruses:-
(i)They are smaller then bacteria. 76.Describe the salient features of protists?
(ii)They can be filtered
(iii)They are able to reproduce in host cell by 
using enzymes & metabolic machinery of host
cell
(iv)DNA/RNA is their genetic material
(v)These are obligate parasites, self replicating
& non – cellular organisms.
(vi)They have protein coat called capsid that
protects nucleic acid.
(vii)They cause disease in plants like mosaic,
leaf curling, leaf role, vein clearing etc.
Ans.
(i)They are single celled colonial filamentous
eukaryotes.
(ii)They grow in humid & moist environment.
(iii)Some are photosynthetic some are not.
(iv)Some forms are like plants & some like
animals.
(v)Contain membrane bound organelles.
(vi)Protozoan’s are unicellular heterotrophic
(viii)Examples- protozoan’s, slime moulds,
Euglenoid, diatoms, dinoflagellate 

75.Distinguish between bacteria & 77.Why is natural system of classification

cyanobacteria? better then artificial system of
Ans. classification?      
BACTERIA CYANOBACTERIA Ans.Natural selection not only brings out
i)  cells are i) Cells are natural relationships but also studies
comparatively smaller comparatively larger. evolutionary tendencies & phylogeny with help
ii) They have lesser ii) They exhibit high of all available data including fossils. It is better
structural elaboration degree of than artificial system of classification due to
morphological following reasons:-
(i)This system brings out natural relationships Ans.Three different groups of fungi are
amongst organisms. (i)Phycomycetes :- They have multinucleated,
(ii)This places only related organizations of aseptate mycelium. Asexual reproduction
group. occurs by aplanospores & sexual reproduction
(iii)It avoids coming together of unrelated occurs by isogamy or oogamy. These are found
organisms. in water or damp places eg. mucor Albugo etc.
(iv)It shows phylogenetic relationships & origin
of different taxa.
(ii)Ascomycetes:- They are unicellular or
78.Give a comparative account of classes of multicellular mycelium which is septate.
kingdom fungi on the basis of mode of Asexual spores formed in chains are called
nutrition & mode of reproduction. conidia. Sexual reproduction occurs by
Ans. ascospores beared in cup shaped structure
PHYCOMY ASCOMY BASIDIOMY DEUTEROMY called asci eg. yeast penicillium, Aspergillus.
CETES CETES CETES CETES (iii)Basidiomycetes :- They are called club fungi
(i) They due to club- shaped end of mycelium called
They are basidium. They have septate mycelium and
are They are
saprophy They are bears asexual spores basidiospores. Eg
obligate saprophytes
tic or pasites mushroom smut rust.
parasites or parasites
parasitic
on plants
(ii) The 80.What are the different groups of fungi?
spores are Ans.Different systems of classification are:-
produced (i)Artificial classification- It takes into account
Asexual easily observable few characteristics only & not
in
spores anatomical relationships.
sporangia.
are (ii)Natural classification- It relies on natural
Asexual Basidia are
ascospor Asexual affinities among organisms. It employs external
spores are arranged in
es. Asci spores are & internal both features.
oospores basidiocarp
are conidia (iii)Phylogenetic classification:- It is based upon
or .
arranged evolutionary relationships among the organisms
zygospore
in i-e. Organism belonging to same group have
s formed
ascocarps common ancestory.
by union
of (iv)Phenotypic classification :-additional criteria
gametes. & methodologies are employed to classify
Sexual organisms to avoid problem establishing
(iii) Sexual  Plasogamy evolutionary relationship. 1.Write the distinct
spores
spores are occur by Sexual characters of fungi & explain using a diagram.
are
zoospores fusion of reproductio
ascospor Ans.
or somatic & n is absent
es
aplanospo vegetative in them.
produced (i)Cell type – eukaryotic except yeast.
res cells
in ascus.
(ii)Cell wall – present but made up of chitin.

79.Discuss different systems of classification (iii)Chloroplast – absent.

briefly.
(iv)Mitochondria – present
(v)Nuclear envelope – present

(vi)Tissues – present but limited, yeast is a 81.Explain the various methods of asexual &
unicellular fungi, hyphae mycelium  coenocytic, sexual reproduction in fungi?
septate   
Ans.
(vii)Motility – Cilia, flagella in some treat absent
 (1)ASEXUAL REPRODUCTION:- Special types of
in most forms.
reproductive cells are formed in asexual
(viii) Nutrition – Heterotrophic, saprophytes, reproduction in fungi. They are known as
parasites, absorb food or as symbionts in spores.
lichens
 (a)Zoospores :- Zoospores are motile eg.
(ix)Reproduction – fertilization or meiosis in phycomycetes. They may have one or more
sexual reproduction & flagella. On germination zoospores produces
new mycelium. 
(x)fission, budding fragmentation, conidia
formation etc in asexual reproduction. (b)Oidia :- Some oval or spherical spores are
found in mucor. They are formed by small
(xi)Nervous system – absent
segment of hyphae.
(xii)Occurrence – air, water, soil, animals or
(c)Conidia:- conidia are formed in some fungi as
plants
a means of asexual reproduction. They are
(xiii)Examples – yeast, Penicillium, Agaricus, borne on conidiospores eg.  penicillium.   
Rhizopus, phytophthora, Asperigillus claviceps,
(d)Chlamydospores :- Thick walled resting
Rust, smut.   
spores are produced in some fungi. They may
be terminal or intercalary.

   

(2)SEXUAL REPRODUCTION:- There are three

kinds of sexual reproduction in fungi:-

(i)Isogamy:- It is the fusion of morphologically

similar gametes.

(ii)Anisogamy:- It is the fusion of two

morphologically & physiologically dissimilar
gametes.

(iii)Oogamy:- It is the fusion of female egg with

that of male antherozoids. These gametes are
produced in oogonium & anthridium
respectively.   

82.Write the diagnostic characters of kingdom

monera.
Ans. iii) prese presen prese prese
Absent
Nucleus nt t nt nt
Cilia,
Parts
flagell
Bacteri shows
a or Contra
iv) al Cilia or move
amoe ctile
Motility flagell flagella ment
boid fibres
a not
move
plant
ment
Prese Presen
v) Tissue Presen
Absen nt in t in all
or Multi Absent t  but
t all animal
cellularity limited
Monera plants s
83. Define gemma.
(i) It is a kingdom of prokaryotes. Ans. Gemma  are green, multicellular, asexual
(ii) It includes- bacteria, Cyanobacteria & buds which develop in receptacles called as
actinomycetes. gemma cups.

(iii)Microscopic organisms without nucleus but 84. Which group of plants is regarded a first
having a cell wall in some lerrestrial plank ? Why?
Ans. Pteridophytes. As they possess vascular
(iv)Nutrition is either heterotrophic or
tissues – xylem and phloem.
autotrophic.

(v)They are decomposers & mineralizers. 85. The gametes  and spores of phaeophyceae 
have a distinct morphology. Give its name.
(vi)Some monerans are archaebacteria .
Ans. Pyriform (pear-shaped). Bear two laterally
(vii)eg. spirulina, nostoc, oscillotoria, bacillus. attached flagella.

86. Which substance has ,structural similarity

83.Compare the kingdoms under five kingdom to floridean starch ?
classification in terms of cell type cell Ans. Amylo pectin and glycogen.
organelles Nucleus, motility, cellularity.
87. Name the organisms which exhibit
Ans. heterospory and seed habit.
Kingdo Kingd Kingd Kingd Ans. Selaginelia and Salvinia.
m om Kingdo om om
  88.Name seedless vascular plants.
Moner protist m fungi planta animal
a a e ia Ans. Pteridophytes.
i) Cell Prokar Eukary Eukary Eukary Eukary
89.Which pigment is responsible for red colour
type yotic otic otic otic otic
of red algae?
ii)cell prese presen prese prese
Absent Ans. Phycobilin, phycoerythrin & phycocyanin.
organelle nt t nt nt

90.What is a cone?
Ans. The fruiting body of gymnosperms which 101.Where are the antheridia & archaegonia
consists of micro & megasporophyll are called located in ferns?
as cone. Ans. Prothallus

91.Name a unicellular algae. 102.What are the two main classes of

Ans. Chlamydomonas bryophytes?
Ans. Liverwort & Mosses.
92.Why some bryophytes are called liverworts. 1. Sphagnum has lot of economic importance.
Ans. Some bryophytes are called liverworts as Justify.
they are liver shaped eg. marchantia. Ans. Provide peat used as fuel: used as packing
material for trans- shipment of living material.
93.What are rhizoids?
Ans. Rhizoids are slender, unicellular or 103. Gymnosperms can show polyembryony.
multicellular hair like structure, which penetrate Why do you think so.
in the moist soil & absorb the water for plants. Ans. Have two or more archegonia, so
polymebryony call occur.
94.Name the algae which is used for fodder to
poultry birds. 104. How is leafy stage formed i mosses? flow
Ans. Laminaria. is it different fro protonema?
Ans. Leafy stage develops from secondary
95.Which groups of plants is called vascular protonema as a lateral bud. Protonema is
cryptogam ? creeping, green, branched frequently
Ans. Pteridophyta. fiIamentous stage whereas leafy stage is upright
with spirally arranged leaves,
96.What is a cone ?
Ans. The fruiting body of gymnosperm which 105. What features led to dominance of
consists of micro & megasporophyll are called vascular plants?
as clone. Ans. Three important features have to
dominance of Angiosperm:-
97.What are cone bearing plants called? (i) Development of deep roots capable of
Ans. Conifers penetrating the soil.
(ii) Development of water- proofing material eg.
98.Name any red algae which is used as cutin on aerial surfaces, to reduce water loss
vegetables? through evaporation.
Ans. Porphyra (iii) Development of strong woody material
anchor & support above ground structures.
99.What do you mean by thallus?
Ans. It is a plant body which is not 106.Differentiate between Red algae & brown
differentiated into root, stem & leaves. algae?
Ans.
100.Name the vascular plants which produces RED ALGAE BROWN ALGAE
only spores but no flowers or seeds? i) mostly unicellular & i) filamentous &
Ans. Pteridophytes. microscopic heterotrichous.
ii) Phycoerythrin, ii) fucoxanthin
phycocyanin & filamentous &
motile & flagellated
phycobilin      pigments are pigment is present. heterotrichous
present. v) eg. geladuim,
v) eg. spirogyra, Volvox
iii) Reserve food porphyra.
Ii iii) Reserve food material
material is
is Floridian starch
Laminarian starch. 110.Write two important characteristics of
iv) chlorophyll ‘a’ gymnosperms?
iv) chlorophyll ‘a’ present
absent Ans. (i)It is a group of vascular plant which
v) eg. Gelidium, v) Laminaria, focus possess naked seeds attached to surface of
polysiphonia & sargassum megasporophyll
(ii)Megasporophyll is not folded to form on
109. Give some important features of dicots? ovary so there is no fruit formation
Ans. The dicotyledons are characterized by
either woody or herbaceous habit, their flower 111.How do fungi differs from algae ?
parts usually are in four or five their leaves are Ans.
net-veined, vascular bundles are arranged in a Algae Fungi
circle or ring within the stem. The dicots have i) Chlorophyll 7.List four
two cotyledons in their seeds. classes of plants i) chlorophyll absent
belonging to fern group. so they are non-
. Pteridophytes or fern group are divided into Ans present so they are green.
four classes:- green
(i)Class 1: psilopsida eg. psilotum nudum. ii) Saprophytic or
ii) Autotrophic nutrition
(ii)Class 2: Lycopsida eg. Lycopodium parasitic nutrition 
phlegmaria. iii) Absorbs inorganic & iii) Absorbs organic or
(iii)Class 3: Sphenopsida eg. Equisetum mineral salts  mineral salts
(iv)Class 4: pteropsida eg. Adiantum & iv) Eg chlamydomonas,
pteridium iv) Eg. albugo & yeast
ulothrix

109.How will you differentiate between red 112.Both gymnosperms & angiosperm bear
algae & green algae. seeds but then why are they classified
Ans. separately?
RED ALGAE GREEN ALGAE Ans. The gymnosperms are plants that bears
i) It belongs to i) It belongs to ovules which are not covered by any ovary wall
rhodophyta chlorophyta & remain exposed. The seeds of gymnosperms
ii) Phycoerythrin, ii) Chlorophyll ‘a’ & ‘b’ are not covered that is they are naked but in
phycocyanin, phycobilin with  -carotene & the Angiosperm, the seeds remains closed
& chlorophyll ‘a’ is inside the fruit so these are classified
carotinoids are
present. seperalely.
present.
iii) Reserve food
iii) Reserve food 113.List any three characterstic features of
material is Floridian
material is starch. Bryophytes.
starch
Ans.(i) They are small, erect plant growing in
iv) Unicellular & iv) Unicellular or
moist shady places
microscopic but few are multicellular may be
(ii)They have no leaf like, stem like or root like (v)Maiden hair fern is a source of expectorant.
structure.
(iii)Most plants are gametophytes. They 118.Tabulate differences between
develop from haploid spores. Gymnosperm & pteridophytes.
Ans.
114.List any two differences’ between Gymnosperm Pteridophytes
gymnosperms & angiosperms? (i) found in temperate (i) found is shady &
Ans. climatic region moist places
Gymnosperm Angiosperm (ii) cambium present (ii) cambium lacking
i) Angiosperms are (iii) pollentube is (iii) pollen tube is not
i) Seed plants without
known as flowering formed formed
flowers & with naked
plants which have (iv) Neck canal cells are (iv) Neck canal cells are
seeds.
covered seeds absent present
ii) There are about ii) There are about
9000 species of 250,000 sp. Of 119.What is heterospory? What is its
gymnosperm  angiosperm. significance?
iii) Eg. cycas, Pinus iii) Eg. delonix,  Rosa. Ans. Heterospory refers to the production of
two kinds of spores in pteridophytes eg.
115.What is the role of capsule in life history of salivinia and selaginella produces two kinds of
moss? spores macrospores & microspores. These
Ans. Capsule is an important structure of mega & microspores germinate & then give rise
sporophyte of moss plant. In the capsule, to male & female gametophytes. The female
spores are produced. When the capsule ripens gametophyte is retained on parent sporophyte
its dehiscence takes place & spores are for variable period of time. So, this event is a
liberated by winds. The spores develop precursor to seed habit.
favorable conditions into protonema.
120.What are gymnosperms? What are its four
116.What is the difference between syngamy classes?
& triple fusion? Ans. Gymnosperms are vascular plants with
Ans. Syngamy is fusion of male gamete (sperm) naked seeds. The seeds are exposed on surface
to the female gamete (egg) to form a zygote of sporophyll. The reproductive organs are
while triple fusion is fusion of another male usually borne in cones on which spores are
gamete to the diploid secondary nucleus to spirally arranged. Gymnosperms are classified
form primary endosperm nucleus. into four groups Conifers, Cycads, Ginkgo,
Gnetophytes.
117.Mention some of the uses of ferns?
Ans. (i)Ferns are much used by florists for 121.How would you distinguish between
decoration. monocots & dicots?
(ii)They are also grown as ornamental plants.  Ans.
(iii)Wood from tropical tree fern are used as   Monocots Dicots
building material because it resists termite Root Aaventitious Tap roots
decay. Soft & Woody &
(iv)Ferns are used as astringent during Stem
herbaceous herbaceous
childbirth to stop bleeding. Leaf Parallel Reticulate
 Venation (vii)Male & female gametes are produced in
Tetra – or antheridia & archegonia.
Floral parts Trimerous
pentamerous
Cotyledons. One cotyledon Two cotyledon 126.Point out differences in sexual
Non – reproduction of moss & fern?
Endospermic Ans.
seeds endospermic
seeds
seeds. MOSS (Bryophyte) Fern (pteridophytes)
i) Sex organs are borne on
122.  The leaves in gymnosperms are adapted an inconspicuous
i) Sex organs are
to withstand xerophytes conditions.  Justify. gametophyte or
borne on the
Ans. Gymnosperms like conifers have needle prothallus which
gametophytic plant
shaped Ieaves to reduce surface area, thick represents an alternate
body.
cuticle and sunken stomata to reduce water phase to sporophytic
loss. plant body.
ii). Antheridia are
ii). Antheridia are less
123. The gametophytes of bryophytes and well developed &
developed & mostly
pteridophytes  are different from that of often possess a
devoid of a stalk.
gymnosperms. How? stalk.
Ans. Male and female gametophyte have free iii). Antheridial iii). Antheridial jacket
existence in bryophytes and pteri- dophytes but jacket made up of mostly made up of only 3
not in Gymnosperms. several cells – cells.
iv). Sperms
iv). Multiflagellate sperms
124. Roots m some gymnosperms have fungal biflagellate
or algal association. Give examples, their v). Archegonia often v).  Archegonia do not
names and role in the p1ants. have stalk have stalk
Ans. Pinus has fungal association to form vi). Neck is 6 - rowed vi). Neck is 4 – rowed.
mycorrhiza which helps ii absorption of water
and minerals. 127.Describe the main features of
Cycos has cy in its roots which forms coralloid pteridophytes?
roots and helps in nitrogen fixation. Ans. (i)They are small sized & occur in humid &
tropic climate mostly growing as epiphytes.
125.Explain in brief the structure of prothallus (ii)The plant body is divided into root, stem &
of fern? leaves.
Ans. Prothallus of Fern:- (iii)Some ferns appears like small trees.
(i)It is a heart-shaped structure. (iv)Lycopoduim, selaginella & equistem are
(ii)The sex organs are present on the lower some members of pteridophytes.
surface of the prothallus below the apical (v)The leaves are of two types compound leaves
notch. & sporophylls.
(iii)Sex organs are antheridia & archaegonia. (vi)Plant body is sporophytic.
(iv)Prothallus is produced from the meiospore (vii)They are vascular cryptograms.
as gametophyte of fern. (viii)Alternation of generation is present.
(v)Below the sex organs are rhizoids (ix)Prothallus represent gametophytic phase.
(vi)Archegonia are flask shaped but antheridia (x)Pteridophyta is divided into 4- classes :-
are globose. psilopsida, lycopsida, sphenopsida & pteropsida
 termed as biennials & which live more than two
128.“Algae & Bryophytes are different from years are termed as perennials.
each other.” Point out the main differences (v)Plants which live in extremely dry conditions
between them? are termed as Xerophytes; plants living in water
Ans. are termed as hydrophytes; those living in
ELGAE BRYOPHYTES moderate conditions are termed as
i) mostly terrestrial, mesophytes.
i) Mostly aquatic found in damp, shady (vi)All flowering plants have roots, stem &
places. leaves. They produce flowers, seeds & fruits..
ii) Thallus single celled ii) Thallus made of (vii)The economic uses of plants are varied.
to branched filaments parenchymatous cells. Plants provide us with materials for our food,
iii) Tissue clothing & shelter.
iii) No tissue
differentiation well
differentiation 130.Describe the similarities in sexual
marked
iv) Stomata absent iv) Stomata present reproduction of moss & fern.
v)  Rhizoids absent v) Rhizoids present Ans.  (i)Oogamous mode of sexual reproduction
vi) Asexual which involves fertilization of non- motile
reproduction by vi) Asexual female gametes ar egg by means of a motile
aplanospores or reproduction absent male gamete or sperm.
zoospores. (ii)In both the male sex organ consists of a
vii) Sexual reproduction jacket of sterile cells that enclose a
vii) Sexual spermatogenous tissue.
isogamous
reproduction is of (iii)Sperms are flagellate.
anisogamoes or
oogamous type (iv)Female sex organ or archaegonia are flask
oogamous.
shaped with tubular neck & a swollen basal
viii) No embryo formed viii) Embryo formed
venter. Venter encloses a single egg or
after fertilisation  after fertilization 
oosphere & sterile venter canal cell. Neck has
ix) Eg. Ruccia,
ix) Eg. ulothrix, volvox, one or more neck canal cell.
marchantia, funaria,
ulva,  chladophora (v)Are external source of water is needed for
porella
the swimming of the sperms so as to reach the
open archegonia.
129.What are the identifying features of
(vi)Dependence of the embryo upon
Angiosperms flowering plants.
gametophytic phase.
Ans. (i)Majority of the plants around us are
(vii)Occurrence of hetromorphic or
Angiosperms.
heterologous alternation of generation.
(ii)flowering plants show great number of
diversities in habitat, habits, forms, duration of
131.Why are Bryophytes regarded as “the
life, mode of nutrition etc.  
amphibians of plant kingdom”?
(iii)The plants with stem varying from a few mm
Ans. Amphibians live on land & water with
to metre or so in height are termed as herbs,
equal case but they must come to water during
medium sized plants with woody stem are
the breeding season to lay their egg. Water is
termed as shrubs & tall woody plants are
therefore, essential for amphibians  for
known as trees.
breeding.
(iv)Plants which live for a year or part of year
are termed annual, which live for two year are
In the same way, bryophytes live on land but (ii)Sexual Reproduotion in chlamydomonas:- In
they must get water for completing their life chlamydomonas, the flagellated & motile
history because only through the medium of gametes which are isogamous unite to form a
water antherozoides reaches the archegonia & quadriflagellate zygote. It is converted into
fertilise the egg. If therefore, water is not zygospore. When the flagella are lost & a cyst
available to bryophytes during the period they wall is formed around it zygospore germinate
shall not survive so on account of this similarity by meiosis to form four haploid meiospores.
the bryophytes are called as “Amphibians of (iii)Palmella stage:- If the conditions are
plant kingdom” unfavourable, the daughter cells instead of
forming zoospore divided repeatedly into
132.Describe the important characterslics of numerous cells. Their walls become gelatinous
gymnosperms? & cells remains together. This stage is called
Ans.(i)They grow in cool & warm climate in hills palmella stage. On return of favourable
& in plains. conditions, the cells inside the gelatinous mass
(ii)Gymnosperms are evergreen woody & & develop cilia.
perennial plants (iv) Asexual Reproduction in chlamydomonas:-
(iii)They have well developed vascular system It takes place by formation of zoospores In the
but compared to seed plants their xylem has no formation of zoospores, the cilia from
vessel & phloem is without companion cell. chlamydomonas are withdrawn. The cell
(iv)Plants are heterosporous. content divide into 4 & 8 daughter cells. In this
(v)Conifers are cone bearing trees eg. pines, way, they become motile & called as zoospores.
cedrus fir.
(vi)They usually have evergreen needle like 134.What are ferns? Describe its salient
leaves which are well adapted to withstand features.
extremes of temperature, humidity & wind. Ans. Ferns are found in warm moist tropical
(vii)Reduction of gametophytic generation. region & dry rocky places. The plant body is
(viii)The leaves have a reduced surface area distinguished into three parts- i) underground
thick cuticle & sunken stomata to conserve stem rhizome ii) it bear roots & iii) it sends
moisture & reduce the water loss by caerial shoots with leaves. Leaves of ferns are of
transpiration. two types- a) simple leaves with single vein & b)
(ix)Ovules are exposed to receive pollen grains. compound leaves with several leaflets. The
(x)Gymnosperms possess exposed or naked sporophyte phase is dominant in ferns. On
seeds. underside of leaflets are borne sori which
(xi)Polyembryony is common occurrence.  contains sporangia. Where the spores are
produced after meiosis division, the sporangium
133.List common modes of reproduction in has an annulus. It is made of band of thickened
Algae? cells that dry out pulling it open. So spores are
Ans. Reproduction in algae occurs by the released. These spores germinate into a
following method:- porthallus the gametophyte. The gametophyte
(i)Vegetative reproduction:- It occurs by bears antheridia & archaegmia on underside.
fragmentation, zoospores, aplanospares The antheridia bear flagellated sperms & egg
palmella stages etc. akinites are also formed in lies at the base of archaegonia. The process of
asexual reproduction. fertilization occurs when water is available for
flagellated sperms to swim to reach the egg.
 spores by meiosis. The meiospores germinate
135.Differentiate between Red, Brown & into new gametophyte.
Green algae.
Ans.
RED ALGAE BROWN ALGAE GREEN ALGAE
i) Mainly i) Freshwater
i) Marine form
marine mostly
ii) Unicellular ii) Unicellular
ii) Only few
forms almost species are
are unicellular
exist more
iii) Thylakoid iii) Occurs in iii) stacked in
unstacked group of three groups of 2-20
iv) Only
iv) chlorophyll a iv) Chlorophyll
chlorophyll a
& c present a & b present
present 137. Explain briefly the alternation of
v) fucoxanthin v) Fucoxanthin v) Fucoxanthin generation in bryophytes?
present present absent Ans. The life cycle of moss represesents two
vi) Phycobilin vi) Phycobilin vi) Phycobilin distinct generations GAMETOPHYTIC &
present absent absent SPOROPHYTIC. Moss plant is a gametophyte.
vii) Reserve Spore is the beginning of gametophytic
vii) Reserve vii) Reserve
food is generation. It develops into protenema which
food is starch food is starch
laminarin give rise to male & female gametophytes.
viii) Motile Gametophyte consists of green thallus having
stages are not viii) Present viii) Present. archegoniophores & antheridiophores which
observed bear sex organs & the gametes are produced in
136.Explain the life cycle in green algae? them either monoecious or diecious. Club
Ans. There are three types of life cycle are shaped antheriduim bears biflagellate sperms
found in green algae:- or antherozoids. Flask shaped archegonium
(a)HAPLONTIC LIFE CYCLE:- The dominant phase encloses the female egg. Zygote is formed after
is haploid. Diploid state is found only in the the fertilization of male & female gametes with
form of zygote or zygospores. Meiosis takes the help of water. Repeated divisions of the
place at time of its germination. Eg. ulothrix, zygote give rise to the embryo (2N) which soon
spirogyra. develops into sporophyte. The sporophyte of
(b)DIPLONTIC LIFE CYCLE:- The dominant phase moss gets differenliated into three parts foot
alga is diploid. It gives rise to haploid gametes seta & capsule. Inside the capsule single celled
through meiosis. Gametes unit & the zygote spores are produced. After the dehiscence, they
regenerates diploid phase. begin to germinate & give rise to protonema to
(c)DIPLOHAPLONTIC LIFE CYCLE:- It has well start the cycle again. Gametophytic Generation
developed multicellular haploid & diploid alternates the sporophytic generation.
phase. These are respectively called
gametophyte & sporophyte. Haploid
gametophyte produce haploid gametes. Fusion
product of gametes grows directly into diploid
sporophytes. Sporophytes produce haploid
 same or difference plants. This process is called
pollination. Pollen grains germinates &
produces a pollen tube it grows within style &
reaches ovule of ovary. The generative nucleus
divides pollen tube producing two male
gametes.
On reaching ovule, pollen tube burst to release
male gamtes. One of the two gametes fertilise
egg & forms a diploid zygote. Other male
gamete fertilizes with polar nuclei to form
triploid endosperm. This is known as double
fertilization.

138.Describe the common mode of

reproduction in Angiosperms.
Ans. Stamens & pistils are the two reproductive
parts of a flower. The stamen consist of a
slender filament with anthers at the tip. Each
pistil is made of three parts- ovary, style &
stigma. Ovary contains one to many ovules.
Each ovule contains megaspore mother cell it
produces four haploid megaspores after meiosis
of them three degenerate & remaining one is
functional megaspore. It divides by meiosis
forming megagametophyte. It consists of 8
haploid nuclei embedded in cytoplasm of which
3 cells lie at the micropylar end & 3 antipodal lie
at chalazal end. The two remaining nuclei move
to centre to make a diploid nucleus.
The anthers have pollen sac & contains many
139.Classify plant kingdom?
microspore mother cells. Each of them
Ans.
produces four haploid microspores after
meiosis & each becomes a microgametophyte.
It contains two nuclei generative nucleus & tube
nucleus. The pouen iscarried away by air &
other agencies & reaches stigma of pistil of
 139. What is the difference between class
Amphibian and class Reptilia in respect of their
skin ?
Ans.
Ambhibia Reptilia
1.skin is sry and
1.skin is mois nad slimy covered by scales of
scute plates
2.lay eggs inside the 2.lay eggs outside the
water water.
3.Their larvae have gills.3.no larva is produced
(i)Thallophytic:- plant body is thallus i.e. not
differentiated into root, stem & leaves eg. 143. Which phylum con of organism with
chlorella, ulothrix, spirogyra etc. cellular level of organisation ?
(ii)Bryophyta:- Amphibious in habit, water is Ans. Class Amphibian: Have moist skin without
necessary for fertilization, Vascular tissues are scales.
absent eg. Riccia, Marchantia, funaria. Class Reptilian: Have dry committed skin with
(iii) Pteridophyta:- plant body is differentiated scales.
into distinct underground stem like rhizome
bearing roots & aerial shoots with leaves. They 144. Name the arthropod which is a (i) Living
are called “primitive vascular plants “ eg. fossil, (ii) Gregarious pest.
equistem, Adiantum,  pteris Ans. (i) Limulus (King crab),  (ii) Locustan
(iv)Gymnosperm:- seeds are naked eg. cycas, (Locust).
pinus, cedars
(v)Angiosperm:- seeds are protected inside the 145. Which organ helps in excretion ii (i)
friuts eg.(i) monocotyledones eg. grass,  maize, Arthropods, (ii)Hemichordates ?
rice &  (ii). Dicotyledons eg gram, pea, Ans. (i) Malpighina tubules, (ii) Proboseis gland.
sunflower.
140. What is mesogloea ? Where is it found. 146.Name an example of egg- laying mammals.
Ans. Undifferentiated layer present between Ans. Duck- bill platyhelminthes
ectoderm and endoderm. It is found in
Coelenterates. 147.What is polymorphism.
Ans. The phenomena when an organism have
141. When is the development of an organ different kinds of zooids for different function is
called as Indirect? called polymorphism.
Ans. Have a larval stage morphologically distinct
from adult. 148.Which animal is popularly called
ploughman of nature & why ?
142. Why are corals important? Ans. Earthworms are popularly known as
Ans. Have skeleton composed of calcium Natures ploughman because it brings subsoil
carbonate which gets deposited and can lead to over the surface & create fine burrows for
formation of land forms. E.&. Lakshadweep (a aeration.
coral island).
149.What are the organs of excretion in 156.Assign the phylum to which following
annelids & insects. animals belongs – pheretima & sponge.
Ans. Annelida – nephridia & insect – malphigian Ans. Pheretima – Annelida & sponge – porifera.
tubule.
157.What is metamerism ?
150.Name a free living & a parasitic Ans. In some bilateria, the body consists of
Platyhelminths . many segments & shows repetition of parts.
Ans. Freeliving – planaria & parasitic – Taenia. This type of segmentation is called metamerism
158. Disitinguish between poikilothermous and
151.Name two adaptations for an aerial mode homoiothermous organisms.
of life. Ans. Poikilothenuous (cold blooded) Lack ability
Ans.(i)Forlimbs modified into wings to regulate their body tem perature.
(ii)Uricotelic excretion & pneumatic bones. Homoiothermous (warm blooded) Can regulate
body temperature.
152.Name the organs of defense in
paramecium. 159. Define mutagenesis with a suitable
Ans. Trichocysts are organ of defense in example.
paramaecium Ans. Refer Point, to Remember.

153.Name the second largest animal phylum. 160. List any four identifying features of
Ans. Molluscs arthopoda & give examples.
Ans. (i) Animals having jointed appendages
151.What are acoelomate animals ? (ii) Triploblastic, coelomate, & bilaterally
Ans. The animals which do not have a coelom symmetrical
or body cavity are called acoelomate eg. (iii) Body is covered by chitinous cuticle &
porifera, coelenterates, flatworms. segments are not separated by septa
(iv) Arthropods are unisexual animals
152.Name the larva found in mollusca & (v) eg. crab, Apis, spider, Anopheles
annelid.
Ans. Trochophore larvae 161.Distinguish between diploblastic &
triploblastic animals
153.Name two viviparous fishes. Ans.
Ans. Pristis & scoliodon Diploblastic animals Triploblastic animals
Diploblastic animals Triploblastic animals
154.What are flame cells ? have two germ layers have three germ layer
Ans. Flame cells are excretory organs of outer ectoderm & outer ectoderm middle
platyhelminthes which possesses flickering cilia inner endoderm in mesoderm & inner
or flagella for driving the absorbed excretory their embryo gastrula endoderm in their
product into system of ducts stage embryo gastrula
Eg. Hydra, Obelia, Eg. all animals except
155.Name a vertebrate in which jaws are Porpcta porefera & coelentrata
absent.
Ans. Petromyzon 162.What is protochordates? How is it
classified.
Ans. Protochordates are the primitive non (ii)The body is covered by calcareous shell &
vertebrate ehordates. There are three subphyla mantle.
(a) Hemichordata eg. Belanoglossus. (iii)Body is divided into – head, visceral mass
(b) Urochordata eg. salpa & Herdmania. &foot.
(c) Cephalochordate eg. Amphioxus. (iv)Buccal mass possesses radula.

163.Mention the unique features of

nematodes.
Ans. (i)Syncytical  without mesodermal lining
(ii)Intestine non – muscular but formed
endoderm alone
(iii)Body wall musculature & made of special
types of muscles.
(iv)Sexual dimorphism is quite clear.

164.Point out differences between dog fish &

cat fish.
167.Distinguish between insect & arachnida.
Ans.
Ans.
Dog fish Cat fish
Insect Arachnida
i) It belongs to phylum – It belongs to phylum –
i) Body is divided
chordate chordate i) Body is divided into three
into two parts –
                                  Class                                Class parts head, thorax &
cephalthorax &
– Pisces – Pisces abdomen
abdomen
                            Subclass                          Subclass
- Chondrichthyes – Osteichthyes ii) wings are
ii). Wings are found
lacking
ii) It is a cartilaginous
It is a bony fish iii) Appendages on
fish iii).Appendages on head are
head are pair of
iii) Body streamlined & antennae,          mandibles &
Its endoskeleton is chellcerae & a pair
divisible into head, trunk maxiliae
made up of bones. of pedipalpa.
& tail
iv) Walking legs are three iv) walking legs
pairs are four pairs
165.Outline the role of coelom in animals.
Ans. Coelom is the space between body wall &
alimentary canal of organisms it is lined by 168.Why are echinoderms considered closer to
mesoderm. Visceral organs lie in the coelom. chordates than any other phylum ?
Flatworm does not have coelom. Hence they Ans. Echinoderms are considered closer to
are called acoelamata. Pseudocoelom is found chordates because like chordates, they are
in the round worm. Annelids are coelomate deuterostomes where the anal region develops
animals. earlier than mouth region. Their larve are also
closer to protochordata.
166.Mention the unique features of phylum
mollusca. 159.Distinguish between bony fish &
Ans. (i)Body soft as well as unsegmented   cartilaginous fish.
Ans.
Bony fishes Cartilaginous fishes 172.Distinguish between centipede &
i)  They are called i) They are called millipede.
osteichthyes chondrichthyes. Ans.
ii) Their endoskeleton ii) Their endoskeleton is centipede millipede
is bony. cartilaginous. i) Dirsoventrally flattened
i) cylindrical body
iii) They are found in body
sea & fresh water iii) All are marine forms. ii) There are three
ii) There are two parts of
both. parts of body – head,
body – head & trunk
iv) They have swim iv) They have five pairs thorax & abdomen.
bladder. of gills iii) Maxillae are only
iii) Maxillae are 2 pairs
v) Gills are covered by one pair.
v) operaculum absent
opercula.
vi) Eg. Salmon, catla v) Rays, scoliodon, 173.Give reason why arthopda constitute the
Rohu. electric ray. largest group of animal kingdom
169.Give reason why a snail & an octopus are Ans. Arthopods constitutes the largest group of
classified under the same phylum? animal kingdom:-
Ans (i) Have organ level of organization.
(ii) bilaterally symmetrical, segmented,
. Snails & octopus are classified under the triploblastic, encoelomate animals.
phylum mollusca because they have following (iii) Body enclosed by chitinous cuticle.
three characters:- (iv) They have jointed appendages.
(i)Presence of mantle in both (v) Trachea or book gills for respiration.
(ii)Presence of foot in both
(iii)Presence of shell in both 174.Differentiate between male & female
ascaris.
170.List three basic chordate characters. Ans.
Ans.(i)Notochord :- a dorsal solid notochord is Male Ascaris Female Ascaris
present throughout life or in larval stage. i) 15-30 cm long i) 20-40 cm long
(ii)Nerve cord :- a dorsal hollow nerve cord is ii) Posterior end
ii) Posterior end curved.
present straight
(iii)Pharyngeal gill slits :- a perforated pharynx is iii) Vulva absent iii) Vulva present
present in young condition or throughout life. iv) There are 2 pineal
iv) No pineal
spicules from cloacal
171.Give any four characteristics of spicules.
pore.
hemichordate. v) Pre- anal or post- anal v) There are no such
Ans.(i)These are worm like marine animals that papillae present structures.
have organ- system level of organization.
(ii)They are bilaterally symmetrical, triploblastic 175.List three adaptations that help the birds
& eucoelomate. (Aves) in flying.
(iii)Body is cylindrical & is divided into anterior Ans. (i) The avian flight muscles are used for
proboscis, collar & long trunk. fast short fly.
(iv)Respiration occurs through gills. (ii) Flight muscles contain white fibres which are
poorer in mitochondria & free of myoglobin.
(iii) The long bones are hollow & connected by (ix)Mostly viviparous & embryo attached to
air passages. uterine wall by placenta.

176. List the characteristic features of class 180.Enlist the main characteristics & examples
Mammalian. of plylum porifera.
Ans. Refer Point, to Remember. Ans. (i)They are commonly called as sponges
177. What are the features of class Ayes which (ii)They are generally marine, diploblastic,
help the u flying ? bilerally symmetrical
Ans. Wings, bones long and hollow with air (iii)They have water transport mechanism
cavities, air sacs connected to lungs to (iv)They are very primitive multi-cellular animals
supplement respiration. with cellular level of organization.
(v)Water can enter by pores Ostia in body wall
178.“All vertebrates are chordates but all directly or through canal into spongocoel. From
chordates are not vertebrates” justify the it goes out by means of osculum. It is called
statement. canal system
Ans. All vertebrates are chordates because they (vi)The digestion is intracellular
possess three basic chordate features as:- (vii)Body is supported by a skeleton which
(i)All chordates posses a notochord consists of spicules
(ii)All chordates have a dorsal hollow nerve (viii)Sexes are not separate
cord. (ix)They reproduce asexually by fragmentation
(iii)All chordates have pharyngeal gill cleft in or sexually by formation of gametes
some stages of lift cycle (x)Fertilization is internal example- euplectella,
All chordates are not vertebrates. Vertebrates Sycon, Spongilla, Euspongia
have vertebral column but protochordates &
agnatha have notochord that is not replaced by 181.What are the basis of classification of
vertebral column. animalia ?
Ans. Animals are classified on the basis of
179.“Mammals are the most successful & following characteristics:-
dominant animals today” Give evidence. (i)Notochord:- It is a rod – like structure found
Ans. Mammals are the most successful & on in the chordates. Non – chordates do not
dominant animals today. They thrive very well have it
in most environment of world & The unique (ii)Symmetry:- It is the plan of arrangement of
characteristics of mammals are:- body parts.” There are three types –
(i)Body covered with hair asymmetric, radially symmetrical & bilaterally
(ii)Presence of sebaceous & sweat glands in skin symmetrical.
(iii)Presence of mammary glands in females (iii)Organisation:- Animals have cellular grade of
(iv)Presence of a pair of external ears & three organization. Their bodies are made up of cell
ear osciscles others have tissues organs & organ system.
(v)Heart is four chambered (iv)Embryonic layers:- Ectoderm, mesoderm&
(vi)RBCS are biconcave & enucleated endoderm give rise to different organs in the
(vii)Corpus callosum unites two cerebral body. These are called germinal layers. Some
hemisphere animals are diploblastic eg. sponges but others
(viii)Testis are extra abdominal are triploblastic having three germinal layers.
182.Give important characters of phylum iii) Setae present iii) Setae absent
Nemathelmintnes. iv) Body wall iv) Body wall is not
Ans. (i)They are commonly known as dermomuscular dermomuscular
roundworms or nematodes & are covered by v) Body cavity is v) Body canal is
cuticle. coelom haemocoel
(ii)Body is bilaterally Symmetrical vi) Respiratory pigment vi) Respiratory pigment
(iii)Animals with elongated cylindrical & spindle is haemoglobin is absent
shaped body with pointed ends vii) Blood is colourless
(iv)The body cavity is a false coelom called vii) Blood is red
or bluish
pseudocoelom viii) Blood vascular viii) Blood vascular
(v)The alimentary canal lacks a muscle layer. system is close type system is open type
(vi)Respiratory organ & blood vascular system ix) Cilia & nephridia ix) Cilia & nephridia
are absent present absent
(vii)Example – Ascaris, Ancylostoma, Rhabditis. x) Exoskeleton is
x) No exoskeleton
chitinous
183.Members of which phylum are known as
“segmented worm” Write about their body
185.What are basic plans of body design in
symmetry, mode of excretion & respiration.
animals?
Ans. The members of the phylum Annelida are
Ans. Animals can be divided into three basic
known as “the segmented worms” Their body is
plans:
metamerecally segmented eg. Neiris, pheretima
(i)Cell Aggregate plan:- It is found is simple
& Hirudinaria.
animals eg. sponges in which clusters of cells
(i)Body Symmetry:- Segmented worms have
with rudimentary division of labour is found in
typical metameric segmentation. Their body
them.
consists of segments called somites or
(ii)Blind sac plans:- It is found in coelenterates &
metamere & ring like grooves known as annuli
flat wors. They have a digestive cavity with only
(ii)Excretion:- the excretory unit of these
one opening to the outside. Through this
invertebrates are coiled tubules called
opening the mouth food is ingested &
nephridia.
undigested waste is thrown out. The cells are
(iii)Respiration:- Respiration occurs by gills or by
more specialized & have division of labour.
skin. The skin is richly supplied with blood
(iii)Tube- within a tube plan:- It is found in more
vessels. It is permeable. The exchanges of gases
complex forms In this plan body cavity forms
take place there.
one tube within which is situated another tube
alimentary canal, opening on one side by mouth
184.Differentiate between Annelida &
& other side by anus.
Arthropada.
Ans.
186.Mention the important characters of
Annelida Arthropoda phylum echinodermata & give examples.
i) Body segmented & Ans. (i)The word Echinodermate means “ spiny
i) Elongated &
differentiated into skin” which is optly used for group of animals
metamerically
cephalic, thoracic & represented by such common forms e. starfish,
segmented body
abdominal region Sea urchin.
ii) Appendages borne ii) Appendages may be (ii)The skin forms a hard spiny protective
on body segments  segmented or jointed. skeletal covering
(iii)They are sluggish marine forms.
(iv)Forms usually show a pentamerous radial
symmetry
(v)The radial symmetry is superficial & body in
fact can be divided only in two halves.
(vi)They have a coelom & water vascular
system.
(vii)Locomotion takes place by numerous
hollow tube feet
(viii)Excretion by diffusion through body
(vi)They commonly show polymorphism. Two
(ix)Fertilization in open sea.
kinds of individuals present- hybroid &
(x)Development includes free swimming
medusoid
diploneural larva.
(vii)They possess tentacles which are usually
Eg. Asterias, searerchin, sea cucumber.
thread- like out growths.
(viii)Stinging cells or nematoeytes are present.
187.Give three important distinguishing
Eg. Obelia. Aurelia.
characters of arthropodo, reptiles & mammals.
Ans. (i)Arthopods:- jointed appendages,
189.Differentiate between flightless & flying
segmented body divisible into head, thorax &
birds.
abdomen, presence of hard non- living
Ans.
exoskeleton of chitin, eyes compound eg.
insects, centipede etc.   Flightless Birds Flying Birds
(ii)Reptiles:- cold blooded, Body covered by Belong to
Belong to
scales, Two pairs of limbs, lay eggs eg. lizard, i) Classification suborder
carinatae
snake etc. Retitae
(iii)Mammals:- warm blooded, body covered by Wings are well
ii) Wings Wings vestigial
hairs, an external ear is present, give birth to developed
young ones, They have small pointed teeth & Possess
No interlocking
long snout insectivores are primitive mammals. iii) Feathers interlocking
mechanism
mechanism
188.Mention the important characteristics of Sternum raft Sternum boat
iv) Sternum
coelentrata & give examples. like shaped
Ans. (i)They are marine animals which may be No uncinate Ribs uncinate
v) Ribs
silitary or colonial process process
(ii)The body is two layered or diploblastic Pygostyle may
vi) Tail Pygostyle
(iii)The body possesses a radial symmetry be small or
vertebrate found
(iv)They are acoelomate animals i.e. true absent.
coelom. They exhibit blind sac body plan. vii) Flying Cannot fly Can fly
(v)The body encloses a large central cavity viii) Restricted in Found all over
known as coelenterons which has a single Distribution distribution the world
opening to the exterior. Coelenterons is called ix) Example Rheo, House sparrow
gastro vascular cavity. cassowary emu cuckoo hornbill
ostrich. quail peacock
fowl parrot
 crow. Ans. (i)They are called Round worm as they
appear circular in C.S.
190.How are non chordates different from (ii)Free living, aquatic, terrestrial or parasitic
chordates. Write the major phyla of non- (iii)Organization of body is organ level
chordate & give examples. (iv)Bilaterally symmetrical animals
Ans. (v)They are triploblastic & pseudocoelomate
Non - Chordates Chordates (vi)Alimentation complete with muscular or
i) Notochord is pharynx
i) Notochord is present (vii)Sexes are Separate
absent
ii) Central nervous (viii)Body is covered by cuticle
ii) Central Nervous system (ix)Fertilization is internal
system is ventral
dorsal, hollow & single. (x)Examples are filarial worm (wuchereria),
solid & double
Ascaris, Pinworm (Enterobuis) Hookworm
iii) Pharynx is perforated
iii) Gill slits absent (Ancyclostoma)
by slits
iv) Heart Ventral iv) Heart dorsal
v) A post anal
v) Terminal part
metamerically segmented
unsegmented
tail present
Major phyla of non – chordates are:-
(i)Phylum - porifera:- adults sessile having
cellular grade of organization & body is porous
eg. Spongilla.
(ii)Phylum – coelentrata:- Radially symmetrical
& tentacles present in polyps & medusa eg.
Aurelia.
(iii)Phylum – Platyhelminthes:- Dorsoventrally
flattened & organ of excretion is protonephridia
eg. Taenia.
(iv)Phylum - Nematoda:- Parasitic forms with
elongated round body eg. Enterobius.
(v)Phylum - Annlida:- Body metamerically
segmented eg. Hiduneria.
(vi)Phylumn - Arthopoda:- Exoskeleton of chitin,
192.Enlist the main salient features of phylum
Jointed appendages eg. Bombax mori
ctenophora.
(vii)Phylum – Mollusc:- soft bodies shelled
Ans. (i)Ctenophares are marine animals with
animals having foot, mantle & visceral mass eg.
transparent & flat ar oval body shape.
chiton
(ii)Polyp phase is absent in life cycle.
(viii)Phylum – Echinodermata:- Exclusively
(iii)These are bilaterally symmetrical & devoid
marine having spiny skin & water vascular
of cnidoblast cells.
system with tube feet eg. ophiothrix.
(iv)When the tentacles are present they are two
in number & contain colloblast cells.
181. Enlist the main features of Aschelminthes
& give examples.
 Ans. Mesocarp
(v)They move by cilia which join together to
from comb plates, they are eight median comb 193. Why de various plant have different type
plates. of phyllotaxy?
(vi)They gastrovascular cavity is branched & Ans. For proper exposure of leaves to get
open to the exterior by stomodaeum. sunlight.
Example of Ctenophora (Pleurobrachia )
194.Slate the main function of leaf tendril.
Ans. The leaf tendrils help the plant for
climbing.

195. Which plant family represent the

following floral formula.

Ans. Liliaceae

196. The endosperm is formed as a result of

double fertilisation (triple fusion) What is its
function.
(vii)They are diploblastic animals but the
Ans. Endosperm stores the food.
mesoglea is different from that of cnidaria.
(viii)The presence of special sense organs at the
197. Which type of venation do you observe in
opposite end of the mouth is the characteristic
dicot leaf?
of this phylum.
Ans. Reticulate venation.
(ix)They reproduce only by sexual means
(x)They do not have larval phase in their life
198. In pea flower, the a in corolla is known as
cycle
vexillary. (live reason.
(xi) Eg. ctenophore, ctenoplana, Beroe, &
Ans. In peas, there are five petals. The largest
Hormiphora.
one (standard) overlaps the two lateral petals
205. Which part of opuntia is modified to form
(wings) which in turn overlap the two smallest
spines?
anterior petals (keel).
Ans. Leaves

199. What is the name given to the cotyledon

206 .Name our plant in which leaf is pinnately
in case of Monocots.
compound.
Ans.socutcullum.
Ans. Neem, Rose, Aeacia.

200.Name one monocot & one dicot in which

207.In mangroves, Pneumatophores are the
endosperm is present?
modified adventitious roots How are these
Ans. Monocot: Maize grain & Dicot: castir oil
roots. How to the plant?
seed.
Ans. pncumatohores in mangroves help in
respiration.
201.Why are date palm referred to as
dioecious?
208. Which part of mango fruit is edible?
Ans. Because male & female flowers are borne Ans. Solanaceae. 23.Why root system is poorly
on different plants. developed in aquatic plants.
Ans. Because in aquatic plants there no soil to
209.What is placentation? anchor firmly rather, absorption of water occurs
Ans. The arrangement of ovule in the ovary is through diffusion hence root system is not
called placentation. completely developed.

210.Write floral formula of Brassica 202.Name two plants where seeds do not have
Campestris. endosperm?
Ans. Ans. Bean, gram, pea.

203.Which plants part has given rise to

following modifications:-
(a) Spines of opuntia           (b) Pitcher of
211.Why are flowers of cucumber referred to
Nepenthes.
as epigynous ?
Ans. (a)modified stem  (b)modified leaf.
Ans. Because the floral parts lie above the ovary
& the ovary is inferior.
204.Why is leaf of Neem called unipinnately
compound.
212.What is false fruit?
Ans. Leaf of Neem is called unipinnately
Ans. When floral parts other than ovary takes
compound because leaflets are found in pairs
part in formation of fruit & become edible, it is
on either side of rachis.
called false fruit.

213.What is the term used for a plant bearing

both male & female flowers.
Ans. Monoecious flowers

218. Flower is a modified shoot. Justify.

214.What are runners?
Ans. The flower is considered to be a modified
Ans. A long creeping stem with long internodes
shoot because the internodes in a flower are
running horizontally on the surface of the soil is
highly condensed and the appendages such as
called a runner.
sepals, petals, stamens and carpels (pistil) are
generally large in number.
215.Why are flowers of mustard referred to as
hypogynous.
219.Name the type of mot for the following
Ans. Because ovary is situated at the top &
(a) Roots performing the function of
other three whorls are  inserted below the
photosynthesis.
pistil.
(b) Roots come above the surface of the soil to
absorb air.
216.Name the two layers of seed coat.
(c) The pillar like roots devclopc4 from lateral
Ans. Testa & Tegmen. 
branches for providing mechanical support.
(d) Roots coming out of the lower nodes of the
217.Which family has characteristically a
stem and provide the support to the plant.
swollen axile placenta.
Ans. (a) Assimilatory roots(b) Respiratory roots
(c) Prop roots(d) Stilt roots 223.Differentiate between epigynous &
perigynous flowers.
220. Fill up the blank spaces (a), (b), (c) and (d) Ans.
in the (able given below: Epigynous flowers Perigynous flowers
Position of calyx, i) The thalamus is cup i) The thalamus is cup-
corolla and and shaped & is fused with shaped structure around
Type of roecium in the ovary so that floral the ovary but is not
Type of ovary
flower respect of the parts rise on the top of fused & bears sepals,
ovary on ovary. petals & stamens.
thalamus ii) Ovary is inferior eg. ii) Ovary is half inferior
……(a)…… Apple, cucumber eg. Rose.
Hypogenous
On the rim, of the Superior
Perigynous
thalamus almost ……….(b)………. 224.Give reason to justify that onion bulb is a
 
n the name level   modified stem?
 
of ovary.   Ans. Onion bulb is a modified, highly condensed
……….(c)……….
……….(b)………. Inferior & disc like. It has a large number of fleshy scale
 
  leaves. Terminal & auxiliary buds are present.
Ans. (a) Floral parts are situated below the On the lower posterior side a cluster of
ovary adventitious roots are present.
(b)Half inferior
(c) Epigynous 225.What is the difference between alternate
(d) floral parts are xitnated above the ovary & whorled phylotaxy.
Ans.
221. Provide (he scientific terms for (he Alternate phyllotaxy Whorled phyllotaxy
following: i) More than two
(i) The leaf without a petiole (stalk). i) Only one leaf arises at
leaves arises at each
(ii) The flat and expanded portion of a leaf, each node.
node
(iii) Orderly arrangement of leaves on the ii) Leaves arises ii) Leaves arise in
node. alternately on left & right whorl from one
(iv) Lateral appendages on either side c the sides of the stem point
loaf. iii) Eg. chinarose, mango iii) Eg. Neruim
Ans. (i) Sensible
(ii) Lamina 226.Define venation? What are two types of
(iii) Phyllotaxy venation?
(v) Stipules Ans. Veins arrangement in leaf lamina is called
venation. There are two types of venation:-
222.What is Rhizome? Give its two examples. (a) Parallel:- when veins are arranged parallel to
Ans. Rhizome is a prostrate & a thickened each other on lamina
underground stem having distinct nodes, (b) Reticulate:- when veins forms a network on
internodes scales, leaves as well as buds. It leaf lamina.
creeps horizontally under the ground eg.
Ginger, turmeric. 227.Why is leaf of Bombax categorized as
palmately compound multifoliate leaf?
Ans. Leaf of Bombax is categorized as palmately Ans. The arrangement of flowers an the floral
compound multifoliate leaf because the petiole axis is called inflorescence. Inflorescence are of
bears leaflets in its lips in pinnately compound two major types:-
leaf. Five or more leaflets are articulated on a (a)Racemose inflorescence:- main axis
long axis & the shape of leaf is like the palm of a continues to grow & flowers are borne laterally
hand in Bombax. This type of leaf is called in acropetal succession.
digitate. (b)Cymose inflorescence: - main axis terminates
in a flower hence, is limited in growth, flowers
228.Explain with suitable examples of different are borne in basipetal order.
types phyllotaxy
Ans. Phyllotaxy is the arrangement of leaves on 232.Draw the floral formula & floral diagram of
the stem or branch. It can be of two types:- family solanaceae.
(i).OPPOSITE PHYLLOTAXY:- Two leaves at each Ans.
node opposite to each other. Eg. calotropis Floral formula:- 
Guava.
(ii).WHORLED PHYLLOTAXY:- Where more than
two leaves arise at each mode eg. nerium
Floral Diagram :-

229.“Flower is a modified shoot.” justify the

statement.
Ans. “Flower is considered as modified shoot”
because the internodes in a flower are highly
condense & the appendages such as sepals,
petals, stamens & carpels are generally large in
number. 233.Differentiate between true fruit & false
fruit.
230.Distinguish between prop root & stilt Ans.
roots.
TRUE FRUIT FALSE FRUIT
Ans.
i) it develops from other
PROP ROOTS STILT ROOTS i) it develops from the
parts along with the
i) arises from ovary
ovary
horizontal aerial i) Arises from basal nodes of ii) No other part is ii) Thalamus and perianth
branches of a free stem. involved in fruit takes part in fruit
stem formation formation.
ii) Short roots and grows iii) Eg. pea. iii) Eg. apple.
ii) Long & provide
downward obliquely to
support to plant
provide support to stem like 234.Write the floral formula & draw the floral
like pillars
rope of tent. diagram of family Liliaceae.
iii) Eg. banyan tree iii) Maize, Jowar. Ans.
Floral formula: -
231.What is inflorescence? What are its two
types?
Floral diagram: -
235.“Underground parts of a plant are not
always roots” justify the statement.
Ans. Usually roots develop below the ground.
But in potato, the stem gets modified into
“tuber” like structure for the storage of reserve
food material. These tubers develop & grow
under the ground. Potato is a stem because it
bears scale leaves, buds, nodes etc.

236.How would you differentiate leaflets of a

238.Write differences between phyllode &
compound leaf from simple leaves on a
phylloclade.
branch?
Ans.
Ans.
SIMPLE LEAF COMPOUND LEAF
i) Lamina is not i) Lamina is incised into
PHYLLODE PHYLLOCLADE
divided into distinct two or more distinct
i) Modification of
lobes or leaflets. leaflets. i) Modification of stem
petiole
ii) Axilliary bud is
ii) Bud is present in the ii) Bears an bud in its ii) Developed in axial of
present in the axil of
axil of whole leaf. axil leaf
simple leaf.
iii) Nodes internodes iii) Nodes internodes are
iii) Simple leaves are iii) Leaflets of compound
are not borne found.
in acropetal leaf are not in acropetal
iv) Does not have iv) Has reduced bristles
succession on stem succession.
leaves & flowers spiny leaves & flowers.
iv) Stipules may be
iv) Base of leaf may
present base of
have stipules
compound leaf
239. Observe the given figure showing various
v) Simple leaves
v) Leaflets in a compound types of placenta ion. Identify the type of
appear in one or
leaf lie in one plane only. plancentation. Give one example of each.
more plane.

237.Draw a well labeled diagram of V.S. of

maize seed.
Ans.

Ans. (a) Marginal placentrationPea

(ID) Parietal placenta ion - Mu Argemone 1) The flower has several The flower has fused
(c) Free central plancentation— Dianthus carpels. free carpels (ovary).
Primrose (2) On maturity it forms On maturity it forms a
single fruit. Fruitlet of aggregate type.
240. Potato is a stem and sweet potato is a (c) Recompose inflorescenceCymose
root.’ Justify the statement on the basis of Inflorescence
external features. (1) The main axis hax unlimited growth. The
Ans. Potato is the swollen tip if an underground main axis hax a Limited growth.
stem branch (sto1or IL ha nodes (eyes) which (2) flwers are arranged acropetally i.e,. flowers
consist of One or more buds subtended by  a are arranged basipetally i.e., the lower flowers
leaf sear Adventitious roots also during are younger.the lower l1owar ar oidet.
sprouting. On the other hand Sweet potato is a
swollen adventitious root (tuberous root) It has 244. In the given structure Ma
no nodes, intern- odes and buds like a stem. Monocotyledonous seed label the path a, b, c,
d, e. (jive the function of part ‘a’
241. Define aestivation . Which type of Ans. (a) Endosperm
aestivation is found in China rose, Caltrop’s  (b) Scutellum
Gulmohar and pea (c) Colcoptile
Ans. The mode of arrangement of sepals or (d) Colcorthiza
petals in a floral bud is known a aestivation. (e) Alcuronc layer
Chine rose — twisted       Calotropis — valvate Function of(a) - Provide nutrition.
Gulmohar — imbricate      Pea — vexillary

242. Explain the different types of phyllotaxy.

Give one example of each type.
Ans.  Type of phyllotaxy Exaniples
(i) AlternateChina rose, mustard
(ii) OppositeCalotropis, guava
(iii) WhorlsNerium , Alstonia

243. differeutiate between :

(a) Actiuomorphic  flower and Zygornorphic
flower
(b) Apocarpous ovary and Syncarpous  ovary
(c) Racemose  inflorescence and Cymes
inflorescence
Ans. (a) Actinomorphic  FlowerZygomorphic
flower
(1) Two equal halves are firmedTwo equal
halves are by any vertical division paproduced
only by one through the centrevertical division
245.Describe that parts of a typical
(2) It has a radmi yrnmetryIt has a bilateral
angiospermic leaf?
syrnmetry
Ans. A typical angiospermic foliage leaf
(b) Apocarpous OvarySyncarpous Ovary
possesses the following parts.
(i)LEAF BASE:- It is the region in the stem, from vi) There is no ridge like vi) The raphe is
which leaf arises. Its main function is to attach raphe clearly risible.
the leaf with the stem are a branch. vii) The plumule & radical
(ii)PETIOLE:- The stalk of a leaf is called petiole. vii) The plumale &
are protected by distinct
The leaves having petiole is called petiolate. As radical are not
sheath called the
in banyan leaf, some leaves may lack petioles. covered by any
coleoptinct sheath called
(iii)LAMINA:- The green, flattened part of the such protective
the coleoptiles &
leaf attached with petiole is known as “lamina”. sheath.
coleorhizae respectively
It is the part which performs photosynthesis, viii) The cotyledon acts as
respiration & transpiration. There is a “midrib” the absorbing structure viii) The cotyledons
in the middle of the lamina. The midrib in that absorbs food from are merely food
compound leaf is called rachis. The lamina may endosperm & transfers it to storage organs.
be of different shapes in different kinds of embryo.
leaves. 
247.Describe the arrangement of floral
members in relation to their insertion on
thalamus.
Ans. Based on the position of calyx, corolla &
the androecium in respect of ovary on the
thalamus, flowers may be explained into 3
kinds.
(a).HYPOGYNOUS FLOWERS:- Gynoecium
located at highest position & rest whorls of
flower lies below it. eg. mustard, chinarose.
246.Differentiate between a maiz grain & a (b).PERIGYNOUS FLOWERS:- The gynoecium is
bean seed? situated in center, other parts of flower lie on
Ans. the rim of thalamus almost at same level, Ovary
MAIZE GRAIN BEAN SEED is half inferior eg. plum, rose.
i) It is a true seed (C)EPIGYNOUS FLOWERS:- The margins of
i) It is single seeded fruit formed inside a thalamus grows upwards enclosing the ovary
called the caryopsis fruit called the pod fully & getting to it, rest parts of the flower
or legume. arises above the ovary. i.e. Ovary is inferior in
ii) The fruit wall or the ii) The pericarp is these flowers. Eg. Guava, sunflower, cucumber.
pericarp is fused with testa. free from testa.
iii) There are two
iii) There is one seed coat seed coats called
which inseperably            testa & tegmen
fused with pericarp They are fused
with each other.
iv) The grain is iv) The seed is non
endospermic endospermic.
v) The grain has no hilum, v) The chalaza,
micropyle &      chalaza on hilum & micropyle
its surface. are clearly visible.
 to trap the insects. There are number of
248.How is herbaceous stem different from a digestive glands in the inner walls of the
woody stem? pitcher. These glands secrete a fluid which
Ans. digests insects eg. Nepenthes.
HERBACEOUS STEM WOODY STEM (v)PHYLLODE :- The petiole becomes green,
i) Annual or biennial & i) Always perennial & flattened & leaf like & is called phyllode eg.
short- lived long. Lived. Australian Acacia.
ii) Green, soft and fleshy ii) Brown or grey &
and on bending does hard and break on 250.Differentiate between Tuber & Bulb.
not break. bending Ans.
iii) The protective TUBER (POTATO) BULB (ONION)
iii) Thy epidermis is
superficial layer i) Stem is very well i) Stem is reduced to a
replaced by corky
epidermis forms the developed disc.
layer or bark.
outer covering. ii) Adventitious roots ii) Adventitious roots
iv) It develops dot- absent are present.
iv) Stomata are present
like pores called iii) Only one bulb
throughout its length iii) Potato plant can
lenticels for gaseous develops in one onion
for gaseous exchange bear numerous tubers
exchange plant.
v) buds are often iv) Food is stored in iv) Food is stored in
v) Buds often naked
protected by scales stem. fleshy scale leaves.
vi) They consist of vi) They consist of v) Food stored in the v) Food not stored in
primary permanent secondary permanent form of starch. the form of starch.
tissues. tissues. vi) Buds external vi) Buds internal
vii) Distinct nodes & vii) Nodes & internodes
249.How do various leaf modifications help internodes are present are indistinct
plants? viii) Scale leaves found
viii) Scale leaves are
Ans. The normal functions of leaves are in the nodal region are
fleshy & conspicuous
photosynthesis, respiration & transpiration. very small.
Besides these function the leaves have to ix) The tuber is a total
ix) The bulb is a shoot.
perform other functions. Hence, they modify stem.
themselves in different ways as follows:-
(i)TENDRIL:- In some plants the entire leaf or 251.Give four types of underground stem &
part of it gets modified to coiled thread like give examples for each.
structure called tendrils . Tendrils help the Ans. FOUR TYPES OF UNDERGROUND STEMS:-
plants to climb up eg. pea, clematis. (i)RHIZOME:- The stem is prostate, thickened &
(ii)SPINES:- In many plants the leaves or their grows horizontally under the soil. Stem is much
apices are modified into thin sharp & pointed branched & each branch ends in terminal bud.
structure known as spines. They help in defence Adventitious roots arise in profusion eg. fern,
eg. opuntia, yucea. Etc. water lily, turmeric.
(iii)SCALE LEAVES:- In onion mostly all the leaves (ii)BULB :- Highly condensed & discoidal stem.
are present in the form of fleshy scale leaves. Terminal bud in the centre produces aerial root
(iv)PITCHER:- It is the modification of leaf in that produces flowers. From base of stem
insectivorous plant in which the lamina takes adventitious roots develop. Leaves store food
the form of a pitcher, apex in the form of a lid
material. Terminal bud & scale leaves are
present eg. onion garlic. 255.What is aestivation? What are its different
(iii)CORM:- Condensed form of rhizome with types give examples.
auxiliary buds & scale leaves. It is swollen base Ans. (a)valvate:-petals or sepals meet eacf
of underground stem axis. Nodes & internodes other at the edge.
are present eg. zimikand, saffron, colocasia. Arranged without overlapping
(iv)TUBER:- It grows horizontally & swells at the (b)Twisted:-petals or sepals show overlapping
apex. Adventitious roots arise during sprouting. is done by one margin of each petal over the
It has many buds that grow into new plants eg. margin of adjacent petals
potato, Halianthus (c)IMBRICATE:- If margins of sepals or petals
overlaps one another but not in a particular
252.Compare Trailer, runner & sucker. direction eg. cassia & gulmohar.
Ans. (d)VEXILLARY:- There are five petals the largest
TRAILER RUNNER SUCKER overlaps the two lateral petals which in turn
i) Semi aerial overlaps the two smallest anterior petals eg.
i) Prostate, sub- i) bean, pea.
creeping stem
aerial stem. It is Underground
it does not
green & root at non green
roots at
intervals. stem.
intervals
ii) Does not ii) Does not
ii) Helps in
participate in participate in
perennation.
perennation perennation.
iii) No help in iii) Helps in iii) Helps in
vegetative vegetative vegetative
propagation. propagation. propagation.

254.What do you mean by “modification of

roots”. Describe some of the modifications of
tap roots giving suitable example.
Ans. The functions other than normal functions 256.Describe the sub- aerial modifications of
of roots eg. fixation, absorption & conduction stem.
are to be carried out by roots. These are called Ans. The main function of sub-aerial
modifications of roots. The modifications of top modification of stems is vegetative propagation.
roots includes:- They are of following types:-
(a).FUSIFORM:- This roots is swollen in the (i)RUNNERS:- These stems are long & thin with
middle & tapers at both the ends gradually eg. branches which creep along the ground &
Raddish. develop root at the nodes. Many such branches
(b).NAPIFORM:- The shape of this root becomes are produced by mother plant & they spread
almost spherical but tapers abruptly downward out in all direction. They may break off & start
eg. turnip. living as independent plants eg. oxalis, doob
(c).CONICAL:- The shape becomes cone like eg. grass.
carrot. (ii)STOLON:- This is also a thin lateral branch
(d).TUBEROUS:- It is a swollen root having no which arises from the base of stem. It grows
specific shape eg. mirablis, Trichosanthes. upward & bent down again developing roots at
the tip & producing a bud. The bud grows into a • Fur food storage Ginger (Rhizome), potato
new plant eg. mint, strawberry. (Tuber), Onion (Bulb). Colocasia (Corm).
(iii)OFFSET:- This is a thickened horizontal • For climbing (support Skin tendril (cucumber,
branch arising in the axil of a lower leaf. It is a grapevine, watermelon)
short branch which produces a cluster of leaves • For protection Thorn (Bougainvillea, Citrus,
above & tufts of roots below. Offset can break Drama)
off from mother plant & start living Description Refer page 6 NCERT, Text Book of
independent life. Eg. Water lettuce, water Biology for Class X
hyacinth.
(iv)SUCKER:- The sucker is a lateral branch 259. Give the distinguishing features of
which develops from underground part of stem. gynoccium of family Fabaccace, Solanaccac
It grows upward in obliquely manner & directly and  Liliaccae. Draw floral diagrams of
give rise to new plant eg. banana, pineapple. Fabaccac and Solanaccac.
Ans. Gynoecium:
257.Explain with examples. What are the Family Fabaceae: Ovary superior
different modifications of adventitious roots? monocarpellary, unilocular w many ovules, style
Ans. MODIFICATIONS OF ADVENTITIOUS single.
ROOTS:- Faniily Solonaceae: Ovary superior, bicarpellary,
(i)TUBEROUS:- It is swollen root & shapeless syncarpous, bilocular,. placenta swollen with
occurring singly eg. sweet potato. many ovules.
(ii)FASCICULATED:- Several tuberous roots arise Fam Liliaceae: Ovary superior, tricarpellary
from the same place in a cluster eg. dahlia, syncarpous, trilocular with many ovules, axile
Asparagus. placentation
(iii)BEADED ROOTS:- These roots have swollen
parts at frequent intervals eg. portulaca, vitis. 260.Describe the various types of
(iv)PROP ROOTS:- These are pillars like roots placentations found in flowering plants &
hanging vertically downward from aerial branch represent diagrammatically.
of plant eg. Banyan tree. Ans. The various types of placentations found in
(v)STILT ROOTS:- The roots are short which flowering plants are:-
grow obliquely from near the base of the main (i)MARGINAL:- Ovary one chambered and
stem & they provide anchorage & support to ovules lies along the margin of the ovary eg. pea
the stem eg. sugarcane, maize, sorghum. & gram
(vi)PARASITIC ROOTS:- These roots penetrate (ii)PARIETAL:- Ovary one chambered and ovules
into the host cells & absorb nutrients from host lies at the level of the fusion of the fusion of the
tree eg. cuscutta. carpels. Eg. mustard.
(vii)ASSIMTLATORY ROOTS:- Adventitious roots (iii)AXILE:- Ovary many chambered and ovules
in certain plants become green to carry out are attached to the central column eg. onion &
photosynthesis & are called assimilatory roots lemon.
eg. tinospora, trapa. (iv)FREE CENTRAL:- Ovary one chambered and
258.Describe various stem modifications at the centre it bears many ovules eg. Dianthus,
associated with food storage, climbing and Primula.
protection. (v) BASAL:- Ovary one chambered and ovules
Ans. Stem Modifications: develop on the thalamus eg. sunflower.
(vi)SUPERFICIAL:- Ovary is multilocular & (a)Anther:- Knob like bilobed structure
syncarpous. Ovules develop on the minor containing pollen grains. Each lobe contains two
surface of the ovary. Eg. Nymphea. chambers called pollen sac.
(b)Connective:- A strip of tissue, which connects
the anther lobe is called connective.
(c)Filament:- a slender stalk by which anther
lobes are attached is called filament.
(iv).GYNOECIUM:- It is the female part of the
flower it is made up of three parts
(a)Stigma:- upper part of pistil which receives
pollen grains
(b)Style: - The stalk between stigma & ovary.
(c).Ovary:- basal part containing ovules.

Types of placentation :(a) Marginal (b) Axile (c)

Parietal (d) Free central (e) Basal
262.Describe the aerial modifications of stem.
261.What is a flower? Describe the parts of Ans. AERIAL MODIFICATIONS OF STEM
typical angiospermic plants with the help of a INCLUDES:-
diagram. 1.STEM TENDRIL:- Stem tendrils are thin
Ans. The flower can be defined as a modified leafless slender & spirally coiled structures
shoot bearing nodes & modified floral leaves. It which develop from auxiliary buds. They help
consists of following parts:- the plant such as cucumber, water melon, grape
(i).CALYX:- It is the outermost whorl of flower. It vine etc. to climb.
is green. Leaf- like structure it may be  2.STEM THORN:- sometimes the auxiliary buds
polysepalous (sepals free) or gamosepalous grows into hard, woody straight & pointed
(sepals united) calyx may be regular or irregular. structures called thorns. It arises in the axil of
(ii).COROLLA:- It is the second whorl of the leaf or at the tip of branch. Sometimes thorn
flower inside the sepals. The petals are usually bears leaves also. They are commonly found on
brightly coloured. The insects are attracted due plants eg. citrus durantha, Bougainvillea etc.
to colour of the petals so they help in 3.PHYLLOCLADE:- It is the green flattened or
pollination. The narrow stalk like lower portion cylindrical stem which takes the form and
of petal is called a claw & the upper extended function of leaf. They contain chlorophyll &
portion is known as limb. carry photosynthesis. They have many nodes &
(iii).ANDROECIUM:- It represents as male internodes. Their true leaves are reduced,
reproductive parts. It consists of stamens in spines or scales. It is commonly found in
each stamen there are three parts:- xerophytic plants eg. opuntia, epiphyllum etc.
4.CLADODE:- This is a phylloclade of limited 271 Which tissue of the leaf contains
growth which develops, from the node of the chloroplast?
stem or branch & in the axil of a scale leaf eg. Ans. Mesophyll tissue.
asparagus, Ruscus, asculentus etc. cladodes are
green flat & leaf like structures which carry on 272. A plant tissue when stained, showed the
photosynthesis. presence of hemicellulose and pectin in cell
5.BULBILS:- This is a modified vegetative or wall of its cells. Name the tissue.
floral bud meant for the production of a new Ans. Chollenchyma.
plant. It detaches itself from mother plant &
grows into an independent plant. Bulbils are 273. Give the function of lentcels.
found in oxalis, Agava american, Lilium etc. Ans.  Permit exchange of gases.
263. Name the tissue represented by the jute
fibres used for making the ropes. 274. The vascular bundles are surrounded by a
Ans. Selerenchyma. thick layer of cells. What is the name of the
cells?
264. Which kind of tools have polyarch Ans. Bundle sheath cells.
vascular bundles?
Ans. Monocotyledonous roots. 275.Whercarecasparian strips found?
Ans. Endodermis.
265. What is heart wood?
Ans. The hard central region of tree trunk made 276. Give the function of companion cells.
up of xylem vessels. Ans. Maintain pressure gradient in sieve tubes.

266. St the role of pith in stem. 277.Name two specialized kinds of

Ans. Pith stores the food material. parenchyma.
Ans.(i) aerenchyma
267. Where arc bulliform cells found in Ieaves? (ii) Chlorenchyma.
Ans. Bulliform cells are found in the upper
epidermis of monocot leaves. 278.What is the function of companion cells in
phloem ?
268. Which meristem does produce growth in Ans. Companion cells help the sieve tube
length? members in translocation of food material
Ans. Primary meristem.
279.Define meristem.
269. Which forms the cambial ring in a dicot Ans. All the cells of an embryo of the plant are
stem during the secondary growth? capable of division but, in a localized region cell
Ans. fascicular and intrafascicular strips of division occur continuously. It is called
meristem. meristem.

270. Name the anatomical layer in the root 280.When does vascular bundle refer to as
from which the Iateral branches of root closed bundles.
originate. Ans. When cambium is absent.
Ans. Pericycle of mature zone.
281.Name the aerating pores in the bark of narrower.
stems. 4.The lumen is 4. The lumen is wide.
Ans. Lenticels narrower.

281.What are sclereids?   288. How are open vascular bundles differ
Ans. Sclerieds are thick walled, hard & strongly from closed vascular bundles?
lignified selerenchyma cells. Ans. Open Vascular bundles These vascular
bundles contain a strip of cambium in between
282.Name the tissue represented by jute fibres phloem and xylem. Open vascular bundles aer
used for making ropes? collateral and bicollateral. Closed Vascular
Ans. Sclerenchyma. bundles Ititmfascicular cambium is absent.
Closed vascular bund s can be collateral
283.Why xylem & phloem are called complex orconecti I
tissues? 
Ans. Because they are made up of more than 289. What are trichomes ? State their
one type of cells that work together as a unit. functions.
Ans. Trichomes arc multicellular epidermal hairs
284.Name the types of wood in which vessels on the stem, sect or fruits. Trichomes help in
are absent. protection, dispersal of Mitts and seeds and
Ans. Soft wood eg. pinus. reduction in water loss.

285.What are the functions of tracheids. 289. Given below are (he various types of
Ans. Tracheids transports water & give tissue and their functions. Which out of these
mechanical support to the tree. is not a matching pair and why:
286. Why is cambium considered to be lateral (a)Collenchyma:provides mechanical support
meristem? to the giowingparts of plant.
Ans. The cambium is considered as a latent (b)Sclerenchyma:photosynthesis, storage and
meristem because it occurs along the Later at  secretion.
sides of the stem and roots and appears tater (c)Chlorenchyma:perform the function of
than primary meristem. Cells of this meristem photosynthesis.
divide periclinally and increase the thickness of (d)Xylem:conduction of water and minerals.
the plant body. Ans. (b) Selerenchyma: photosynthesis, storage
and secretion is not a matching pair. The
287. Give any four differences between function of selerenchyma is to provide
tracheids and vessels. mechanical support to organs.
Ans.
Tracheid Vessel 290. Why is cambium considered to be a
1.A tracheid is formed 1. A vessel is made of a lateral meristem ?
from a single cell. number of cells. Ans. These meristems are present along the
2.The ends are rounded 2.The ends are lateral sides of stem & roots therefore these are
or transverse. generally oblique and called lateral meristem. Interstealer cambium
  tapering. ring formed by intrafasicular & inter fascicular
3.They are 3.They are are two examples of lateral meristem.
comparatively comparatively wider.
291. Mention four characteristics of iii) High water content iii) Low water content
sunflower’s vascular bundles. in cells in cells
Ans. iv) Cell lumen is wide. iv) Cell lumen is narrow.
(i)Xylem & phloem occurs as alternate separate
patches on different radii. 294. Why large number of stomata are seen on
(ii)Xylem is exarch. lower surface of dicot leaves in terrestrial
(iii)The number of rays is equivalent to the plants.
number of xylem bundles & accordingly xylem Ans. Stomata are found on the epidermis of
condition in the root may be called as monarch. green aerial parts of plants but they are
(iv)Diarch, triarch, tetrarch, pentarch, hexarch & abundant on lower surface of leaves of dicot
poly arch. plants as they are helpful in regulation of the
process of transpiration.
291. Differentiate between tracheids & vessels.
Ans.  295. What is stomatal apparatus ? Draw a well
TRACHEIDS VESSELS labelled diagram of stomata.
i) found in all vascular i) Found in angiosperms Ans. The stomata occurs on the surface of
plants only leaves. They regulate transpiration in plant &
ii) They are shorter & ii) They are very big & exchange of gases. Each stomata is made of 2
dead at maturity dead at maturity. bean shaped cells called guard cell. The guard
iii) Lumen is narrow iii) Lumen is wider. cells possess chloroplast & regulate opening &
iv) Tracheids have iv) End walls mostly closing of stomata. The stomatal aperture,
pointed ends. absent. guard cells & surrounding subsidiary cells make
the stomatal apparatus.
292. What are tracheary elements? Of what
use are these to plants ? 296. How can you identify a monocot stem and
Ans. Tracheary elements are vessels & a dicot stem? Give reasons.
tracheids. They are conducting cells of the Ans. In monocot stem, the vascular bundles are
xylem. The xylem vessels have perforations in scattered. No distinction between pitch &
their end walls while perforations are absent in cortex. Cambium is not present. Vascular
tracheids, they form a continuous channel bundles are closed whereas, dicot stem shows
through root, stem & leaves for conduction of epidermis, cortex & stele. Epidermis bears
water & minerals. appendages-trichomes. The vascular bundles
are open & are arranged in rings. Cortex & pith
293. Distinguish between collenchymas& are distinct cambium present.
sclerenchyma.
Ans. 297. Differentiate between xylem & phloem.
COUENCHYMA SCLERENCHYMA Ans.
i) Living mechanical PHLOEM XYLEM
i) Mechanical tissue is
tissue contains i) conduction of water
dead. i) conduction of food
protoplasm & minerals
ii) Thickening in cell ii) Thickening on cell ii) Phloem fibres are ii) Tracheids, vessels &
wall due to cellulose, walls due to deposition dead, sieve tube, sclerenchyma are dead.
hemicelluloses & of lignin cellulose or companion. Cells and Xylem parenchyma are
pectin both. phyoem pareuchyma living.
are living are exist in different shapes without
iii) It occurs in small iii) It occurs in large intercellular space. Cells are thin walled, rich in
quantity quantity. protoplasm, with out vacuoles.
Permanent tissues arc derived from
298. Draw a well labeled diagram of T.S. of meristematic tissue and are composed of cells
monocot stem. have (heir definite shape, size and function.
Ans. These cells may be thin walled (living) or thick
waited (dead).

302. Differentiate(e between arenchyma and

collenchyma on (he basis of (heir structure and
function.
Ans.
Arenchyma Collenchyma
(a) Tissure contains
deposits of cellulose
(a)Parenchymatous tissue
and large pectin at
containing large air
the corner of cells.
space.
(b) Consists of oval
(b)Thin walled cells,
and polygonal cells
299. What is phellogen? What does it produce? isodiametric in shape
without intercellular
Ans. Phellogen is called cork cambium. It is with intercellular space.
space.
developed to protect the inner tissues in dicot (c)Provides buoyancy to
(c) Provides elasticity
stems it develops from hypodermal cells which the plant.
and mechanical
are collenchymatous or even from epidermal strength.
cells near to cortex. Phellogen or cork cambium
produce secondary tissue more on outer side 303. Are there any tissue elements of phloem
then inner side. which arc comparable to (hose of xylem?
300. Differentiate between enderch and exarch Explain.
conditions. Ans. (a) The sieve elements of phloem is
Ans. comparable to the vessel of the xylem because
Endarch condition Exarch condition both tack nucleus.
1. Protoxylem to wards (b) Phloem fibre is similar to the xylem fibre
1.Protoxylem towards
periphery and because both provide tensile strength to the
pith and metaxylem
metaxylem towards tissue.
towards periphery
pith (c) Phloem parenchyma and xylem parenchyma
2.Found in Stem
2. Found in root. is the living components of phloem and xylem
respectively.
301. If you am provided with microscopic
preparation of transverse section of a 304. PaIm is monocotyledonous plant, yet it
meristemie tissue and permanent (issue, increases in girth. How is it possible?
howwou1dyoudistin. Ans. A pain lice is not plant, hence do not have
Ans. Meristematic tissues am composed of cells primary cambium in the vascular bundles of
that have the capability to divide. These cells
stem. However, with a the tree grows in provide elasticity & support to the growing
diameter. A secondary cambium may be for,uc4 organs.
in the hypodermal region of the stem. The later
forms the conjuctive tissue and patches of met 307.What are sieve elements? Explain their
cells. The activity of meristmatic cells results  in types & functions.
the formation of secondary vascular bundles. Ans. Sieve elements are the parts of phloem.
They are meant for translocation & conduction
305. Observe the figure and answer the of food material. Sieve elements are of two
following questions: types:-
(i) Name parts (a)and(b) (a)Sieve cells:- sieve cells are present in
(ii) Are those types of stomata observed in pteridophytes and gymnosperms. The cell wall
monocot or in dicot plants? is perforated. There are sieve plates throughout
 (iii) Which parts of stomata constitute the end walls & lateral walls.
stomata apparatus? (b)Sieve tubes:- sieve tubes are present in
angiosperms. Many sieve cells are connected to
each-other to form a channel. There are sieve
plates of the walls.

Ans. (i) a: epidermal cell b: guard cell

(ii) In dicot plants.
(iii) The stomatal apparatus includes the
stomata! aperture, guard cells and the
surrounding subsidiary cells.

306.Explain the structure & function of 308.State the location & function of different
collenchyma. types of meristems.
Ans. Collenchymas has polygonal cells & has Ans. A meristem is a group of cells that are in a
unevenly thickened walls which are prominent continuous state of division and thus
at the corners. It is an example of simple tissue. continuously produce new cells on the basis of
Cells are more or less elongated with primary, location & function, the meristem are of
non-lignified cell wall. The wall thickening is following types:-
primary in nature & is composed of cellulose, (a)APICAL MERISTEM:- These are present at the
hemicelluloses & pectin materials with high apices of stems, roots & branches the activity of
percentage of water. The thickening may be apices of stem adds to length of plant or its
primarily at the corners or angles of the cells. parts.
They are found mostly in the hypodermis of (b)INTERCALARY MERISTEM:- These meristems
herbaceous dicots in the form of homogenous are intercalated in between the permanent
layers or in the patches. tissues. They may be present cither at the base
FUNCTION:- The main function of this tissue is of internode as in stem of various grasses &
to give strength to the plant parts. They also wheat, the activities of these meristems also
add, to length of plant or its organ.
(c)LATERAL MERISTEMS:- These meristems are openings at their ends. They are dead. They
present along the side of the stem these include help in conduction of water & minerals.
cambium & cork cambium. The activity of (b)VESSELS:- They are narrow tube like
lateral meristem adds to thickness of plan. structures having annular & spiral thickening in
protoxylem. They are wider & have spiral,
309.Describe the internal structure of a dicot reticulate & pitted thickening in metaxylem.
root. They are dead. They help to conduct water &
Ans. A T.S. of dicot root shows the following mineral from roots to upper parts of plant.
structures:- (c)XYLEM PARENCHYMA:-They are living cells.
(a)EPIBLEMA:- It is called piliferous layer. They are called as wood parenchyma they help
Unicellular root hairs extend to outside from in storage of food & lateral transport of
the epiblema. substances.
(b)CORTEX:- It is the main part of root having (d)XYLEM FIBRES:- They are long, slender,
many layers of rounded parenchymatous cells pointed, dead sclerenchymatous cells. They are
contain starch grains. Intercellular spaces are called wood fibres. They have small pits &
present in between them. It stores formed thickened walls they give strength & support to
substances. plants.
(c)ENDODERMIS:- It lies inner to cortex &
contain barrel shaped cells having no
intercellular spaces. Radial walls of its cells may
have lignified casparian strip water & minerals
pass through passage cells to phloem.
(d)STELE:- It is the central part of dicot root.
Inner to endodermis lays pericycle which is
single layered thick only. Phloem & xylem are
present in different radii to form separate
bundles.

311.Distinguish between dicot root & monocot

root.
Ans.
DICOT ROOT MONOCOT ROOT
i) diarch/ triarch/
telrarch/ pentarch or i) always polyarch
hexarch
ii) Cortex narrow ii) Cortex very wide.
iii) The casparian
310.Describe the elements of xylem with the iii) The casparian strips
strips are more
help of suitable diagram. are not very prominent
prominent in
Ans. Xylem being a complex tissue is made up in endodermal cells.
endodermal cells.
of different types of cells as follows:- iv) Pericycle gives rise iv) Pericycle give rise to
(a)TRACHEIDS:- They are elongated tube like to primordial of lateral lateral roots only
structures. They do not have perforation or
roots, cork cambium
as well as part of
vascular cambium
v) Vessels & tracheids v) vessels & tracheiols
polygonal in T.S oval in T.S
vi) Secondary growth vi) Secondary growth is
is present absent
vii) Conjuctive
vii) Conjuctive
parenchyma do not
parenchyma makes
make vascular
vascular cambium.
cambium.
viii) Pith very small or
viii) Pith is very large
absent. 313.What is wood? What are its different
ix) Passage cells are ix) Passage cells are types?
absent in endodermis present in endodermis Ans. Botanically, a secondary xylem is called as
x) conjuctive tissue can wood. It is formed by the metabolism of the
x) conjuctive tissue is plant i.e. secondary growth by cambium &
be parenehymatous or
parenchymatous constitutes the bulk of plant body in dicot stem
sclerenchymatous.
& dicot root. Wood can be classified into
312.Describe the internal structure of a following categories.
monocot root with the help of a labeled (i)Hardwood:- It is wood produced by
diagram. angiosperms. It consists mainly of xylem vessels
Ans.A T.S. of monocot root shows the following & hence called porous wood.
tissues:- (ii)Soft wood:- It is wood produced by
(a)EPIDERMIS:- It is the outermost layer of root gymnosperm. It consists mainly of xylem
having no intercellular spaces stomata & cuticle. trachieds & hence called non-porous wood.
It bears unicellular root hairs. (iii)Heart wood:_ It is the central core of wood
(b)CORTEX:- It is present beneath the formed during secondary growth. It consists of
epidermis. It consists of many layers of dead cells. The cells are dark in color due to the
parenchymatous cells with large intercellular presence of extractives like gums, resins,
spaces. tannins, etc.
(c)ENDODERMIS:- It is the innermost layer of (iv)Sap wood:_ It is the peripneral part of wood
cortex. Its cells are barrel shaped with casparian formed during secondary growth. It consists of
strips on their antinunal walls. The passage cells living cells. The cells are lighter in colour as
are seen just opposite the protoxylem ends. extractives are absent.
(d)PERICYCLE:- It consists of single layer of thin (v)Early wood:- It is the wood formed during
walled parenchymatous cells. favorable season. Vessels & tracheids formed
(e)VASCULAR BUNDLE:- The vascular bundles are larger in dimensions.
are radial, alternating xylem & phloem. The (vi)Late wood:- It is the wood formed during
xylem & phloem bundles are always more than unfavorable seasons. The vessels & tracheids
six. The xylem is exarch in condition. The central formed are smaller in dimensions.
portion is occupied by large pith of 314. Name the tissue which contains Have
parechyomatous cells. The conjuctive tissue is risen canals.
found between the xylem & phloem strand. Ans. Mammalian bone.
 326.Name two anticoagulants of blood of
315. Mention two special properties of man?
nervous tissues. Ans. Heparin & antiprothrombin.
Ans. Excitability and conductivity.
327.Name the type of epithelium that lines the
316. Name the large cells present in adipose inner surface of stomach?
tissue. Ans. Columnar epithelium.
Ans. Adipocytes.
328.What causes fatigue of the muscle fibres?
317. Name the cells responsible for clotting of Ans. Due to accumulation of lactic acid or due
blood. to prolonged contraction
Ans. Blood platelets.
329.Name the type of epithelium lines the
318. What am exocrine glands? buccal cavity?
Ans. Glands which discharge their secrctions Ans. Stratified squamous epithelium
into ducts.
329.Why muscle cells are usually called muscle
319. Differentiate between tendon and fibres?
ligament. Ans. Muscle cells are usually called muscle
Ans. Tendon: Attach skeletal muscles to bones fibres because muscle cells are thin & elongated
Ligament: Attach bone to bone into thread like structures.

320. Where are RBC s fornic4? 330.Define glands.

Ans. Bone narrow Ans. Glands are secretary structures formed of
epithelial tissues.
321.Name the kind of tissue which forms the
lining of blood vessels? 331.How many spermathecae are present in
Ans. Squamous epithelium. earthworms.
Ans. Four pairs of spermathecae are found in
322.Name the chemical which helps in each of 6 to 9 segments of earthworm
transmitting nerve impulse at the synapse?
Ans. Acetylcholine. 332.Name the proteins which constitute
muscle fibres.
323.What is the main function of WBCs? Ans. Actin & myosin
Ans. They protect the body from infection &
diseases. 333.Which type of epithelium is found in
urinary bladder.
324.What are the organs of excretion in Ans. Transitional epithelium.
insects?
Ans. Malphigian tubules. 334.From which germ layers do the following
organs originate
325.Which tissue has fat globules? (a) kidney  (b) urinary bladder.
Ans. Adipose tissue. Ans. (a) Mesoderm        (b) Endoderm.
335.What are the two typos of fibres of Ans. Haelmopoeisis is the formation of new
connective (issues? Distinguish between the erythrocytes from the haemopoietic tissue. The
two. haemopoietic tissues in the young foetus in liver
Ans. White and yellow fibres. White fibres are & spleen whereas in the adults, it is the bone
thin, wavy, unbranched, inelastic, occur in marrow of long bone. The haemopoitic tissue
bundles and formed of protein collagen. Yellow synthesizes millions of RBC’s every minute & its
fibres are thick, straight, elastic, branched, excess lot is stored in the spleen.
occurring singly, formed of protein elastin.
341.Differentiate between blood & lymph?
336.To which tissue do the following  to Ans.
(a) Osteocytes(b) Chondrocytes BLOOD LYMPH
(e) Ncuroglia(d) Intercalated discs i) It is white (straw
Ans. (a) Bone tissue(b) Cartilage i) It is vascular tissue
coloured) vascular tissue
(b) Neural tissue(d) Cardiac musele ii) It is found in blood ii) It is found in lymph
vessels. vessels.
337.Name the locomotory appendages of iii) It is made of iii) It is made of plasma,
cockroach on the basis of external plasma, erythrocytes, leucocytes, erythrocytes
morphology. leucocytes & & platelets are absent.
Ans. Three pairs of legs and 2 pairs of wings. platelets. Neutrophils Lymphocytes are most
are most abundant. abundant.
338.Give the characteristic of epithelial iv) It has iv) Haemoglobin is
tissues? haemoglobin absent
Ans. Epithelial tissue forms a layer on the free v) It helps in
surface i.e. external surface of animal body & v) It functions as middle
transport of
internal surface of visceral organs, body cavity man between blood &
materials inside the
& blood vessels. Cells of epithelium are set body cells.
body.
closely, separated by very thin film of
extracellular material. Adjacent cells are held 342.What are nissl’s granules? Where are they
together by cell junctions. found?
Ans. Nissl’s granules are the small basophilic
339.How many types of nephridia are found in bodies found in the cytoplasm of soma &
earthworm based on their location? dendrites. They are found in nervous tissues.
Ans. Nephridia are of three types:-
(i)SEPTAL NEPHRIDIA:- Those present on both 343.Discuss the structure of haversian system
the sides of intersegmental septa & open into in the histology of bone?
intestine Ans. Bone consists of connective tissue having
(ii)INTEGUMENTAL NEPHRIDIA:- Those found matrix surrounded by periosteum. In
attached to the lining of the body wall & open mammalian bone haversian canal which carry
on the body surface. blood vessels & nerves of the bone are
(iii)PHARYNGEAL NEPHRIDIA:- Those found on surrounded by a number of concentric lamellae
the 4th, 5th, & 6th segment in the form of three of intercellular matrix & bone.
paired tufts are pharyngeal nephridia.
344.Distinguish between myosin & actin
340.What do you mean by haemopoiesis? filament?
Ans. 348.Distinguish between smooth & striated
MYOSIN FILAMENT ACTIN FILAMENT muscles.
i) It is found in I band & Ans.
i) It is found in only A-
also projects in A- SMOOTH MUSCLES STRIATED MUSCLES
band
band. i) They are called i) they are called
ii) It is thicker (100A) ii) It is thinner (50A) involuntary muscles. voluntary muscles
iii) Cross bridges are iii) Cross bridges are ii) They are mostly
ii) They are found in
present absent attached to bones by
hollow organs
iv) About 1500 myosin iv) About 3000 actin tendons
filaments are found per filament are found per iii) They are iii) They are
myofibril myofibril. uninucleate. multinucleate.
iv) They show striated
345.What are chondriocytes? Where are they iv) They do not show appearance i.e.
found? any striation alternate light & dark
Ans. In the matrix of cartilage, in chondrin there bands.
lay some large, bluntly angular cartilage cells
called chondriocytes. They lie scattered in 349.What are the functions of mast cells?
chondrin. Chondriocytes occurs in clusters of 2 Ans. Mast cells are granular large irregularly
or 3 cells in small spaces called the lacunae. shaped cells present in areolar connective
tissue
346.Name the major class of plasma protein & a)They store inflammation producing substance
mention their functions. histamine. When histamine is released
Ans. Three major classes of plasma proteins inflammation is caused due to some reason.
are:- b)They also release heparin which prevent
(a) Serum  (b) Serum globulin   (c) Fibrinogen activation of prothrombin this preventing
FUNCTIONS OF PLASMA PROTEINS:- coagulation of blood.
(i)Providing body immunity
(ii)Prevention of blood loss. 350.How can a male frog be distinguished from
(iii)Retention of fluids in the blood. a female frog ?
(iv)Transport of material Ans. The male frogs may be distinguished by
(v)Maintaining PH of blood. presence of sound producing vocal sacs. They
(vi)Conducting heat to skin for dissipation. also has a copulatory pad on the first digit of
the forelimbs. Vocal sacs & copulatory pads are
347.What is the function of nephridia ? absent in female frogs.
Ans. Annelids have long & coiled excretory
tubes called nephridia. They lie in body cavity & 351.Give reason why earthworms are known
collect excretory wastes like NH3, uric acid, urea as friends of farmers.
etc, from body fluids. Nephrostome is called Ans. Earthworms are known as “friends of
ciliated funnel. It then passes them into looped, farmers” since it makes burrows in the soil. Due
coiled ducts. They are removed out from the to it, soil becomes porous. It facilitates
body through small apertures called respiration as well as penetration for the
nephridiopores. developing roots of the plants, the earthworm
eats decaying vegetation & in the burrows, it
enriches the soil.
352.Write short note on adipose tissues.
Ans. It is a specialized form of aerolar tissue
where it contains mainly fat cells or adipocytes.
The matrix contains fibroblasts, macrophages,
collagen fibres & elastin fibres. This tissue lies
beneath the skin, around kidney & in mesentery
& bone marrow. It synthesizes, stores &
mebabolises fat & forms insulating layer
beneath the skin.

353.What are neuroglia cells?

Ans. Neuroglia cells are cells that hold the
neurons together.
357.Distinguish between tendon & ligament.
354.How does saltatory conduction takes place Ans.
along a nerve fibre. TENDON LIGAMENT
Ans. Along a myelinated nerve fibre, the i) It is formed of white i) It is formed of
conduction of impulse is called salutatory fibrous connective tissue yellow fibrous tissues
conduction. This is so because the ionic changes ii) Fibroblasts are
& consequent depolarization taking place only. arranged in rows ii) Fibroblasts are
between the bundles of scattered in matrix
355.Write short note on gaseous exchange in white fibres
cockroach. iii) It is tough & non iii) It is elastic &
Ans. Cockroach is an insect & has a system of flexible flexible.
trachea. Hence tracheal respiration occurs in    
these animals. It is a complicated system of air iv) It joins muscles to iv) It joins bones
tubes. They divide & form tracheoles. bones together.
Tracheoles are connected to the spiracles
located in the segments of thorax & abdomen. 359What is mucosa?
The body cells or fluid come in direct Ans. Mucosa is the mucous secreting epithelial
communication of air. tissue alongwith the supporting connective
tissue beneath it. It lines some hollow organs or
356.Draw a well labelled diagram of a nerve cavities of the body eg. alimentary canal, nose,
cell. trachea & lungs etc
Ans. 360.(a) Give the common name of Periplaneta
Americana.
(b) How many spermathecae found in
cockroach?
(c) What is the position of ovaries in
cockroach?
(d) How many segments are present in the
abdomen of cockroach?
(e) Where do you find malpighian tubules?
(f) What is mosaic vision? (b)White Blood cells or Leucocytes :- These are
Ans. (a) American Cockroach. colourless nucleated corpuscles & can pass
(b) One pair, present in 6th segment. through the capillary walls into lymph & tissue
(c) Between 2nd  and  6th abdominal terga. fluid. Their count is 6000 to 10,000 per mm3 of
(d) 10 segments. blood. Their main function is protection against
(e) At the be of ileum in cockroach. any foreign substance. Leucocytes are further of
(f) Vision where several images of an object arc two types:-
formed by compound eye. Helps to detect (i)AGRANULOCYTES:- They have clear cytoplasm
movement of objective very efficiently. without granules & a bilobed nucleus they are
further divided into two types lymphocytes &
362 (i) Give three differences between frogs & monocytes.
toads? (ii) GRANULOCYTES:- They are of three main
(ii) What do you understand by open type of types
circulatory system? Basophils :- which are stained with basic dye
Ans. (a) (methylene blue) & have a bilobed nucleus.
FROGS TOADS Neutrophils:- which are stained with neutral
i) Scientific name of i) Scientific name of toad dye & have multilobed nucleus.
frog is Rana tigrina is Bufo melanostictus  Eosinophils :- which are stained with acidic dye
ii) Frogs are diurnal ii) Toads are nocturnal (eosin) & have bilobed nucleus.
iii) Parotid glands
iii) Parotid glands present 364.How do erytherocytes transport oxygen &
absent
iv) Skin moist & carbon dioxide in the blood?
iv) Skin dry & rough. Ans. During development of erythrocytes there
slipper
V) amphibious v) Terrestrial for egg is formation of special substance called
animals laying. haemoglobin which is capable of transporting
(b)In open circulatory system the blood vessels oxygen. It is a complex protein & is composed
are poorly developed & open into spaces rather of two components a) a protein called globin &
capillaries. All the vesceral organs are bathed in b) a Fe2+ porphyrin ring called heme. This
blood (haemolymph) e.g. cockroach. haemoglobin when exposed to high partial
pressure of oxygen combines with oxygem to
363.What are the cellular components of form oxy-haemoglobin which carries 4
blood? molecules of oxygen loosely bound to four
Ans. The blood consists of two parts- plasma Fe2+ ions. When this oxy haemoglobin reaches
(liquid part) & corpuscles (solid parts). The the tissues where there is low oxygen pressure
blood corpuscles float in the plasma & are of oxyhaemoglobin dissociates into oxygen &
three major types:- deoxyhaemoglobin. In this way, erythrocytes
(a)Red Blood cells or Erythrocytes:- They are transports oxygen from lungs to tissue. Similarly
circular disc–shaped biconcave cells without haemoglobin also transports carbon dioxide
nucleus. They contains a pigment haemoglobin from tissues to lungs.
which has great affinity towards oxygen. In
normal healthy individuals, the number of 365.Describe the different types of connective
RBCs / mm3  ranges between 4.5-5 millions in tissues & give examples?
females & 5.5-6.0 millions in males. Ans. On the Basis of matrix, connective tissues
are of two main types:-
(I)Connective tissue proper:- It connects & myofibril from one Z-band to the next functions
supports many tissues & organs. Its matrix is as a contractile unit & is called sarcomere.
dense. Eg.
(i)Areolar tissue :- It consists of three types of 367.How does blood gets coagulated on
cells & types of fibres, all distributed in the coming out from an injured vessel. How
matrix. Fiborblasts are irregularly shaped flat coagulation is normally prevented uninjured
cells with long protoplasmic processes, they vessels.
secrete collagen & elastin proteins for the Ans. When a blood vessel is injured & blood
fibres. comes out of it, the thrombocytes clump
(ii)Adipose tissue:- It consists of collagen fibres, together, break & release the coagulation
elastin fibres, fibroblast, maerophages, & promoting substances called thromboplastin.
adipocytes which stores fat. It prevents heat Thromboplastin helps in the formation of
loss by forming one insulating layer beneath enzyme thrombokinase. This enzyme
skin. thrombokinase hydrolyses prothrombin in the
(II)Supportive connective tissues :- It consists of plasma into thrombin ca2+ ions are needed for
following types of connective tissue:- both activation & functioning of thrombin.
(i)Cartilage:- It is the endoskeletal material of Thrombin catalyses the hydrolysis of soluble
the vertebrates, it is in the form of solid matrix fibrinogen in the plasma into insoluble fibrin.
formed of chondrin with few collagen fibres & The fibrin precipitates as a network of fibres &
chondrioblast cells. traps many blood cells to form a red solid mass
(ii)Bone:- The matrix consists of bone cells, called blood clot. The clot seals the wound in
osteocytes, fibres & a ground substance the blood vessel to stop bleeding.
impregnated by calcium phosphate, calcium However in uninjured tissues & blood vessels
carbonate, magnesium phosphate & calcium don’t release thromboplastin. That’s why
fluoride. Due to these salts, it becomes very coagulation is prevented in an uninjured vessel.
hard & forms skeletal support of body.
368.Name the various fibres of connective
366.Describe briefly the structure of voluntary tissue & compare them.
muscles Ans.
Ans. A voluntary muscle is a bundle of Collagen Reticular
Nature Elastin fibres
numerous striated muscle fibres. Each fibres is fibres fibres
long, unbranched measuring 40 mm in length & i) colour White Yellow White
20ym in thickness. Each fibre is enclosed in a Formed of
membrane called sarcolemma & its cytoplasm is protein, Elastin Reticulin
called sarcoplasm. The sarcoplasm contains ii) Protein
tropho- protein protein
many myofibrils that are long, thin, unbranched collagen
& cross striated. Each myofibril consists of iii)
alternating thick A & light I-band. A band is Found in
Occurrenc Singly Singly
formed of protein myosin & I-band with actin bundles
e
protein. The thick filament bands lie parallel to Branched
one another. The thin filament extends Branched &
unbranche but form
between them upto a considerable distance in iv) Nature anastomosin
d a
an orderly manner. At the center of the I-band g
network
is a fine, dense, dark, Z-line. Each segment of v) fibres Thick, long Thin, long Short
 wavy straight Ans. Each vegetative plant cell has capacity to
vi) Tough, non develop into a full plant. This characteristic of
Elastic Delicate plant is called totipotency.
elasticity elastic
Abundan
t in 371.Name two cell organelles which contain
ambryo their own DNA?
in Ans. Mitochondria & chloroplast.
vii) Abundant Abundant in
lymphoid
Location in tendon ligament 372.Which cell organelle functions as
as well as
blood “seggregation apparatus”?
forming Ans. Endoplasmic Reticulum (ER)
tissues.
373.Which structure is called little nucleus?
369.Give an account of alimentary canal of Ans. Nucleolus.
frog.
Ans. ALIMENTARY CANAL OF FROG:- 374.What is the function of contractile
It is a short tube starting from mouth to cloaca. vacuole?
Mouth opens into buccopharyngeal cavity. It Ans. Water balance or osmoregulation.
has many maxillary teeth as the margin of
upper jaw. Vomerine teeth lie at the floor of 375.Name the enzymes present in
this cavity. The tongue is bilobed & muscular. It peroxysomes?
is used to capture the prey. Gullet opens into Ans. Catalase & B- hydroxyoxidase.
the oesophagus which is distended into
stomach. Stomach follows small & large 376.Who gave the statement “Omnis cellular
intestine. The rectum opens into the cloaca. cellula”?
Liver & pancreas are digestive canals. Ans.  Rudolf Virchow.

377.Which organelle is called the engine of the

cell?
Ans. Ribosomes where protein synthesis occurs

378.What is mycoplasma ?
Ans. Mycoplasma is aerobic prokaryote. Cell
wall is absent in them & they have a nucleoid.

389.Why is karyotype done at metaphase?

Ans. Because metaphase chromosomes with
two chromatids strands of each double
chromosome held together at the centromere
are clearly seen.

380.Expand PPLO.
Ans. Pleuropneum onia like organisms.
370.Define totipotency?
381.Name the parts of bacterial flagella. 391.Differentiate between gram positive and
Ans. Filament, hook, basal body. gram negative bacteria?
Ans.
382. What do elaioplasts and aleuroplasts GRAM-POSITIVE GRAM-NEGATIVE
store? BACTERIA BACTERIA
Ans. Elaioplasts: fats and oils. i) Their cell wall is only i) Their cell wall consists
Aleuroplasts: proteins. single layered & 100- of two layers & is 70-
200 A0 thick. 120 A0 in thickness.
383.Who first saw and described a live cell? ii) They are stained by ii) They are not stained
Ans. Anton Von Leeuwenhoek gram stain by gram stain
iii) They do not have
384.Which is the largest single cell? iii)  They have pilli
pilli.
Ans. Egg of ostrich. iv) Mesosomes present iv.) Mesosomes absent

385.Who firs explained that Cell arose from 392.Why lysosomes are called “suicidal bags”?
pre-existing cells? Ans. Lysosomes are sac-like structures bounded
Ans. Rudolf Virchow. by a single membrane which contains several
digestive enzymes. These enzymes when
386.What is the composition of plasma released from lysosomes bring about breaks
membrane of human erythrocyte. down of various cytoplasmic structures. It helps
Ans. 52% proteins, 40% lipids. in digestion of food particles, other foreign
bodies, old worn out organelles of cell often
387.Eukaryotic ribosome are 80S. What does resulting in death of cell hence are referred as
‘S’ stand for. suicidal bags of cell.
Ans. Sedimentation coefficient.
393.Explain the functions of centrosome?
388.What is the function of cytoskeleton in a Ans. Function of Centrosomes :-
cell? (a) Centrioles form basal bodies.
Ans. Mechanical support, motility, maintenance (b)At the time of cell division, they organize
of shape of cell. spindle and form asters.
3,89.Give two examples of gram positive (c) They give rise to cilia and flagella.
bacteria? (d) Out of the two centrioles, the distal
Ans. Mycobacterium & clostridium tetani. centrioles of sperms forms the axial filament or
axoneme of sperm tail.
390.What is the significance of plasma
membrane? 394.What is meant by active transport across a
Ans. Significance of plasma Membrane:- cell membrane?
(i)It forms the outer boundary of cell thus giving Ans. When molecules moves from a region of
cell a definite shape lower concentration to a region of higher
(ii) It protects inner contents of the cell. concentration i.e. against concentration
(iii) It forms a molecular boundary between cell gradient, the process is known as active
& its environment. transport. The energy is required for the
movement of molecules or ions in opposite
direction. The enzyme responsible for the
pumping of compounds into or out of cell Ans. FUNCTIONS OF CELL WALL:-
believed to be a component of the membrane (i)It provides a definite shape to the cell.
eg. Na+- K+ pump. (ii)It protects inner contents of cells
(iii)It protects delicate plasma membrane
395.“Both lysosomes & vacuoles are present below it.
endomembrane structures yet they differ in (iv)It allows transport of various substances to
terms of their functions” comment. & from the cell.
Ans. Lysosomes & the vacuoles are (v) It prevents cell contents from drying up.
endomembranous structures yet these differ in
terms of their functions:- 399.State differences between SER & RER?
(i)Lysosomes contains hydrolytic enzymes eg. Ans.
lipase, protease which are able to digest lipids, SER RER
proteins, nucleic acid & carbohydrate. i) SER do not have i) RER have ribosomes
(ii)Vacoules are membrane bound spaces which ribosomes & is on its outer surface &
facilitates transport of many ions & other composed of vesicles & is composed of
materials against the concentration gradient. tubules cisternal
ii) Its main function is
396.Who proposed cell theory? Give its ii) It synthesizes steroids
protein synthesis due
postulates? & lipids eg. fat cell lipid
to the presence of
Ans. M. J. Scheilden & Theodore Schwann gave secretory cells of liver
ribosomes.
the famous cell theory which states as follows:- iii) Gives rise to Golgi
 (i) All living things are made of cells & cell iii) Gives rise to
bodes, vacuoles as
products. sphaerosomes
well as lysosomes.
(ii)The cell is the structural & functional unit of iv) Free of ribosomes. iv) Bears ribosomes.
all living organisms.
(iii) All metabolic reactions in the living things 400.What are nuclear pores? State their
take place with in the cell functions?
The cell theory was later modified by Rudolf Ans. Nuclear envelope contains two parallel
Virchow who stated that “all new cells arise membranes & the thickness is 10-50 nm. Outer
from the pre- existing cells”. membrane has small pores called the nuclear
pores formed by fusion of two membranes.
397.Which cell organelle is known as These pores are the passages through which
powerhouse of cell & why? movement of RNA & protein molecules occurs
Ans. The double membrane mitochondria are in both directions between nucleus &
actively associated with aerobic respiration & cytoplasm.
the release of energy for cellular activity. The
biological oxidation of the fats & carbohydrates 401.Give differences between cell wall & cell
release much amount of energy which is utilized membrane?
by mitochondria for ATP synthesis. When Ans.
required energy is released form ATP molecules
CELL WALL CELL  MEMBRANE
for various cell processes in cells so they are
i) present in plant i) present predominantly
termed as “Power house of the cell” 
cell exclusively in animal cells
ii) Made up of ii) Made up of proteins
398.What are the main functions of cell wall?
cellulose fats & water
iii) Thick & tough in iii) Extremely thin &
nature elastic in nature 404. What are nuclear pores ? State their
iv) Thickening of function.
various kinds iv) No thickenings Ans. Minute pores present in the nuclear
present envelope; provide passage for movement of
v) it is not RNA and proteins between nucleus and
v) selectively permeable cytoplasm.
selectively
membrane
permeable
405. Differentiate between the electron
401.Which organelle is responsible for microscopic structure of cell/flagella and
increasing the surface area of absorption in a centriole.
cell? How? Ans.
Ans. The endoplasmic reticulum is responsible Flagella/Cilia Centriole
for increasing the surface area for absorption. It i)Possess (9+2) pattern
i) Possess (9+0)
remains in the form of convulated tubule in the of axoneme
pattern, membrace
cytoplasm in the form of network. This provides microtubules enclosed
less organelle
more area for chemical reactions and increases by a membrance
ii) Each tubule is a
the surface area of absorption. ii) Each tubule is a
triplet
doublet
402.What is mesosome in a prokaryotic cell?
Mention the function that it performs? 406. Give the specific terms for the following
Ans. Mesosome in a prokaryotic cell is formed (a)Cluster of ribosome’s found in cytoplasm
by extensions of plasma membrane into the cell (b)Extensive in folding to the inner membrane
it may be in form of vesicle, tubule or lamella. of mitochondria.
They help in cell wall formation. They help in (c) Stacks of closely packed thylakoids
replication of DNA & distribution of it to (d)Stalked particles on the inner membrane of
daughter cells. They help in secretion mitochondria.
respiration, & increase plasma membrane Ans. (a) Polyribosome/polysome
surface area. (b) Cristae
(c) Grana
403.“plasma membrane is described as” (d) Fe F particles
protein iceberg in sea of lipids”. why ?
Ans. The plasma membrane as described by 407. (a) What is the function of inclusion
singer & Nicolson is of fluid mosaic model type. bodies in prokaryotic cells?
The lipid & proteins are arranged in a mosaic (b)Where are they present?
fashion. The matrix is highly viscous fluid of two (c) Give two examples of inclusion bodies.
layers of phospholipids molecules having two Ans. (a) Reserve materials att stored.
types of globular proteins  i) peripheral or (b) They alt free in the cytoplasm
extrinsic proteins & ii) integral or intrinsic (c) e. g., Phosphate granules, cyanophycean
proteins. The proteins present superficially or granules, glycogen granules.
tightly with the membrane are enzymatic can 408.Describe the ultrastructure of a cillium or
move across the matrix & help in the active & flagellum?
passive transport of ions through the Ans. Cilia & flagella have fundamentally the
membrane.   same structures. Each cilium or flagellum
consists of eleven microtubules. These specialized.
microtubules are arranged in two radii. Of
these, nine are doublets. These are situated at 410.Explain the fluid mosaic model of plasma
the periphery & the remaining two are single membrane.
microtubules situated in the centre. The Ans. The fluid mosaic model was proposed by
microtubules are enclosed in a cytoplasmic G.Nicholson & s. singer. According to this each
matrix to form an axial filament. The outer phospholipids layer is bimolecular & their
tubules are 360 A0 in diameter & are composed hydrophilic ends are pointed towards top &
of two sub- units. The smaller of these have two bottom respectively.
arms in A- tubule & the smaller is B- tubule. In this, proteins are of two categories-
These are found around the cylinder. The peripheral (extrinsic) & integral (intrinsic). The
central microtubules are enclosed in a common integral proteins are tightly held in place by
sheath. From the centre arise nine secondary strong hydrophilic or hydrophobic interactions
filaments. These are connected with tubules of or both and are difficult to remove from the
the outer doublets. membranes. Two peripheral proteins are
superficially arranged on either side membrane
409.Distinguish between prokaryotic & selectively permeable thus this model explains
eukaryotic cell? cell membrane is quasifluid & is made up of
Ans. “protein icebergs in the sea of lipids”.
PROKARYOTIC CELL EUKARYOTIC CELL
i) It lacks well organized 411.Describe the structure of a typical
nucleus. The genetic i) Nucleus is well eukaryotic chloroplast.
material is present in developed. Ans. Chloroplasts are bounded by two
the form of nucleoid. membranes, about 3000 A0 in total thicknesses.
ii) DNA is in circular Each membrane is 40-60 A0 thick. The inner
ii) Linear DNA packed
form & is not packed membrane is very intricately elaborated to form
into chromosomes
into chromosomes. a system of lamellae. Internally the chloroplasts
iii) Nuclear membrane iii) Nuclear membrane is divisible into two parts
is lacking is present. (a) stroma- colourless, ground substance
iv) Mitochondria iv) Mitochondria (b)Membrane system- made of closed flattened
absent present. sacs called thylakoids. These thylakoids are
v) Chloroplast is present closely packed & appears as piles of coins.
v) Chloroplast absent These structures are called Grana. The
in plant cell only.
vi) Membrane bound vi) Membrane bound arrangement can be in the form of simple
organelles are absent organelle are present. parallel sacs running lengthwise, or may be in a
vii) The ribosomes are vii).The ribosomes are complex interconnecting network of the sacs.
of 70stype of 80s type The chloroplasts invariably have some starch
viii) Cell wall is absent in granules which often accumulate near a special
animal cells in plant region known as pyrenoid in algae
viii) Cell wall consist of cell, cell wall is made up
mucoptides of cellulose,
hemicelluloses, lignin
etc.
ix) Flagella are simple ix) Flagella are
 In multicellular organisms all the body cells do
not perform all the vital activities of life rather
these cells play more specialized role in life
activities eg. some cells of the body perform the
function of movement some perform the
function of digestion or respiration or removal
of wastes from the body some cells perform the
function of transport. These cells would
perform no other function except for which
they are specialized. The group of similar cells
412.Mention three similarities & three performing similar function is termed as
differences between mitochondria & tissues.   
chloroplasts?
Ans. SIMILARITIES BETWEEN MITOCHONDRIA & 414. Differentiate between a prokaryotic and
CHLOROPLAST eukaryotic cell.
(i)Mitochondria & chloroplasts are semi- Ans. The distinction
automous organelle & they possess their own betweenprokaryotesandeukaryotesis
DNA, RNA as well as ribosomes. considered to be the most important distinction
(ii)They both develop & originate in the same among groups of organisms. Eukaryotic cells
way, formed by division of pre-existing contain membrane-bound organelles, such as
organelle the nucleus, while prokaryotic cells do not.
(iii)Both of them contain circular DNA. Differences in cellular structure of prokaryotes
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MITOCHONDRIA & and eukaryotes include the presence of
CHLOROPLAST mitochondria and chloroplasts, the cell wall,
(i)Mitochondria occurs in all eukaryotic cells and the structure of chromosomal DNA .
while chloroplast are present only in plant cells. Prokaryotes were the only form of life
(ii) Pigments are absent in mitochondria but onEarthfor millions of years until more
always present in chloroplast. complicated eukaryotic cells came into being
(iii)The inner membrane of mitochondria are through the process of evolution.
folded into cristae where as cristae are absent 415. Which is the important energy carrier in
in chloroplast. the cell?
Ans. Adenosine tri phosphate (ATP)
413.“multicellular organisms have better
survival than their cellular counterpart” why? 416. Name the monomer subunits which form
Ans. In unicellular organisms, there is no Nucleic acids?
division of labour. The single cell of the Ans. Nucleotide.
organism is capable of performing all the vital
activities of life respiration, movement, 417. What are macromolecules? Give example.
digestion & reproduction etc. Respiration, Ans. Macromolecules are large complex
nutrition & excretion generally occur through molecules formed by polymerization of
general body surface no special organs for these micromolecules & have high molecular weight.
are present in them because they are too small
to need them. 418.Identify the polymer which makes
exoskeleton of insects.
Ans. Chitin a polymer of glucosamine that forms 428. What is the difference between RNA and
exoskeleton of insects, DNA in terms of nitrogenous base?
Ans. RNA has uracil instead of thymine.
419.Name the following:- i) sugar present is
DNA   ii) Base not found in DNA 429. What does an enzyme do in terms of
Ans.(i) Deoxyribose sugar (ii) Uracil energy requirement of a reaction?
Ans. Lowers the activation energy of reaction.
420.Why proteins are called biological
polymer? 430. What is the function of ATP in cell
Ans. As proteins are able to perform multiple metabolism?
functions eg. Protection mechanical support, Ans. Are the energy currency of cell.
transportation, movement etc, they are called
as biological polymers. 431. Name the protein which form the
intercellular  ground substance.
421.Which molecule has the capacity to Ans. Collagen.
duplicate? 432.Differentiate between nucleotide &
Ans. Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) nucleoside?
Ans.
422.Name the abundant proteins in NUCLEOTIDE NUCLEOSIDE
biosphere? i) Nucleotide is made
Ans. RUBISCO i) Nitrogenous base &
up of base, sugar &
sugar form a nucleoside
phosphoric acid.
423.Lipids are not biomacromolecules why? ii) Nucleotide of RNA is ii) Nucleoside of RNA is
Ans. Lipids are not biomacromolecule because called ribonucleotide called ribonucleoside &
their molecular weight does not exceed 800. & nucleotide of DNA is nucleoside of DNA is
called called
424.Which lipid can cause heart ailment? deoxyribonucleotid deoxyribonucleoside
Ans. Cholesterol. iii) E.g adenylic acid,
iii) Eg. Adenosine,
guanylic acid,
425.What are micro- nutrients? fuanosine, cytidine,
thymidylic acid,
Ans. Minerals required by plants in trace thymidine, uridine
uridylic acid
quantity eg. Mn, Co, Zn, B, etc. are called
micronutrients. 433.How are glycosidic bonds formed?
Ans. The glycosidic or ketone group of a
426.Why do oils generally remain in liquid monosaccharide can react & bind with an
state even in winters? alcoholic group of another organic compound
Ans. Oils are unsaturated lipids, hence have to join the two compounds together. This bond
lower melting points. is known as glycosidic bond.

427. Name an element found in proteins but 434.What do you mean by steady state?
not in lipids and carbohydrates. Ans. An open system always remains in steady
Ans. Nitrogen. state i.e. the rate of in put of energy & matter is
always equal to the output of energy & matter.
435.What is metabolism? Mention the role of Ans. Lipids are of three types:-
enzymes is metabolism ? (i) Simple lipids:- they are of alcohols or
Ans. Metabolism is defined as the sum total of triglycerides containing fatty acid & glycerol.
the living processes in the body. Enzymes direct (ii) Compound lipids:- They are simple  lipids
metabolic pathways. Enzymes act as catalysts. with a biologically active compound in them eg.
Enzymes are highly specialized organic catalysts glycolipids ( carbohydrate lipid) lipoprotein
produced by living cell. Biochemical pathways ( protein + lipids)
refer to the reactions occurring in the cells in (iii) Derived lipids:- They are hydrolysed
sequences. Enzymes guide the biochemical products of simple lipids such as fatty acids &
pathways along desired directions. They have alcohol.
active site. The substrate binds at active site of
enzyme & form enzyme substrate complex. 439.Enlist three properties of enzymes?
Ans. (i) An enzyme is specific for a substrate &
436.Why are enzymes called as biocatalyst? catalyses only a particular reaction. because of
Ans. The substances which changes the rate of the specific shape of active site & substrate.
chemical reaction without altering the (ii) Every enzyme requires an optimum
equilibrium point of reaction is called catalyst. temperature for its functioning.
The catalysts of the organism are called (iii) The enzymes are sensitive to PH & each
enzymes & they are synthesized in the living enzyme shows its maximum activity at a specific
cell. Hence called as Biocatalysts. PH called optimum PH.

437.Give the functions of carbohydrates? 440.Enumerate differences between DNA &

Ans. RNA?
(i)Carbohydrates play role in all metabolic Ans.
reactions of body & formed as intermediate DNA RNA
compounds in pathways of the processes. i) it consists of a double i) It consists of only one
(ii)Ribose & deoxyribose sugar are found in helical of two helical of single
nucleic acids. polynucleotide chains polynucleotide chain.
(iii)Glucose is oxidised in respiration to yield ii) Deoxyribose sugar is
energy. ii) Ribose sugar is
present in the
(iv)Glucose is used in synthesis of fats as well as present in nucleotide
nucleotides.
proteins. iii) Pyrimidine bases are iii) Pyrmidine bases are
thymidine & cytosine. uracil & cytosine
438.What do you meant by activation energy? iv) DNA contains all the iv) RNA helps in protein
Ans. Activation energy is the energy required to genetic information synthesis.
initiate a chemical or biochemical reaction.
Activation energy overcomes the energy 441.Why are monosaccharide’s sugars are are
barriers of the reactants which occurs amongst known as reducing sugars?
the reactants due to i) presence of electrons Ans. Monosaccharides sugars are called
over their surface ii) Absence of precise & reducing sugars because they have a free
forceful collisions essential for bringing the aldehyde or ketone group & can reduce Cu2+ to
reactive sites of the chemical together. Cu+. Disaccharides like sucrose does not reduce
Cu2+ to Cu+ so, it not a reducing sugar.
439.List the different types of lipids.
442.How does temperature affects enzyme Ans. Occupy lesser space as less bulky and can
catalysed reaction? hydrolysed to glucose when required.
Ans. The temperature affects the velocity of
enzyme action. When the temperature is high, 449. What would happed when salivary
there is a sudden decrease in enzyme action amylase which acts on starch in mouth and in
due to denaturation. Mostly enzymatic stomach?
reactions occur below 450c Ans. In mouth, salivary amylase changes starch
into maltose. Action of amylase stops in
443.What is enzymatic competitive inhibition? stomach as it cannot act in an acidic medium.
Give one example?
Ans. Some chemicals prevent the enzyme to 450. Differentiate between
function, are known as inhibitors. Enzymatic homopolysaccharides and heterosaccharides.
competitive inhibition is done by the substrate Ans.
which very closely resembles the substrate in its Homopolysaccharides Heteropolysaccharides
molecular structure. Constituted by two or
a)Constituted of single
Enzyme + Inhibitor Enzyme inhibitor more type of
type of
complex. monosaccharide unit
monosaccharide units
Eg. malonate inhibits the action of succinate and their derivatives
b) e. g., starch,
dehydrogenase because it shows close e.g., Peptidoglyeans,
glycogen, cellulose
resemblance with succinate substrate. chiten

445. Why are aminoacids also known as 451.Why do physicians recommend vegetable
substituted methane? oils rich in poly unsaturated fat for persons
Ans. The a-carbon has 4 substituted groups suffering from cardiovascular diseases?
occupying the 4 valency position - H. – Ans. Polyunsaturated oils contain fatty acids
having one or more double bonds which does
COOH,    and -R group. not clog arteries due to high proportion of
polyunsaturated fatty acids
446. Amino acid exist as zwitter ions. Givc its
structure. Why is it formed? 452. Why does the shelf life of fruits and
Ans. vegetables increase in a refrigerator?
Ans. Low temperature prevents growth of food
spoiling micro organisms and also inhibits the
Duetoionizable nature of    action of enzymes are in the food, because
groups. enzymesam inactivated at low temperature.
453.Enumerate the functions of lipids?
447. Why do starch give blue black colour with Ans. i)Most of the plants & animals fats
iodine? constitute storage compound. Fat is stored
Ans. Starch forms helical secondary structures mainly in adipose cells in the animals.
ii)In oil seed plants, oil provides nourishment to
which can hold    developing embryo during seed germination. Oil
extracted from these seeds is used in cooking.
448.  Why are starch and glycogen more iii)Fats provide energy to the body.
suitable than glucose as a storage product?
iv)Fats serve as insulators & protect body from three inorganic phosphate molecules two
cold. It gets deposited underneath skin. phosphate bonds are high energy bonds & one
v) Phospholipid form an structural component is relatively poor in energy.
of all bio- membranes in cell. Energy released in living cell is thus stored in
vi)Cholesterol acts as precursor for synthesis of the chemical bonds of the ATP molecule which
various hormones, vitamins & bile salts. then serve as major energy yielding & energy
vii)The lipid form the white matter, grey matter requiring substance in the cell. ATP is broken
of brain & myelin sheath of neurons. down into ADP whenever energy is needed.
ATP –> ADP + ip + energy.
454.Describe the lock & key hypothesis of
enzyme action? 456.Differentiate between cofactors,
Ans. According to Fischer’s lock & key coenzymes & prosthetic group.
hypothesis of enzyme action:- if the right key Ans.
fits in the right lock, the lock can be opened PROSTHETIC
COFACTORS COENZYMES
otherwise not. To explain the above in context GROUP
with enzyme action it is bedewed that i) it is a non
molecules have specific geometric shapes. i) It is a non i) it is a non
protein group
Proteins are able to act as enzyme because protein protein part or
which is loosely
their shape provides space configuration into substance or group which
attached to the
which other molecules can fit. The molecules group that gets attached
open enzyme in a
which are acted upon by the enzymes are called gets attached to open
functional
substrates of the enzymes. to an enzyme. enzyme.
enzyme
Under the above assumption only those ii) It is
substrate molecule with proper geometric ii) Some
essential for
shape can fit into the active site of the enzymes. prosthetic
functioning it ii) NAD is
However, under special circumstances some group have
may be coenzyme for
other molecules which are similar to the porphyrin of
organic or dehydrogenase
substrate can also combine with active site of the
inorganic or
enzyme. In such cases molecules may compete cytochrome.
metallic factor
with substrate & the reaction may either slow
down or stop. This is called competitive 457.How does enzymes brings about high rate
inhibition. of chemical conversions?
Ans. A chemical that is converted into a product
455.Describe the structure & function of ATP? is known as the substrate. Therefore the
Ans. ATP is primary & universal carrier of enzymes with tertiary structures including an
chemical energy in the cell living cell capture active site convert a substrate into a product.
store & transport energy in a chemical form, The substrate ‘S’ must bind enzymes at its
largely ATP & it is the ATP which is the carrier & active site within a given cleft. So an obligatory
intermediate source of chemical energy to formation of an ES substrate complex occurs. At
those reactions in the cell which do not occur a state when the substrate is bound to an
simultaneously. These reactions can take place enzyme active site, a new structure of substrate
only if chemical energy is released. is formed.
The ATP molecule consists of a nitrogenous In the graph, if ‘P’ is at lower level than ‘S’
base adenine a pentose sugar of ribose type & reaction is exothermic i-e energy is supplied to
make product ‘P’. The ‘S’ has to go through
much higher energy state known as “transition 459. (a) What is anzyme?
state. The enzymes brings down energy barrier (b) Give an example of co-enzyme.
making transition of ‘S’ to ‘P’ more easy. The (c) Distinguish between apoenzyme and co-
difference in average energy content between enzyme.
that of ‘S’ & this transition state is termed as Ans. (a) Are biocatalysts.
activation energy. (b) NADP, NAD
(c) The enzymes which work only in the
458.What are nucleic acids? Describe the presence of co-factors am known as
structure of DNA. apoenzymes.
Ans. Nucleic acids are found in acid soluble An organic non-protein cofactor which is easily
fraction of living tissue. They are linear separable from the apoenzyme is called co-
polymers of deoxyribonucleotides or enzyme.
ribonucleotides A nucleotide has 3 distinct 460. Explain briefly four levels of protein
components. structure?
DNA is a double stranded structure & each Ans. FOUR LEVELS OF PROTEIN STRUCTURE:-
strand is a polymer of deoxyribonucleotide. The a) PRIMARY STRUCTURE:- The protein exists as
backbone of the nucleic acid is uniformly a long chain of amino acids arranged in a
consisting of alternating pentose sugar & particular sequence such a polypeptide is non-
phosphate group functional
i)The steps composed of nitrogenous bases b) SECONDARY STRUCTURE:-first amino acid is
adenine guanine cytosine & thymine & N-terminal amino acid & last is known as c-
hydrogen bonds hold two strands together. terminal amino acid. There is interaction
ii)Two strands are complementary to each between every fourth amino acid by formation
other. of hydrogen bond the polypeptide is folded in a
iii)They run in an antiparallel manner. helical shape eg. keratin. When two or more
iv)It is genetic material in all organisms. polypeptide chains are held together by
v)It has the property to replicate intermolecular hydrogen bonds the structure is
vi)At one end of strand, 5-c of pentose sugar is known as pleated sheet.
free on other end; third carbon of pentose is c) TERTIARY STRUCTURE:- The polypeptide
free. becomes stabilized by folding & coating by the
formation of ionic bonds or hydrophobic bonds
or disulfide bridges. It is called tertiary
structure. It gives a three dimensional view of
proteins. Biological activity of protein depends
on its tertiary structure.
d) QUATERNARY STRUCTURE:- Such proteins
are farmed of more than one polypeptide or
subunits each one having primary secondary &
tertiary structure. This is called quaternary
structure. Each polypeptide chain functions as
subunit of the proteins.
 Ans. A stage when cell cycle is arrested during
interphase is called Go phase 

462.Name the cell division concerned with

cancer?
Ans. Mitosis

463.What are kinetochores ?

Ans. Small disc-shaped structure at the surface
of the centromeres.

464.What is interkinesis ?
Ans. The stage between two meiotic dividions.
 
465.Why is mitosis called equational division ?
Ans. The chromosome number in daughter cells
is equal to that of the parent cell.

466.Name the stage of meiosis during which

synaptonemal complex is formed.
Ans. Zygotene.

467.What is  phase of cell cycle?

Ans. Cells which enter a stage where they are
metabolically active but no longer proliferate.

468.Where does mitosis take place in plants

469.Name the stage of cell division in which and animals?
paired homologous chromosomes get Ans. Plants – Meristematic tissue; Animals –
shortened & thickened? somatic cells.
Ans. Pachytene 471.What is the importance of chromosomes
replication during interphase?
470.Which structure of animal cell forms the Ans. Interphase is a stage between the
asters of spindle? successive cell divisions. It is considered as the
Ans. Centrosome resting stage of nucleus as it does not show any
morphological changes. But physiologically it is
173.Name the cells in which meiosis occurs? a very active stage in the life of a cell as the cell
Ans. Reproductive cells or germ cells. prepares itself for division & many biochemical
changes occur during this stage.
474.At which stage of meiosis crossing over of
genetic material takes place? 472.Distinguish between metaphase of mitosis
Ans. pachytene. & metaphase I of meiosis?
Ans.
461.What is Go phase? METAPHASE OF METAPHASE OF
MITOSIS MEIOSIS: I Ans. i)The number of chromosomes in mitosis
i) Homologous cell division remains constant in daughter cells
i) Each chromosome ii)Asexual reproduction occurs with the help of
chromosomes form
consist of two mitosis.
bivalent each bivalent
chromatids which are iii)Size of cell is controlled by mitosis.
consists of four
held together by iv)Growth & development of the zygote is
chromatids & two
centromere maintained through mitosis
centromeres
ii) The chromosomes ii) Bivalents become
line up in one plane to arranged in the plane of 476. Differentiate between chromatin and
make up the equatorial the equator forming chromate.
plate. equatorial plate. Ans.
Chromatin Chromatid
479.How does duration affect the cell cycle in Longitudinally split half
organism? a)Diffuse, deep staining of a chromosome, light
Ans. The duration depends on type of cell & hereditary material staining hereditary
external factors like temperature, food & b)Metabolically inert material
oxygen. Time period for G, S, G, & M-phase is Metabolically active
species under specific environmental conditions
like 20 min. for bacterial cell, 10 hrs for 477.Give the terms for the following:
intestinal epithetial cell 20 hrs for onion root tip a) The pet between 2 successive mitotic
cell. It shows that time required for every step divisions
have been pre-set within cell of organisms. b) Colt division in which chromosome number
is halved.
480.Why is meiosis called reductional division c) Phase in cell cycle where DNA is synthesized.
& mitosis called equational division? d) Division of nuclear material.
Ans. In meiosis, the number of chromosomes is Ans. (a) Interphase
reduced to half so, it is called, reductional (b)Meiosis
division. The gametes are formed in sexually (c) S phase
reproducing organisms in germ cell. While in (d)Karyokinesis
mitosis, number of chromosomes remains 478.What is the significance of meiosis?
constant after division hence, it is called Ans. Significance of Meiosis:-
equational division. a)It reduces number of chromosomes to half in
daughter cells.
481.Write three processes which take place in b)It is very essential phenomenon in life cycle of
interphase? sexually reproducing animals as it restores the
Ans. Three processes in interphase:- fixed number of chromosomes.
i)The replication of DNA with the synthesis of c)Gametes are formed as a result of meiosis.
histones & nuclear proteins. Each gamete possesses half the number of
ii)Division of centriole to new centriole which lie chromosomes present in somatic cells.
at right to each other. d)It avoids the multiplication of chromosomes &
iii)The synthesis of energy- rich compound to thus maintains the stability & constant number
provide energy for mitosis. of chromosomes of the species.
e)During the crossing over, exchange of nuclear
475.Enumerate the significance of mitosis? material, genetic variations within the species
takes place with the result that new v) crossing over &
v) No crossing over &
combinations of genetic material are formed. chaismata formation
chaisnata formation
occurs
482.Differentiate between animal cell mitosis vi) A cell produces two vi) A cell produces four
& plant cell mitosis? diploid cells. haploid cells.
Ans.
ANIMAL CELL MITOSIS PLANT CELL MITOSIS 484.What are homologous chromosomes?
i) occurs in bone What happens to homologous chromosomes
marrow & many i) occurs in meristems during meiosis ?
epithelia  Ans. Homologous chromosomes are pairs of
ii) Animal cell becomes similar chromosomes having corresponding
ii) Cell shape does not
spherical before cell genes governing the same set of traits.
change before division
division During the heterotypic division of meiosis in
iii) Several hormones iii) Induced by plant leptotene, chromosomes are thread shaped &
induce cell division hormone cytokine  coiled. During zygotene, the homologous
iv) Centro some presentiv) Centrosome absent chromosomes start pairing. In pachytene, the
v) mitotic apparatus v) mitotic apparatus chromosomes show thickening & shortening.
contains asters has no asters Diplotene, is marked by cessation of attraction
vi) Mid body is not force between two homologous chromoses
vi) Mid body is formed uncoiling of homologous chromosomes tends to
formed.
vii) occurs through vii) Occurs by cell-plate separate them from each other but remain
cleavage formation attached at chiasmata. During diakinesis, the
viii) Microfilaments are viii) Microfilaments are separation of homologous chromosome is
involved in it not formed   complete. Exchange of parts between
ix) Cleavage proceeds ix) Cell grows chromatids of homologous chromosomes may
centripetally in it centrifugally in it. take place.
During Anaphase I the centromere of
483.Write six differences between mitosis & homologous compounds of bivalents repel each
meiosis? other After separation of centromere, the
Ans. homologous chromosomes begin to move
apart. In telophase-I the chromosomes reach
MITOSIS MELOSIS
poles & become shortened.
i) Chromosome i) There is doubling of
doubling is followed by chromosomes once but
485. What will bethe DNA content of a cell
separation of daughter it is followed by two
chromosomes the cell nuclear divisions. The at   , after S and  ., ,if the content after
divides only once. cell divides twice. Mphaseis2C.
ii) It occurs in
ii) Mitosis occurs in all Ans.   
reproductive or germ
the somatic cells 486.Explain the various phases of meiosis II
cells
division?
iii) The whole process
iii) It is completed in Ans. STAGES OF MELOSIS – II:-
completes into two
one sequence of stages i)PROPHASE II:- Meiosis II is initiated
successive divisions
immediately after cytokinesis usually before
iv) Synopsis is absent iv) Synopsis is present
chromosomes have fully elongated. The nuclear
membrane disappears by the end of prophase- composed of two chromatids attached together
II. The chromosomes again become compact. at centromere.
ii)METAPHASE-II:- At this stage the b) Initiation of assembly of mitotic spindle, the
chromosomes align at the equator & the microtubules the protein components of the
microtubules form opposite poles of the spindle cell cytoplasm help in the process.
get attached to the kinetochores of sister 2)METAPHASE:- a) Spindle fibres attach to
chromatids. kinetochores of chromosomes 
iii) ANAPHASE-II:- It begins with the b) Chromosomes are moved to spindle equator
simultaneous splitting of the centromere of & get aligned along metaphase plate through
each chromosome allowing then to move spindle fibres to both poles.
towards opposite poles of the cell. 3)ANAPHASE:- a) centromere splits and
iv) TELOPHASE-II:- Meiosis ends with telophase- chromatids separate
II, in which two groups of chromosomes once b) Chromatids move to opposite poles.
again get enclosed by nuclear envelope, 4)TELOPHASE:- a) Chromosomes cluster at
cytokinesis follows resulting in the formation of opposite spindle poles & their identity is lost as
tetrad of cell i.e. four haploid daughter cells. discrete elements
b) Nuclear envelope assembles around the
chromosome clusters.
c) Nucleolus, Golgi complex & ER reform.

487.What is mitosis? Give a brief account of

mitosis in animal cell?
Ans. Mitosis is an equational cell division in
which number of chromosomes in parent &
progeny cell remains same.
STAGES OF MITOSIS:-
1)PROPHASE:- a) chromosome material
condenses to form compact mitotic
chromosomes. Chromosomes are seen to be
 

   

 
MODULE - 2
1.Name two anti-transpirants? 12.Casparian strip is made of a substance
Ans. Phenyl mercuric acetate, Absissic acid. which is impervious to water, Name this
substance.
2.Define translocation? Ans. Suberin
Ans. Transport of food through phloem vascular
system is known as translocation. 13.What will happen to water potential when
a solute is added to water ?
3.When does wilting occur? Ans. Water potential will decrease.
Ans. Wilting occurs when the loss of water by
evaporation exceeds the rate of uptake by 14.A plant cell when kept in a solution cot
roots. plasmolysed. What was the nature of the
satiation.
4.Name two factors that affect water Ans.Hypertonic.
potential?
Ans. Amount of solute & external pressures 15.Mention two ways of absorption of water
by root hair in plants.
5.Define plasmodesmata? Ans. Apoplast and symplast pathway.
Ans. Plasmodesmata are protoplasmic
connections between adjacent cells. 16.Which form of sugar is transported through
phloem?
6.Why is salt added in excess to pickles? Ans. Sucrose.
Ans. High concentration of salts prevents the
growth of microorganisms & thus it prevents 17.Give one example of imbibitions.
spoilage of pickles. Ans. Swelling of seed when put in water/moist
soil.
7.What determines the direction of flow of
water from one cell to another cell? 18. A flowering plant is planted in an earthen
Ans. Water potential of cell (Ψ). pot and irrigated. Urea is added to make the
plant row faster, but after some time ho plant
8.Define guttation. dies. Give its possible reason.
Ans. Water loss in liquid phase from plants is Ans. Due to exosmosis ie water comes out the
called guttation plant.

9.What is the water potential of pure water? 19.Why is energy required to develop root
Ans. Zero bars. pressures?
Ans. Every activity requires energy. Root
10.Which part of the root is related with the pressure develops due to activity of living cell.
absorption of water? 20.Why cell is called an osmotic system?
Ans. Root hairs. Ans. A cell is called as an osmotic system
because:-
11.What makes the raisins to swell up when i)It has all the components of an efficient
kept in water? osmotic system i.e. a semi permeable
Ans. Endosmosis. Membrane & different concentration of sap on
the two sides of membranes.
ii)Flow of water occurs from higher water C4 plants are twice as efficient as C3 varieties in
potential to lower water potential. terms of carbon fixation eg. C4 plants will lose
only 300g of water by evaporation for every
21.Distinguish between active transport & gram of co2 fixed whereas C3 plants loses 600g
passive transport. of water for same grams of CO2 fixed.
Ans.
Active Transport Passive Transport 25.Distinguish between transpiration &
i) This is a rapid evaporation?
i) this is a slow process Ans.
process.
ii) Energy is needed ii) No need of energy Transpiration Evaporation
iii) It is a physical i) It is a physiological i) It is not
iii) It is a vital process.
process. process where loss of physiological process
iv) Movement is one iv) Movement is in both water occurs through but simply a physical
direction only directions aerial parts of plants. process.
v) Requires carrier v) does not require ii) It takes place during ii) It takes place at all
proteins carrier proteins the daytime the times
vi) Movement of vi) Movement of iii) It is regulated by
metabolite against metabolite along the activity of guard cells iii) It is not so.
conc. gradient conc. gradient.  around stomata

22.Give the main purposes of transpiration? 26.Mention two conditions necessary for
Ans. i) Supplies water for the process of imbibitions to occur?
photosynthesis. Ans. i) Water potential gradient between the
ii) Transports minerals from soil to all parts of a surface of absorbent & the liquid imbibed
plant. ii) The affinity between the absorbent & the
iii) Cools leaf surface by some 10-15 c by imbibed liquid.
evaporative cooling
iv) Maintains shape of plant & structure by 27.What are the factors affecting the rate of
keeping cells turgid. diffusion.
Ans. The rate of diffusion is affected by the
23.State the significance of plasmolysis? following:-
Ans. Significance of plasmolysis :- i) Gradient of concentration
i) It explains osmosis ii) Permeability of cell membrane separating
ii) Essential to know the biotic nature of the cell. them.
iii) Essential in killing of weeds. iii) Temperature
iv)To determine the osmotic pressure of the iv) Pressure
cell.
v)As a proof of cell wall permeability. 28.What is the role of osmotic potential in
regulating water potential of plant cells.
24.Why is c4 photosynthetic system more Ans. Osmotic potential refers to the pressure
beneficial than c3 photosynthetic system? which is needed to stop the movement of water
Ans. Evolution of c4 photosynthetic system is from outside into the solution. An isolated
perhaps one of the strategies for maximizing solution which is not bounded by any
availability of co2 while minimizing water loss. membrane has no osmotic pressure. It has only
the potential to result into a pressure when 34. Explain why pure water has maximum
placed in an osmometer water potential?
Ans. Pure water has maximum water potential
29. A well watered potted herbaceous plant because:-
shows wilting in the afternoon of a dry sunny i)Water molecules have kinetic energy, in liquid
day. Give reason. as well as the gaseous state they are in constant
Ans. During noon, the rate of transpiration motion.
becomes higher than the rate of water ii)The greater the concentration of water in a
absorption by plant. If causes loss of turgidity system, the greater its kinetic energy of its
and leads to wilting. water potential.
iii)The pure water will have the greatest water
30.Do different species of plants slowing in the potential.
same soil show ho same the of transpiration of iv)It two systems having water are in contact eg.
a particular time? Justify your answer. soil & air or cell & solution, random movement
Ans. Rate of transpiration is not same because of water molecules will occur from the system
transpiration is affected by num- bers and with higher energy to one with lower energy. At
distribution of stomata, and their opening. equilibrium, the water will move from the
system containing water at higher water
31. How is transpiration different from potential to one having low water potential.
guttation 7 Give two points. v)Water potential is represented by Psi or Ψ . It
Ans. is expressed in pressure units such as Pascal.
Transpiration Cuttation Water potential of pure water at defined
(i) Loss of water by a temperature & pressure is taken to be zero.
plant in form (i) The loss of liquid vi)If on pure water a solute is dissolved, its
of vapours. droplets from concentration decreases thereby reducing its
(ii) Occurs through the the plant. water potentials so, all solutions have lower
general (ii) Occurs at the water potential than pure water.
surface of leaves margins and the
(stomata) and tips of the leaves. 34.Explain facilitated diffusion?
the young stems. Ans. Facilitated diffusion is also called carrier
mediated diffusion or transport by carrier
32.Explain pressure flow hypothesis for proteins. It occurs along the concentration
translocation of sugars in plants? gradient assisted by carrier proteins eg.
Ans. most accepted mechanism for diffusion of glucose in RBC’s. The membrane
translocation of sugars source to sink is known provides sites at which some molecules cross
as pressure flow hypothesis. The glucose is the membrane. They do not set up a
prepared at the source, it is converted into concentration gradient. A concentration
sucrose. The sugars is then moved in the form gradient is present for molecules to diffuse even
of sucrose into the companion cell, then into if facilitated by proteins membrane without
the living sieve tube cells by active transport expenditure of ATP energy. It cannot cause net
loading at the source creates a hypertonic transport of molecules from a low to high
condition in vascular tissue- the phloem. concentration as it requires input of energy.
Transport rate reaches maximum when all of
the protein transporters are being used. It is
very specific & permits a cell to select with ions of gases, solids, liquids
protein side chains. Facilitated diffusion is water by general from the region of higher
stereo specific the carrier proteins are surface” concentration to lower
permeases. concentration.
iii) An absorbent is
35.Describe water potential? What are the iii) No need of semi-
involved but no
factors influencing it? permeable membrane
membrane in it.
Ans. Water potential is represented iv) It is a reversible iv) It is not a reversible
by  The water mover from process. process.
the point where water potential is greater to
the other where it is less. It is denoted by psi 36.Describe the plant cell as an osmotic
or  .Water potential is the chemical energy of system?
water. It is measured in terms of pressure & is Ans. The plasma membrane in plant cell with
also influenced by concentration gravity as well the vacuolar membrane & cytoplasmic film or
as pressure. The chemical potential of water is alone is more or less semi permeable in mature.
called water potential. It indicates free energy This membrane allows the water molecules to
rotated to water. Water potential of pure water get through it freely whereas it allows certain
is zero. molecules to enter & prevent others. The
Water moves into the cell from outside & cytoplasm is surrounded by the cell wall. It
hydrostatic pressure is increased. It increases possesses very much higher concentration than
the solutions entering the plant cells via
water potential of a solute    but the osmosis. So the plant cell functions as an
difference between inside & outside is reduced. osmotic system if it fulfills the following two
Water moves from outside into the cell due to conditions:-
water potential gradient. i) It has a semi-permeable membrane.
Three factors affect water potential. They are ii)It possesses a liquid substance having much
higher concentration therefore, plant cell acts
matric potential , solute potential  & as osmotic system.
pressure potential . Solute potential is
37.How is opening & closing of stomata
always negative. Pressure potential is usually
controlled?
positive & is denoted by . Thus, water Ans. The factors affecting stomata opening &
potential is affected by both solute & pressure closing are:-
potential. The relationship between them a) Light:- Light intensity needed for stomatal
is  opening is low the stomata open in light but
close in dark. In CAM plants, stomata open in
38.Distinguishes between imbibitions & dark & closed during daytime.
diffusion? b)  Temperature:- If temperature is increased,
Ans. then the stomata open but when there is
Imbibition Diffusion decrease in temperature the stomata close.
i) it occurs in living i) it occurs in solids, liquids c) Availability of water:- The stomata are closed
& dead both & gases. due to water stress or moisture deficit.
d) Concentration of CO2 :- If there is an increase
ii) It refers “to the ii) It refers “to the
in CO2 concentration inside the leaf the
absorption of movement of molecules,
stomatal openings are closed even in light. 10. Give the scientific term for the following
When CO2 is used up by plant in photosynthesis statements/processes:
the stomata open. (a) Movement of water in roots exclusively.
Through the cell wall
38. Differentiate between temporary and (b) The positive hydrostatic pressure developed
permanent writing. Do any of thorn indicate inside the cell or cell wall.
the water status of the soil ? (c) A solution having relatively less 9. Observe
Ans. the given figure and give the conecutnUon
Temporary wilting Permanent willing (d) Loss of water from the aerial parts of the
(i) Automatic recovery plants in the form of water vapours.
(i) Plant recovers from (e) Movement of a molecule across a
is no possible. It may re
temporary wilting Mt membrane independent of other
if water is provided
sometime. (f) Water loss in its liquid phase through the
soon.
(ii) Much damage is not special openings of veins near the tip of leaves
(ii) Much damage is
caused. of many herbaceous plants.
caused.
(iii) It commonly occurs Ans. (a) Apoplast pathway
(iii) It occurs throughout
during mid-day only (b) Turgor pressure
day and night
(c) Hypotonie
39.answers of the following (d) Transpiration
(a) Identify the process occuring in (I), ( and (ill) (e) Uniport
(h) Differentiate between the process II and III.  (f) Guttation
(c) How many types of aquaporins form the 40.Describe the cohesive force theory of
water channels in the cell membrane. ascent of sap in plants?
Ans. Ans.  Cohesive force theory or transpirational
pull theory was proposed by Dixon & jolly. Main
aspects of this theory are:-
i) Strong cohesive force or tensile strength of
water:- The water molecules attract each other
by mutual force which is called the “cohesive
force”. The attraction between the walls of
xylem elements & the water molecules is called
adhesion the cohesive force helps to maintain a
long column of water under tension.
ii) Continuity of water column in plant:- air
breaks do not hinders the total cohesive system
& the tree are able to maintain a rapid flow of
sap. The water or the sap can be pulled by the
transpiration force.
iii)Transpiration pull or tension of unbroken
column of water:- As a result of transpiration
water is drawn in the intercellular spaces from
the mesophyll cells which consequently draw
water osmotically from nearby cells & thus a
diffusion  pressure deficit or suction force is
developed. Due to suction force, the adjacent a)humidity:- water is lost slowly in the
cells take water from xylem of these veins of atmosphere, if the humidity is high or
the leaves. As the xylem of these veins is increased.
connected with xylem of roots through stem b)temperature:- the rate of transpiration is
xylem a tension is set up in the water column of doubled with rise in temperature by 10.c
xylem & whole column is physically pulled up.   c)wind speed:- high wind speed or a dry breeze
greatly increases the transpiration.
41.What forces are involved in absorption of
water from soil by root hairs. 43.Name a soil bacteria which is capable of
Ans. a)A negative tension is exerted down the converting ammonia to nitrates.
roots due to transpiration on pull by the aerial Ans . Nitrosomonas.
parts of the plants this causes a decrease in
water potential of roots which favours the 44.Which macronutrient is essential for
uptake of water from the soil. synthesis of auxin.
b) The decrease of water potential in the root Ans. Zinc
cells than the soil favours the absorption of
water from the soil. 45.What do you mean by “chlorosis”?
c) The cohesive forces among the water Ans .Lack of development of chlorophyll in the
molecules & adhesive forces between the water leaves.
& xylem vessels maintain an unbroken column
of water in capillaries of xylem vessels. The 46.Name any two elements having toxic effect
gradient of water potential exists in the xylem on protoplasm?
vessel starting from leaf to roots which favour Ans. Lead, mercury and arsenic.
uptake of water from the soil.
d) The water from the soil enters into the root 57.What is hydroponics?
hairs & from there it reaches the xylem vessel Ans. Plant growth in nutrient rich liquid culture
with lower water potential. It results in medium.
formation of root pressure. This root pressure
pushes water to aerial parts of plant body. 47.Give the function of enzyme nitrate
reductase. 
42.Define transpiration? Why is it useful? Ans. It reduces nitrate ions to ammonia.
Mention any three environmental factors that
affect the transpiration? 48.Name essential components of
Ans. Transpiration is a phenomenon naturally biomolecules.
occurring in plants through which water is lost Ans. C, H, O and N.
from plants in the form of water vapours
through their aerial parts. It is useful to plants 49.Name the enzyme that can reduce nitrogen
because to ammonia.
(i) It helps in movement of xylem sap. Ans. Nitrogenase enzyme.
(ii)It causes cooling of leaf surface & thereby
protects leaf from heat injury by intense 50.What are micronutrients?
sunlight Ans. Elements which are required by the plants
Transpiration is affected by 3 environmental in very small or trace quantities are termed as
factors:- micronutrients for eg; zinc copper, etc.
 protect nitrogenase from oxygen. Hence called
51.Name one symbiotic nitrogen-fixing ‘oxygen scavenger’.
bacteria.
Ans. Rhizobium 59.What is hydroponics? Mention its uses?
Ans. Hydroponics is the cultivation of plants in
52.Give two examples of photosynthetic the nutrient solution by placing their rooted
micro-organisms, which also fix atmospheric part in nutrient solution. By hydroponics or
nitrogen. water culture experiment, essentiality of an
Ans. Anabaena, Nostoc. element for plant growth can be determined by
exceeding a particular element in culture
53.Name two organisms each which fix solution and by observing the symptoms caused
nitrogen asymbiotically and symbiotically. by its deficiency.
Ans. Asymbiotically – Azotobacter, Bacillus
polymyxa. 60.What is balanced nutrient solution?
Symbiotically – Rhizobium, Anabaena. Ans. Balanced nutrient solution or balanced salt
solution is prepared by dissolving definite
54. Which substance imparts pink colour to the proportions of salts in distilled water needed for
root nodule of a leguminous plant and also normal plant growth. The plants growing in
mention its role ? these solutions survive munch longer as they
Ans. Leghemoglobin. It is an oxygen scavenger, get all essential as well as the trace elements
which protects the enzyme nitrogenase. from medium.

55. What is the term used for mineral 61.What is nitrification? Name any two
deficiency symptom in plants in which leaves nitrifying bacteria in soil? 
become yellow in different pattern ? Ans. Nitrification is the process of conversion of
Ans. Necrosis. ammonia into nitrites. It involves two steps:-
(i) Ammonium ions are oxidized into nitrates by
56. Define hydroponics. the bacteria like Nitrosomonas and
Ans. The technique of growing plants in a Nitrosococcus.
nutrient solution without soil is called (ii) Nitrites are converted into nitrates by the
hydroponics. bacteria like Nitrobacter.
57.A farmer adds azotobacter culture to the
soil before sowing maize. How does it increase 62.In what form is magnesium absorbed by
the yield of maize? plants from the soil. Given two functions of
Ans. Azotobacter provides nitrogen fixing magnesium in plants & its deficiency
bacteria which converts free nitrogen into symptoms.
nitrous and nitrites. It increases soil fertility. So Ans. Magnesium is absorbed by the plants from
it increases yield of maize. the soil in the form of divalent Mg2+.
Functions –
58.Name the pigment found in root nodules of 1) Synthesis of DNA and RNA.
legumes. What is its function? 2) It activates enzymes in respiration and
Ans. Root nodules of leguminons plants contain photosynthesis.
pigment leghaemglobin. Its function is to Deficiency symptoms –
1) Chlorosis between the leaf veins.
2) Premature leaf abscission. 10. Name the following:
(a) Bactoria which converts ammonia into
63.List the four broad groups of essential nitrite.
elements. (b) Bacteria which oxidises nitrite into nitrate.
Ans. Ans. (i) Nitrifying Bacteria – Nitrosomonas.
  Type Examples and its Role (ii) Nitrifying Bacteria – Nitrobacter.
C,H,O,N is a 66.What do you understand by “Donnan
Components of Equilibrium?
1. component of nucleic
bimolecules Ans. This theory explains that the passive
acids and proteins.
Components of accumulation of ion that are fixed on non-
Mg. P. P is a diffusible, against an ecp gradient. A membrane
energy related
2. constituent of ATP that separates a cell from the external medium
chemical
molecule. and allows exchange of some ions and not the
compounds.
Mg2+, Zn2+, Mo. Mo is other. On the inner side of this membrane are
Activate or Inhibit activator of anions (fixed & non-diffusible). The membrane
3. becomes impermeable to these anions. In such
enzymes. nitrogenase in
N2 metabolism. condition (for equilibrium) mobile cations are
Potassium. It is a needed to balance the negative charges of the
Alter osmotic essential. In opening of anions. According to it Donnan equilibrium is
4. reached, if the product of anions and cations is
potential of a cell. closing of stomata
leaves. the internal solution becomes equal to the
product of anions and cations in the external
64.How is hydroponics useful? solution.
Ans. Hydroponics is essential to know the [Ci+] [Ai-] = [Co+] [Ao-]
following- Where Ci+ = cations inside
(i) Essentiality of mineral element. Ai- = Anions in side
(ii) Deficiency symptom due to non – availability Co+ = Cations outside
of specific nutrient. Ao- = Anions outside. 
(iii) Toxicity to plant if element is present is
excess. 67.What are essential mineral elements?
(iv) Role of essential elements is metabolism of Ans. Mineral elements found in soil which may
a plant. enter plants through the roots. More than 60
elements of 105 discovered so far occur in
65.What is mineral nutrition? Name one different plants. Some accumulate selenium but
essential element that is a component of some others gold. Some plants growing near
energy – related chemical compounds. nuclear test sites takes up radioactive
Ans. Plants require mineral nutrients for their strontium.
growth and development which do not occur in
the plant body in Free State. The utilization of 68.Differentiate between active & passive
there elements by the plants for its growth and absorption.
development is called mineral nutrition. Mg in Ans.
chlorophyll is essential component of energy-   Active Absorption Passive Absorption
related chemical compound. 1. Absorption of Absorption of minerals
minerals is against the is along the
 concentration
concentration
gradient by simple
gradient.
diffusion.
Energy is utilized for Energy is not utilized
2.
absorption. for absorption
3. It is fast. It is slow.
It may be
4. It is unidirectional.
bidirectional.
It is a biochemical
5. It is a physical process.
process.

69.List the criteria for essentiality of elements

as nutrient in plants.
Ans. Criteria for essentiality of element are
fallowing- 71.Differentiate between apoplast and
1) The element must be absolutely essential for symplast.
supporting normal growth and reproduction. Ans.
2) The requirement are need of the element Apoplast (outer
must be specific and not replaceable by another   Symplast (Inner space)
space)
element. It includes cell wall It includes the
3) An element should be directly involved in the 1. and intercellular cytoplasm and
metabolism of the plant. space. vacuole of the cell.
Uptake of ions into
70.Describe the process of nitrogen fixation in Uptake of ions is an
space is a passive
plants. Mention the site where this process active process and
2. process and involves
actually occur is such plants. involves expenditure
no expenditure of
Ans. Nitrogen fixation occurs in nodules in of energy.
energy.
legume plants is gram and arhar. They act as Initially, the ions are
sites for it. The legume plants like pea, gram Uptake of ions occurs
taken up quickly into
show symbiosis or mutualism with bacterium, 3. slowly from the outer
outer space into
Rhizobium leguminasauram. Nitrogen fixation space.
medium.
occurs with the help of enzymes nitrogenase &
72.Describe the process of development of
leghaemoglobin. Leghaemoglobin act as
root nodules in leguminous plant. Name the
O2 scavenges and nitrogenase catalyse the
oxygen scavenger molecule present in root
conversion of N2 into NH3
nodules?
N2 + 8e- + 16ATP + 8H+ → H2 + 2NH3 + 16ADP
Ans. Mineral elements found in soil which may
+ 16 Pi
enter plants through the roots. More than 60
elements of 105 discovered so far occur in
different plants. Some accumulate selenium but
some others gold. Some plants growing near
nuclear test sites takes up radioactive
strontium.
Formation of root nodules in a leguminous
plant:
1) When a root hair of a leguminous plant (2) Constituents of the plant body – Elements
comes in contact with Rhizobium, the root hair form constitution of the plant body. For ex –
becomes curled or deformed, due to chemicals Carbon, Hydrogen and oxygen are essential
secreted by bacterium.  constituents of carbohydrates. Hence, called
2) At the site of curling or deformation, the framework elements. Nitrogen, sulphur and
bacteria invade the root and multiply within the phosphorous are required for synthesis of
root hair. proteins. Magnesium is important constituent
3) Some of the bacteria enlarge to become of chlorophyll.
membrane – bound structures known as (3) Influence on the PH of the cell sap – They
bacteroids, which help in spreading infection. also influence the PH of the cell sap.
4) An infection thread made of plasma (4) They influence the permeability of
membrane is formed by the host that separates cytoplasmic membrane – They increase or
the infected cell from rest of the tissue. decrease the permeability of the plasma
5) Cell division is stimulated in the infected membrane.
tissue and more bacteria enter the newly (5) They take part in enzymatic reactions –
formed cells. some elements work as activators while the
Leghaemoglobin (Lb) is the oxygen scavenger others works as inhibitors in various enzymatic
found in root nodules of legume plants. reactions.
(6) They have balancing functions reactions –
some of the minerals balance the effects of the
other.  

74. Mention the role of micronutrients in

plants life?
Ans.
  Micronutrient Role in plants life
Pectin formation in cell wall,
1
Boron (B) Translocation of sugar,
.
Absorption of water.
Reduction of nitrates
2 Molybdenum constituent of nitrate
. (Mo) reductases. Activation for
photophosphorylation.
Nitrogen metabolism,
3 Manganese
chlorophyll synthesis,
. (Mn)
Activation of enzymes.
73. Write role of different elements in a plant? 4 Component of enzymes.
Copper (Ca)
Ans. Some important functions of mineral . Component of plastocyanin.
elements are – 5
Chloride (Cl) Transfer of electron.
(1) Maintenance of the osmotic pressure in the .
plant cells – The mineral salts and organic 6 Synthesis of auxins. Acts as
Zinc (Zn)
compounds of the cell sap produce necessary . an activator.
osmotic pressure. 75.Expand NADP.
Ans. Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide 83.Name two photosynthetic pigments
phosphate. belonging to Carotenoids.
Ans. Carotene and Xanthophyll.
76.Name one plant that carries out
photosynthesis at night? 84.How many molecules of ATP are required
Ans. Opuntia, chenopodium.
for synthesis of one molecule of glucose in   
77.Name the cell – organelles involved in and   Pathways ?
photorespiration.
Ans. In    pathway = 18 ATP molecules
Ans. Mitcohondria, chloroplast and
peroxisomes.  In   pathway = 30 ATP molecules

78.Why photosynthesis important? 85.What part of sunlight is most suitable for

Ans. (a) Primary source of all food on earth. photosynthesis?
(b) O2 is released by green plants into the Ans. Blue and red regions of the light spectrum
atmosphere. are the most effective in photosynthesis.

79.Define photosynthesis? 86.Which one of the photosystems can carry

Ans. Photosynthesis is an anabolic endergonic on photophosphorylation  independently?
as well as oxidation reduction process in which Ans. PS-I.
green plants manufacture food by raw materials
in sunlight. 88.Name two plants that can catty out
photosynthesis at night.
80.What is the site for photosynthesis in Ans. Opuntia, Chenopodium, Bougainvillea.
Opuntia?
Ans. Stem 89.Name the enzyme which is found
abundantly in the world.
81.Explain chlorophyll is an essential Ans. RuBisCO.
photosynthetic pigment?
Ans. Chlorophyll – b and other pigments of a
90.Name the scientist who Proposed the   
reaction centre or photosystem absorb solar
pathway.
energy and transfer it to chlorophyll–a.
Ans. Hatch and Slack.
Ultimately it is chlorophyll–a that initiates
photosynthesis process.
91.Where does carbon fixation occur in
chloroplast.
82.What is the end product of light reaction?
Ans. Carbon fixation takes place in stroma.
Ans. ATP, NADPH2 and O2
92.Which compound acts as CO, acceptor in
83.Give examples of photosynthetic micro –
Calvin cycle?
organisms which also fixes atmospheric
Ans. Ribulose 1,5 bisphosphate.
nitrogen?
Ans. Anabaena, Notec. 
93.Name the end products of light reaction.
Ans. ATP, NADPH and   .
94.What is red Drop? nearest to its minimal value; then the rate will
Ans. It is the occasional fall in photosynthetic be determined by the factor which is nearest to
yield beyond red region of spectrum. This is also its minimal value; it is the factor that directly
called Emerson effect. affects process if its quantity is changed”.

95.What are the enzymes that catalyze the 96.Compare between chlorophyll ‘a’ and
dark reaction of carbon fixation located? chlorophyll ‘b’?
Ans. The stroma contains enzymes which are Ans.
capable of utilizing ATP and NADPH2 to produce   Chlorophyll a Chlorophyll b
carbohydrate during dark reaction. The carbon Chlorophyll a has It has an aldhyde
fixation occurs in the stroma by a series of methyl group at the group at the
enzymes catalysed steps which are located 1. 3rd carbon position 3rd carbon position of
outside the thylakoids. of II pyrrole ring of II pyrrole ring or
porphyrin head. porphyrin head.
101.What are the two main functions of It shows maximum
pigments other than chlorophyll in green It shaves maximum
absorption at 429
leaves? absorption at 453 nm
2. nm (blue) and 660
Ans. (i) To absorb light energy and transfer it to (blue) and 642 nm
nm (red)
chlorophyll for photosynthesis. (red) wavelengths. 
wavelength.
(ii) To protect the chlorophyll molecule from It is highly soluble in It is highly soluble in
photo oxidation. 3.
petroleum, ether. methyl alcohol.
It is blue – green in It is yellow green in
102.Differentiate between respiration and 4.
colors. colors.
photorespiration.
Ans. 97.What is kranz anatomy?
  Respiration Photorespiration Ans. Kranz Anatomy – The anatomy in which,
It occurs in all It occurs in C3 plants the vein of the leaf is surrounded by the bundle
1.
plants (C3 and C4) only. sheath containing a member of chloroplasts,
Glycolate is the having a bull form cells in upper epidermis is
Glucose is the substrate which is known as “Kranz anatomy”.
2. substrate of this connected into Glycine,
reaction. NH3 and CO2 in 98.Give advantages of C4 cycle over C3 Cycle.
peroxisomes.  Ans. (i) C4 cycle is more efficient than C3 cycle.
(ii) The photorespiration is lacking in C4 plants.
103.Explain the role of water in (iii) C4 cycle can use CO2 at very low
photosynthesis. concentrations in comparison to C3 plants.
Ans. (i) It is a reactant in light reaction. (iv) C4 cycle operates in plants adapted to high
(ii) Water stress causes closure of stomata. integrity of light, high temperature and low
(iii) It reduces the availability of CO2 water availability, C3 cycle cannot operate
(iv) Reduces surface area of leaves. under these conditions at all.

104.What is the law of limiting factor? 99. Why does the rate of photosynthesis
Ans. This law states that “if a chemical process decline in the presence of continuous light?
is affected by more than one factor which is
Ans. Increase in incident light beyond point 107. Explain -There is no oxygen evolution in
causes the breakdown of chlorophyll. bacterial photosynthesis.
Ans. In bacterial photosynthesis, the raw
100. Why do green plants start evolving carbon material for the supply of proton is H2S than
dioxide instead of oxygen on a hot sunny day? H2O Thus, these is production of S than
Ans. On a hot sunny day, enzyme RuBP O2 during splitting in light reaction.
carhoxylase becomes active and its affinity for 2H2S → 2HS + + 2H+
CO decreases and to increases. Cons more and HS + HS → H2S + S
more photosynthetically fixed carbon is lost by
photorespiration. 108. What is the advantage of using chlorella
rather than a higher plant?
105. Fit! in the space, left blank in the given Ans. Photosynthesis in chlorella and higher
table to bring the difference between C3 and plants is biochemically similar but chlorella was
C4 plants: used by Melvin Calvin (1954) due to following
S.N Characterisitc reasons –
o s  plants  plants (i) Chlorella culture is a chloroplast culture as a
Cell type large volume of every cell is occupied by a
…..(a)…. And single chloroplast.
1.  accepto Mesophy II mesophy II (ii)A synchroneous culture may easily be
2. r ……(b)……. Phosphoenol obtained in a short span of time.
                               pyruvate (PEP) (iii) Cells are very quickly exposed to radioactive
3. 3- PGA …….(c)……….
First  fixa carbondioxcide and are quickly killed; thus
  ……(d)  
tion product handling chlorella for experiments is easier.
4. …………
Optimum
temperature 109. What is the advantage of having more
Ans. (a) Bundle sheath than one pigment molecule in a photo centre?
(b) RuBP Ans. Light reaction depends upon the amount
(c) OAA (oxaloacetic acid) of solar energy trapped by the pigment. Energy
trapped by a single pigment molecule is not
(d) 
enough to start the initial reaction which may
occur in light. Hence, a number of pigment
106. State two functions of accessory pigments
molecules provide protection to the chlorophyll
found in thylakoids.
molecule against photo oxidation.
Ans. (a) Absorption of light and transfer of
energy to chlorophyll ‘a’.
110. Why are C4 plant preferred in the tropical
(b) Protect chlorophyll ‘a’ from photooxidation.
region?
Ans. C4 plants utilize 30 ATP’s to produce one
107. Why do   plants are more expensive molecule of glucose favoured in tropical region.
In these plants photorespiration is the
than   plants.
mechanism not to lose the photosynthetic
Ans. Because they require more energy (30
carbon. In the process of photorespiration RuBP
ATPs) in synthesizing one glucose molecule as
is catabolised to a 3-carbon atom compound
compared to    (18 ATPs.) instead of combining with CO2. More than 50%
CO2 fixed by photosynthesis is lost in
photorespiration. Photorespiration acts to undo
the work of photosynthesis as no energy rich
compound is produced during this process.
Thus C4 plants are better photosynthesizes than
C3 plants and C4 pathway is of adaptive
advantage in tropical region and thus these
plants are preferred.

111. Distinguish between photo system – I and

Photo system – II Ans. (i) ‘B’
Ans.
(ii)   and temperature
  Photosystem – I Photosystem – II (iii) ‘C’ represents to constant rate of
It is the cluster of It is the cluster of photosynthesis, D is the light saturation
pigment molecules pigment molecules intensity at which rate of photosynthesis is m
1. which absorb light which absorb light
wavelengths at or wavelength at or 114. What are the steps that are common
below 700nm. below 680nm.
The light absorbed by The light absorbed by to    and    photosynthesis ?
any pigment any pigment molecule Ans. Hints
molecule of the of the cluster is (a) Photolysis of and photophosphorylation
2. occurs in both C and plants.
cluster is transferred transferred to P680
to P700, which is the which is the reaction (b) in both, &irk reaction occurs in stroma.
reaction centre. centre. (c) Calvin cycle results in the formation of starch
It has a high ratio of It contains relatively in both the plants.
3. chlorophyll – a to more chlorophyll – b (d) During dark reaction both types of plants
chlorophyll – b. than chlorophyll – a. undergo the phases of carboxylation and
regeneration.
112. How does temperature affect
photosynthesis? 115. Two potted plants were kept in an oxygen
Ans. The dark reactions are temperature free environment in transparent containers,
controlled. The C4 plants respond to higher one ii total darkness and the other in sunlight.
temperatures, C4 plants exhibit high rate of Which one of the two i likely to survive more ?
photosynthesis. C3 have much low temperature Justify your answer by giving the reason.
optimum. Tropical plants have higher Ans. Hints:
temperature for photosynthesis. • The plant in sunlight will survive for longer
p:riod.
113. The figure shows the effect of light on the • Light is essential for photosynthesis.
rate of photosynthesis Based on the graph, 1.(a) suggest some habitats or natural
answer the following  questions: circumstances in which
(1) At which point(s) A, B or C in the curve, (i) Light intensity
light i a limiting factor? (ii) CO2 concentration
(ii) What could he the limiting f in region A ? (iii) temperature might be limiting factors in
(iii) What do region C and D represent on the photosynthesis.
curve ?
(b) In C4 plants which type of chloroplast is
specialized for light reactions and which for
dark reactions?
(c) Why is it an advantage that bundle sheath
chloroplast lack grana?
Ans. (a)  Some situations are –
(i) In a shaded community; dawn and twilight in
a warm climate.
(ii) Carbon dioxide is normally limiting, but it
may be more so in a crowded stand of plants
under sunny, warm conditions.
(iii) On a bright day winter.
(b) Mesophyll chloroplast for light reaction.
Bundle sheath chloroplast for dark reaction.
(c) Oxygen production is related to grana and
oxygen would compete with CO2 for RuBP
carboxylase and stimulate photorespiration. 117.Explain the process of bio-synthetic phase
Grana occupy a large area of the chloroplast. In of photosynthesis occurring in chloroplast.
their absence in the bundle sheath there is Ans. Biosynthetic phase (Dark Reaction) : The
more stroma, and so more RuBP carboxylase process by which carbon – dioxide is reduced to
and more storage space for starch. carbohydrates is known as carbon fixation in
plants. The fixation of carbon takes place in the
116.Briefly explain the chemisomotic stroma of chloroplasts, by a series of enzyme –
hypothesis? catalyzed reactions.
Ans. Chemiosmotic hypothesis explained the C3 pathway: It is known as Calvin cycle. The
mechanism of ATP synthesis in chloroplast. In path of carbon in the dark reaction was traced
photosynthesis, ATP synthesis is linked to by Melvin Calvin through a technique called
development of proton gradient across a autoradiography, using 14C, hence this pathway
membrane. These are membrane of thylakoids. is called Calvin cycle.
The proton accumulation is towards the inside Calvin cycle consist of three phases:
of the membrane (in the lumen). (i) Carboxylation (ii) Glycolytic
The processes which occur during activation of reversal (iii) Regeneration of RuBP.
electrons and their transport to determine the (i) Carboxylation – Six molecules of Ribulose 1, 5
steps that causes a proton gradient to develop. biphoshate react with six molecules of carbon-
ATP synthesis is linked to development of dioxide to form six molecules of carbon dioxide
proton gradient. to form six molecules of a short – lived 6C –
compound. The reaction is catalysed by RuBP –
carboxylase (Rubisco). The six molecules of the
6C – compound break into 12 molecules of 3-
phosphoglyceric acid (PGA), a 3C – compound
PGA is the first stable compound in this
pathway. 
(ii) Reduction – 12 molecules of phosphoglyceric
acid are converted into 12 molecules of 1,3
diphosphoglycerate and then reduced to
phosphogly acetaldehyde (PGAL) using ATP and Ans. A process of physiochemical change by
NADPH molecules respectively. Two molecules which environmental oxygen is taken into, to
of PGAL are diverted for the synthesis of sugar oxidize the stored food, for release of CO2,
and then into the starch. water and energy. The energy released is used
(iii) Regeneration of RuBP – For the cycle to for doing various life activities, whereas CO2 is
continue, the primary acceptor of carbon- used by the plants. 
dioxide, i.e, RuBP has to regenerated 10
molecules of PGAL, by a series of complex 125.Give two types of cellular respiration.
reaction, are converted into 6 molecules of 5C – Ans. (a) Aerobic (b) Anaerobic
compound, RuBP. Formation of 6 molecules of
RuBP requires six ATP molecules. 126.How many carbon atoms are present in
118.Define fermentation and aerobic the molecule of each of :
respiration. Ans. (i) 6 carbon in glucose (ii) 3 carbon in
Ans. Fermentation is partial breakdown of pyruvate.
glucose. (i)Glucose and (ii) Pyruvate?
Aerobic respiration glucose is completely
degraded into CO2 and H2O. 127.Nain the molecule which is terminal
acceptor of electron.
119.What are the different types of respiration Ans. Oxygen.
occurs in plants?
Ans. Aerobic respiration and Anaerobic 128.How many ATP mo1ecuIe am produced
respiration. from a molecule of glucose on i complete
oxidation in eukaryotes.
120.Name the energy currency of the cells. Ans. 36 ATP.
Ans. ATP.
129.Where does ETC found in eukaryotic cell?
121.What are the other two names for kreb’s Ans. Mitochondrial membrane.
cycle?
Ans. Citric acid cycle (CAC), Tricarboxylic acid 130.Name the enzyme which convert sugar
cycle (TCA) into glucose and fructose.
Ans. Invertase.
122.In which organelle does kreb’s cycle occur
in living cells? 131.How many molecules of ATP are produced
Ans. Mitochondria. by the oxidation of one molecule of FADH2?
Ans. 2 ATP molecules.
123.Mention the conditions under which
(i) RQ is 1 (ii) R.Q is less than 1 132.Why do the person with sufficient while
Ans. (i) If carbohydrates are used as substrate fibres get fatigued ma short period ?
and are fully oxidized the R.Q will be 1. Ans. due to formation of Lactic acid.
(ii) If fats are used in respiration, the R.Q well be
less than 1. 133.Write the name of end product of
glycolysis.
124.What is respiration? Ans. Pyruvic acid
134.Name the first product formed in Kerb’s ii) Some of the products of anaerobic
cycle. respiration can be oxidized further to release
Ans. Citric acid. energy which shows that anaerobic respiration
135.Define RQ. What is its value for fats? does not liberate the whole of energy contained
Ans. Respiratory Quotient (RQ) : The ratio of the on the respiratory substrate.
volume of CO2 evolved to the volume of iii) O2 is not utilized for securing electrons &
O2 consumed in respiration is termed as the protons.
respiratory quotient or respiratory ratio. iv) NADH2 does not produce ATP as electron
transport is absent. 

140.  What is the function of

phosphofructokinase in glycolysis?
Its value for fats is less than one.
Ans. It catalyses the formation of fructose -1, 6-
biphosphate from fructose-6- phosphate and
136.What is the importance of F0-F1 particles
adenosine –tri- phosphate (ATP) Fructose -1,6-
in ATP production during aerobic Respiration?
biophosphate is splited into 2 molecules of
Ans. F1 head piece contains the site for ATP
triose phosphate – 3 phosphoglyceraldhyde and
synthesis from ADP and phosphate.
dihydroxyacetone phosphate. 
F0 forms the channel through which protons
cross the inner membrane.
141.Give difference between Breathing and
Respiration?
137.What is oxidative decarboxylation? What
Ans.
happens to pyruvate immediately after this
reaction?   Breathing Respiration
Ans. Oxidative decarboxylation – It is the It is a biophysical
a. It is a biochemical process
process in which carbon is removed from a process.
compound as carbon-dioxide and the Water, carbon dioxide and
Oxygen is taken
compound is oxidized.  energy is released by the
b. in and CO2 is
Pyruvate is oxidatively decarboxylated into 2C oxidation of
given out.
acetate unit, which joins coenzyme A (COA) to carbohydrates.
form acetyl CO – A.
142.Define aerobic respiration?
138.What is respiration? Ans. The process of release of energy through
Ans. A process of physicochemical change by intake of molecular oxygen and release of
which environmental oxygen is taken into, to CO2 is known as aerobic respiration.
oxidize the stored food, for release of CO2,
water and energy. The energy released is used 143.What is compensation point?
for doing various life activities, where as CO2 is Ans. At low concentration of CO2 and non-
used by the plaints.  limiting light intensity, photosynthetic rate of a
given plant will be equal to the total amount of
139.Why less energy is produced during respiration. Atmospheric concentration of
anaerobic respiration? CO2 at which photosynthesis just compensates
Ans. i) Incomplete breakdown of respiratory for respiration is referred to as the
substrate takes place. CO2 compensation point.
144. Mention two steps of glycol sis in which
ATP is utilized.
Ans.  (i) ATP molecules are formed by direct
transfer of Pi to ADP.
(ii) By oxidation of NADH.
145.Describe the mechanism of Respiration.
Ans. Mechanism of respiration – Glucose
molecule is broken down into an intermediate
molecule, Pyruvic acid. 
a) Breakdown of pyruvic acid in anaerobic
respiration – In this process in absence of
oxygen the pyruvic acid is incompletely reduced
to ethyl alcohol.
Glucose → Ethyl alcohol + CO2 + 2ATP
b) Breakdown of pyruvic acid in aerobic
respiration – In this process the pyruvic acid is
completely oxidized into CO2 and H2O is the
presence of oxygen. This process occurs in the
mitochondria of the cell and is khown as kreb’s
cycle.

147.Explain Respiratory Balance sheet.

Ans. a) As equetial, orderly pathway
functioning, with one substrate forming next
one with glycolysis, TCA cycle and ETS pathway
following one after another.
b) NADH synthesized in glycolysis. It is
transferred into mitochondria and undergoes
oxidative phosphorylation.
c) None of intermediates in pathway are used
to form any other compound.
d) Only glucose is being respired; no other
alternative substrates enter in pathway at any
of intermediary stages.

148.What is the significance of stepwise

release of energy in respiration?
Ans. Advantages of step wise oxidation during
respirations-
146.What are the various steps involved in

glycolysis?
Ans. Steps of Glycolysis –
a) It facilitates the utilization of a relatively
higher proportion of that energy in ATP
synthesis.
b) Activities of enzymes for the different steps
may be enhanced or inhibited by specific
compounds. This provides a means of
controlling the rate of the pathway and the
energy output according to the need of the cell.
c) The same pathway may be utilized for In both lactic acid and alcohol fermentation not
forming intermediates used in the synthesis of much energy is relased; less than seven per cent
other bimolecular like amino acids. of the energy in glucose is released and not all it
is trapped as high energy bonds of ATP. The
149.Write the significance of citric acid cycle. processes are hazardous either the acid or
Ans. i) It explains the process of breaking of alcohol is produced. Yeasts poison themselves
pyruvate into CO2 and water. to death when the concentration of alcohol
It is major pathway of generation of ATP. reaches approximately 13%.
(ii) More energy is released (30 ATP) in this 151.Describe the process and role of citric acid
process as compared to glycolysis. cycle in living organisms.
(iii) Many intermediates compounds are Ans. It is called “tricarboxylic acid cycle”.
formed. They are used in the synthesis of other Following steps are present for completing this
bimolecules like amino-acids, nucleotides, cycle-
Chlorophyll, cytochromes and fats. (i)In this step, CO2 is removed from pyruvic acid
and resulting 2- carbon unit with the sulphur
150.Explain fermentation. containing compound coenzyme A forming
Ans. It occurs in some organisms like some Acetyl CoA. During this process the hydrogen
bacteria that produce lactic acid from pyruvic released is accepted by NAD and NADH2 is
acid. produced.
In animal cells, such as muscles during exercise, Pyruvic acid _ CoA + NAD → Acetyl CoA +
when O2 is inadequate for cellular exercise, the NADH2 + CO2
pyruvic acid is reduced to lactic acid by lactate (ii) Acetyl coenzyme A reacts with a 4 – carbon
dehydrogrogenase. Reducing agent is NADH + compound oxaloacetic acid to form citric acid.
H+ that is reoxidised to NAD+ in both processes. (iii) The citrate remains in equilibrium with
cisaconitic acid and isocitric acid in the presence
of the enzyme aconitase.
Citric acid → Isocitric acid.
(iv) Isocitrate is dehydrogenated in the presence
of isocitrate dehydrogenase enzyme to form
oxalosuccinate. The hydrogen released is
accepted by NAD to form NADH2.
Isocitric acid + NAD → Oxalosuccinate + NADH2.
(v) A molecule of CO2 is lost from end of the citric acid cycle. The energy is not
oxalosuccinate and a 5 – carbon compound  – released unless NADH and FADH are oxidized
ketoglutaric acid is formed in the presence of through the ETS. The oxidation means ‘removal
decarboxylate enzyme. of electrons from it’. Metabolic pathway
(vi)   – ketoglutarate loses a molecule of through which the electron passes from one
CO2 and 4 – carbon compound succinyl CoA is carrier to another is called “Electron transport
formed. system” It is operative in the inner
 – keloglutarate + CoA + NAD → succinyl + mitochondria membrane. Electrons from NADH
CoA + NADH2 + CO2 produced in mitochondrial matrix are oxidized
(vii) Succinyl CoA forms succinate, and ATP is by NADH dehydrogenase (complex I) and
found by linking ADP and inorganic phosphate electrons are then transferred to ubiqinone
(Pi) located within the inner membrane also
Succinate CoA + ADP + Pi → Succinylate + CoA + receives reducing equivalents via FADH; that is
ATP generated during oxidation of succinate,
b Succinate is oxidized into fumarate in the through activity of enzyme named succinate
presence of succinate dehydrogenase enzyme. dehydrogenase (complex II).  Reduced
The hydrogen liberated is accepted by FAD and ubiquinone is then oxidized with the transfer of
FADH2 is formed. electrons to cytochrome complex (complex III).
Succinate + FAD → Fumerate + FADH2 Cytothrome is small protein attached to outer
(ix) In this step the fumarate is converted into surface of inner membrane and acts as a mobile
malate in the presence of enzyme fumarate carries for transfer of electrons between
hydrase (fumarase) complex III and complex IV. (complex IV) is
Fumarate → Malate. cytochromes ‘c’ oxidize complex having
(x) Malate is changed into oxaloacetate in the cytochromes ‘a’ and a3.
presence of the enzyme malate denydrogenase. When electron pass from one carries to another
NAD is reduced to NADH2 by the liberated via complex I to IV in ETS, they are coupled to
hydrogen. ATP synthase (complex V) for production ATP
Thus oxaloacetic acid produced is ready to from ADP and inorganic phosphate. Oxidation
combine with the fresh acetyl CoA obtained of one molecule of NADH, gives rise to 3
from pyruvic acid for completing one cycle. molecules of ATP, while that of FADH, produces
Net yield kreb’s cycle :- 1 Pyruvic acid + 1ADP + 2 molecules of ATP. Electrons are curried by
4NAD + 1FAD à3CO2 + 1FADH2 + 4NADH2 + cytochromes and recombine with their protons
1ATP before the final stage when hydrogen atom is
Thus total yield of energy accepted by oxygen to form water. O2 acts as
1ATP = 1 ATP final hydrogen acceptor. Whole process by
3×4NADH2 = 12ATP which oxygen allows the production of ATP by
2×1FADH2  = 2ATP phosphorylation of ADP is called ‘oxidative
Total           = 15 ATP phosphorylation’.
Thus 2 Pyruvic acid in ghycolysis yield,
15×2=30ATP. 153.Give the various steps involved in
Glycolysis.
152..Explain ETS. Ans. The steps are as follows-
Ans. Mechanism of Electron transport system – 1) Glucose is phosphorylated in the presence of
Glucose molecule is completely oxidized by the ATP, catalyzed by the enzyme hexokinase.
2) Glucose – 6 – phosphate is changed into its Ans. Zeatin (Cytokinin) was first isolated from
isomer fructose – 6 – phosphate catalyzed by corn kernel and coconut milk. 
phosphohexose isomers.
3) Fructose – 6 – phosphate is phosphorylated 159.What is the full form of IAA?
in the presence of ATP to form Fructose 1, 6 Ans.  Indole Acetic Acid.
biphosphate.
4) Fructose 1, 6 biposphate is split into two 160.Name the hormone which is responsible
molecules of triose phosphate one of 3 – for elongation of intermodal regions of green
phosphoglyceral dehyde and one of plants.
dihydroxyacetose phosphate, which are Ans. Ethylene
interconvertible. This reaction is catalysed by
phosphofructokinase. 161.Would a defoliated plant respond to
5) 3 – phosphoglyceraldehyde is oxieised to 1,3 photoperiodic cycle? Why?
biphosphoglycerate, with the reduction of NAD Ans. No as the site of perception is the leaves so
to NADH. it will not respond to photoperiodic cycle.
6) Phosphoglycerate kinase catalyses the
formation of 3-phosphoglycerate to 1,3 162.Mention the names of two such
biposphoglycerate and 1 molecule of ATP is substances that cause seed dormancy? 
produced directly (substrate phosphation). Ans. Abscissic acid and phenolic acid.
7) 3-phosphoglycerate is converted into 2-
phosphoglycerate and then into 163.Write the cause of ‘Bakane’ disease of rice.
phosphoenlpysuvate (PEP) Ans. Gibberalla  fujikuroi.
8) PEP is converted into pyrucate long with the
formation of one molecule of ATP directly. The 164.Name the plant hormone which was first is
enzyme pyruvate kinase catalyses this step. from human urine.
The end products of glycolysis are 2 molecules Ans. Auxin
of pyruvc acid + 2 NADH + 2ATP.
154.What is growth? 165.Name the only gaseous & plant hormone.
Ans. Irreversal permanent increase in size of an Ans. Ethylene
organism.
166.How does abscise acid acts as stress
155.Which hormone act as “stress hormone”? hormone in drought condition
Ans. Abscisic acid (ABA) Ans.  ABA causes rapid closure of stomata,
preventing loss of water by transpiration.
156.Name a non-acidic growth substance.
Ans. Kinetin. 167.A famer observed some broad-leaved
weeds in a wheat crop farm. Which plant
157.What is aleurone layer?  hormone would you suggest remove them?
Ans. It is special tissue layer which surrounds Ans. 2.4-D
the endosperm in maize grain.
168.Why do lateral buds start developing into
158.Name the growth regulator which was first branches whena apical bud is removed?
isolated from corn kernel and coconut milk? Ans. Due t0 inhibit activity of Auxin lateral
growth starts.
 Ans. Growth and differentiation in plants are
169.Flowering in certain pIant occur only when open as all the cells as well as the tissues arising
they are expos to low temperature for a few from the same meristem may possess different
weeks. name this phenomenon. structures at maturity. The maturity is
Ans. Vernalisation determined by the location of cells or tissues
e.g. it may be at shoot apex, root apex.
170.Name the hormone released from over- Cambium etc.
ripe that affects all other apples in a small
wooden box. 175.What is bolting? Which hormone is
Ans. Ethylene. responsible for it?
171.What would happen to tissue culture of Ans. Enormous elongation of inter nodes
parenchyma if- resulting increase in stem height. Gibberellins
a) Auxin and cytokinin were present in equal cause the plants to bolt and flower.
quantities.
b) More cytokinin than auxin was present. 176.Why is the term short plants a misnomer?
c) More auxin than cytokinin was present    Ans. These plants require a relatively short day
Ans. i) cells divide but do not differentiate light period usually 8-10 hours and a continous
ii) shoot buds develop from the callus. dark period of about 14-16 hours for flowering.
iii) Root develop. In short day plants dark period is critical and
must be continuous. They are known as long
172.Define vernalization? Night plants and the term short day plant is a
Ans. The term vernalization is promoter of misnomer with long night plants. 
flowering by a previous cold treatment. In
flowering plant, plants requiring cold treatment 177. Explain the role played by phytohormone
usually behave as biennials. They germinate and in seed germination.
grow vegetative in first season and produce Ans. It is a regulatory pigment which controls
flower in second season. several light dependent developmental
processes in plants besides seed germination.
173.What is heterophylly? Phytohormones exist in two inter convertible
Ans. The plants follow various pathways in forms : Pr and Pfr. On absorbing red light Pr
response to environment / phase of life to form becomes Pfr and Pfr becomes Pr either rapidly
different kind of structures. It is known as by absorbing far red light or slowly in darkness.
plasticity. Some examples are heterophylly in Germination is promoted by Pfr and red light is
cotton, coriander and larkspur. The leaves of needed to promote this. Darkness (far-red)
juvenile plants are different in shape from those promotes Pr formation which induces dormancy
in mature plant. Difference in the shapes of and inhibits germination.
leaves produced in air and those produced in
water in buttercup also represent the 178.What is ‘Bioassay’?
heterophyllous development due to Ans. A bioassay is the evaluation of the effect of
environment. The phenomenon of heterophylly a substance on living organism under controlled
is an example of plasticity in plants. conditions.

174.‘Both growth and differentiation in higher 179.Name any two synthetic auxins. How are
plants are open’ comment. they used in agriculture. 
Ans.  Two synthetic auxins are ecosystem level. It can be measured at different
(i) Naphthalene Acetic Acid (NAA) levels such as the growth of cell organism or
(ii) In dole Butyric Acid (IBA) population. If it is measured in length, area,
They are used as weedicides volume, mass or number of cells or individuals
and plotted against time, and s-shaped curve is
180. How will you induce lateral branching in a obtained. This is known as sigmoid curve. An
plant which normally does not p them? Give analysis of this curve shows a lag phase during
reason. which slow growth occurs. This gradually attains
Ans. When apical bud is removed, lateral a rapid growth, followed by a period of slow
branches are produced. Removal of apical bud growth and ultimately a decline called
affect the auxin is destroyed inducting the stationary phase. Since the same patterns of
lateral buds to grow rapidly. growth is sigmoid curve observed at all levels of
organization it is said to be universal.
181. What is meant by abscission ? Name the
phytohormone involved in it. 184.Differentiate between photoperiodism
Ans. and vernilisation?
• Premature fall of leaf and fruit is called Ans.
abscission.   Photoperiodism Vernilization
* Abscisic acid Photoperiodism is
182.What are the conditions necessary for the flowering Vernalisation prepares
growth? response of the the plants for
Ans. The necessary conditions for growth are a plants to the duration perceiving stimulus for
water, oxygen and nutrients. The plant cell of light and dark flower induction by
grows in size by cell enlargement that needs period in the diurnal chilling treatment.
water. The plant growth and further cycle.
development are intimately liked to water Stimulus is perceived
status of plants. Water provides medium for In this stimulus
by young embryos,
enzymatic activities needed for growth O2 helps b perceived by green
meristems and even
in releasing metabolic energy for growth. leaves only.
leaves.
Nutrients both macro and micro essential In this florigen is
elements are needed by plants for synthesis of produced under Vernalin is produced by
the protoplasm. Moreover, they act as source c
photoinductive chilling treatment.
of energy.  conditions. 
Every plant has an optimum temperature range Photoperiodic
best suited for its growth. Any deviation from it Vernalisation can be
induction cannot be
may be detrimental to its survival. reversed when 
d reversed by exposing
Environmental signal like light and gravity also maintained higher
to non-inductive
influence various phases or stages of growth in temperature
conditions.
plaints. GA3 has the
capability to replace
183.What does the sigmoid growth curve of a GA3 can replace cold
the requirements of
population mean? e treatment to induce
photo-inductive
Ans. In biological organization growth occurs at vernalisation.
conditions in long day
many levels, from the molecular level upto the plants only.
 They are broadly divided into two groups based
185.Discuss the statement : ‘The growth is on their function in a living plant body:-
measurable’ a) On group of PGR’s involved in growth
Ans. The growth (at a cellular level) is basically a promoting activities, e.g, cell division, cell
consequence of increase in the amount of enlargement, pattern formation, tropic growth,
protoplasm. Since we cannot measure growth flowering, fruiting and seed formation. They
directly it is measured by some quantity that is also termed plant growth promoter e.g. auxons,
more or less proportional to it so the growth is gibberellins, cytokinins.
measured by a variety of parameters like b) PGR’s of other group are in plant responses
increase in fresh weight; dry weight; length; to wounds and stresses of biotic and abiotic
area; volume and cell number etc. One single origin. These may be involved in different
maize root apical meristem may give rise to growth inhibiting activities like dormancy and
more than 17,500 new calls per hour. The cells abscission; e.g, abscissic acid (ABA). The
in a watermelon can increase in size by upto gaseous PGR is ethylene. It is inhibitor of
3,50,000 times. Therefore, growth may be growth activities mostly.
expressed as increase in cell number or as
increase in size of cell. The growth of a pollen 188. What would be expected to happen if :
tube is measured in terms of length. An (a) GA3 is applied to rice seedling.
increase in surface area measures growth in a (b) a rotten fruit get mixed with unripe fruits.
dorsiventral leaf or dicot leaf. (r) you forget to add cytokinin to the culture
medium.
186.What is apical dominance name the Ans. (a) Hyper elongation of internodes of rice
hormone that controls it. seedlings will occur.
Ans. “The inhibition of growth of lateral buds (b) Unripe fruits will lea to early ripening and
into the branches in the presence of an apical ultimately it will result in rottening.
bud.” (c) Short but formation will not occur.
Apical dominance is under the control of auxins 189.What is photoperiodism? How do you
IAA (indole acctic acid) is the principal auxin categories the angiosperms on the basis of
found in all the plants.  Lateral buds start their their flowering response.
development when apical bud is removed. The Ans. Photoperiodism – The phenomenon of
process is again reversed if you apply IAA to inducing flowering in plants with response to
decapitulate apex of plant. length of daily period of light or relative day &
night length is call photoperiodism.  
187.Write the principal characteristics of The angiosperms are classified into the
PGR’s. following three categories on the basis of
Ans. Characteristics – PGRs are small, simple photoperiodism.
molecules of diverse chemical structure (i) short day plants (SDP) – They require a
occurring in plants. They are indole compounds relating short day length than critical period for
(indole 3 acetic acid, IAA); adenine derivatives flowers e.g chrysanthemum, Nicotiana,
CN6 of (arotenoids) and the fatty acids (abscisic soyabean. 
acid, ABA); terpenes (gibberllic acid, GA3) or (ii) Long day plants (LDP) – They require a
gases (ethylene, C2H4). PGR’s are called plant relating longer day length than critical period
growth substances or plant hormones. for flowing e.g. wheat, Maize, Radish.
(iii) Day neutral Plants (DNP) – The flowering
response in their plants remain unaffected by
the length of day. These plants are also called as
photoneutrals or indifferent plants e.g. Cotton,
Pea, Tomato & sunflower.

190.  i) What do you understand by the tem

Development?
ii)Explain the sequence of development
process in a plant cell.
Ans. It is a term “that includes all changes that
an organism goes through during its life cycle
from germination of the seed to senescence.”
Diagrammatic representation of the sequence
of processes in development of a cell of a higher
plant.
192.Name the secretions of Goblet cell &
parietal cells.
Ans. Goblet cells secrete mucus. Parietal cells
secrete hydrochloric acid (HCl) and intrinsic
factor.

193.Name the three parts of small intestine of

man.
Ans. Duodenum, Jejunum and ileum.

194.Which is the largest gland in our body?

Sequence of the development process in a plant Ans. Liver.
cell.
195.What is the main function of bile salt?
191.How is growth measured in plants? Ans. It reduces the surface tension of fat
Ans. Growth in plants is measured by are droplets causing their break down into many
indicator arc auxanometer. Pfeffer’s small ones. 
auxanometer have two wheels attached to a
stem. The lip of the potted plant is connected to 196.Name the watery fluid secreted from
small pulley and its other end is strengthened to Bruner’s gland in duodenum.
a weight. A pointer is attached to a big pulley by Ans. Mucoid fluid is secreted from Bruner’s
weight and also to a cylinder having smoothed gland in duodenum.
paper.
197.What is atheroma?
Ans. Deposition of cholesterol on the walls of
arteries.

198.What is egestion?
Ans. Passing out of undigested food from the 208.Why are proteases generally released in
body. inactive form?
Ans. If released in active form, they will start
199.What are micelles? digesting the membranes and muscular of the
Ans. Monoglycerids, long chain fatty acids and alimentary canal.
digested fats unite with bile salts and form
small spherical droplets known as micelles. 209.Trypsinogen is an inactive enzyme of
pancreatic juice. An enzyme, enterokinase,
200.What are crypts of lieberkuhn? activates it. Which tissue/cell secrete the
Ans. Pits into the sub mucosa of gastrointestinal enzyme 7 How is it activatc4i ?
tract wall. Ans. Intestinal mucosa.

201.What do you mean by the term  

malnutrition?
Ans. The stale of health due to improper intake 210.What is the role of insulin?
of food or nutrients. It covers both under Ans. Metabolis of sugar
nutrition as well as over nutrition. 211.What is the role of micelles in the fat
absorption?
202.Name the hardest substance in the body. Ans. During digestion, the fat in the intestine is
Ans. Enamel converted to monoglycerides diglycerides and
fatty acids which are insoluble in water. They
12.What is a lacteal? cannot be directly absorbed from the intestinal
Ans. Lymph vessel found in villi. contents. They are first incorporated into small,
spherical and water soluble droplets called
203.Name the small projections, found on the micelles by bile salts. It is from these micelles
upper surface of tongue. that fatty acids, glycosides, sterols and fat
Ans. Papillac soluble vitamins are absorbed into the intestinal
cells.
204.Mention the function of epiglottis.
Ans. Prevention the entry of food in to the 212.Give two functions of trypsin?
glottis. Ans. 1) Trypsin converts chymotrypsinogen into
chymotrypsin.
205.Write the name of major parts of siornach.
Ans. Cardiac, fundic, pyloric.
2) Trypsin acts on proteoses and peptones and
206.Nane the enzyme that digest fast. Mention convert them into peptides.
the end products of fat digestion. Trypsin + Peptones + Proteoses  → Peptides.
Ans. Lipase, fatty acids and glycerol.
213.What are the specific functions of food?
207.In which part of alimentariy canal does Ans. Specific functions of food are –
absorption of water, simple sugars and alcohol (i) Food on oxidation inside the body supplies
lakes place? energy to perform various functions.
 Ans. Stomach (ii) It serves to supply the material for growth
and development of the body.
(iii) It also serves as a reserve material mainly as Ans. Fats are digested into monoglycerides,
fat and glycogen. These can be utilized at the diglycerides and fatty acids, which are insoluble
time of emergency. in water. These are first incorporated into small,
(iv)It protects the body from diseases. spherical and water soluble droplets called
micelles. Micelles help in the absorption of fatty
214.How does fat absorption takes place? acids, glycerols, sterols and fat soluble vitamins
Ans. Fat absorption – It occurs as into the intestinal cells.
monoglycerides and fatty acids. These are
resynthesized into triglycerides which in turn, 219.Differentiate chylomicron & micelles on
combine with cholesterol. They form the basis of their structural components.
chylonicrons chylomicrons pass into the Ans.
lymphatic system for circulation.   Chylomicrons Micelles
Protein coated water It is formed by
215.How is food absorbed? soluble fat droplets combination of fatty
Ans. The food eaten up by individuals is in 1. of about 150 mm acids, mono
complex form. The digestive glands secrete released into the acylglycerols and the
enzymes in different parts of alimentary canal lymph. bile salts.
and digest it into simpler form, mainly soluble In this form, digested
form. The digested food consist of fatty acid and In this form fats /
fats are absorbed in
glycerol are absorbed through intestinal wall 2. lipids are put into
intestinal cells in
through lacteals. The sugars, amino acids, salts circulation.
alimentary canal.
and water passed into blood circulation, water
absorption takes place in colon (large intestine). 220. What is emulsification? Where and how
does it occur?
216.What are enzymes? Ans. The process of breakdown of large fat
Ans. Enzymes are defined as “an organic droplets into smaller ones. It occurs in small
catalyst found in a living organism, which alters intestine. It is brought about by bile salts
the fate unchanged at the end of the reaction; through reduction of surface tension of large fat
but itself remain unchanged at the end of the droplets.
reaction; and is produced by the living organism
but is not itself alive.  221. Name three part of large intestine. Which
vestigial organ arises from the first part of it ?
217.If a major part of the small intestine of a Ans. Cancun, colon and rectum, Vermiform
mammal be removed, will this affect appendix.
absorption of food?
Ans. The major part of the food is absorbed 223. Name the stand which perform/acts as
only in the small intestine, only some part of exocrine and endocrine. Also name the
water is absorbed in the stomach. So, if the products which am secreted by it.
major part of the small intestine is removed it Ans. Pancreas. Exocrine secretion is pancreatic
would seriously affect the absorption of juice containing enzymes and exocrine
digested food. secretions are hormones : insulin and glucagon.

218.What is the role of micelles in the fat

absorption?
224. The wall of alimentary canal is made up of
four layers. Give the names of these four 228.What is the action of salivary amylase?
layers. Differentiate between lipases and peptidases?
Ans. Serosa, muscularis, submucosa and Ans. Salivary amylase digest starch into sugars.
mucosa. Difference between lipases and Peptidases.
  Lipases Peptidases
225. In which part of the digestive system the They are insoluble in They are soluble in
absorption of following substances takes 1.
water. water.
place? These hydrolyse fats These hydrolyse
(a) Certain drugs 2.
& oils. proteins,
(b) Glucose, fructose and fatty acids
(c) Water, some minerals and drugs 229.It is absolutely not necessary to produce
(d) Simple sugar and alcohol amylase in an active form in our body. But it is
Ans. (a) Mouth(b) Small intestine (c) Large not in the case of trypsin. Given reasons.
intestine (d) Stomach Ans. Salivary amylase is secreted in buccal
226.How is DNA content in our food digested cavity and it digests starch and sugar
in the body? (carbohydrates). Since amylase does not act on
Ans. DNA content is digested in the intestinal protein of which animal tissues (buccal cavity) is
part of our alimentary canal by the enzymes made from, it is secreted in its original form.
present in pancreatic juice & sucous entericus. Trypis – It acts on proteins. The wall of the
alimentary canal is also made of protein. Hence
it is very essential that it is secreted in an
inactive form and it should become active
when food protein is available in the alimentary
canal. Thus to prevent damage (digestion of
body) it is secreted in an inactive form. 
 
230.Describe coagulation of milk in alimentary
227.How would it affect the digestion of canal.
proteins if there is blockade in the pancreatic Ans. When the food or milk reaches the
duct? stomach, the protein digestion starts. Pepsin
Ans. Pancreatic duct in addition to pancreatic stimulates the digestion of proteins in milk
juice brings bile juice also. The pancreatic juice (casein) HCl activates pepsinogn into pepsin. It
contains many enzymes which are as fallows- hydrolyses soluble casein into paracasein which
a) Trypsin – It acts on protein, proteases and precipitated as calcium paracaseinate to make
peptones and converts them into amino acids. solid curd i.e., coagulation of milk. There is a
b) Amylopsin – It acts on starch and converts it milk – coagulating enzyme called rennin which
into soluble sugars. is found in calf gastric juice. Rennin is secreted
c) steapsin or lipase – It emulsify the fats and as pro-rennin (inactive form) but in the
convert them into fatty acids and glycerol. presence of HCl, it is hydrolyses casein into
Hence, if there is a blockade in the pancreatic paracasein leading to milk coagulation.
duct then there will be no digestion of proteins,
fats and starch because the digestive enzymes 231.Name three enzymes secreted by pancreas
will be absent.  specify the substance and the product of each.
Ans. Pancreas is a composite gland. It has
exocrine and endocrine parts. The exocrine
parts secretes pancreatic juice. It contain
trypsin, amylopsin and steapsin.
a) Trypin – It converts proteins, peptones and
proteoses into amino acids.
b) Amylopsin – It acts upon starch and converts
them into soluble sugars.
c) Steapsin or lipase – It emulsifies fats and
converts them into fatty acid & glycerol.
232.Draw a labeled diagram of human
alimentary canal & Describe its different parts.
Ans. The alimentary canal of man is a long
coiled tube of varying diameter. It measures
from 8 to 10 meters in length. It is divisible into
the following parts –
a)Oral cavity – It is the initial enlarged part of
the alimentary canal. It opens by mouth and
consists of lips, cheeks, gums, teeth and the
palate and its muscles. The salivary glands open
233. Name the enzymes for protein digestion
into the oral cavity.
in the gastric, pancreatic and intestinal, the
b)Pharynx – The oral cavity passes into pharynx.
substrate they digest and products of their
c)Oesophagus – It is a muscular tube about 10
action.
inches long through which food passes into the
Ans.
stomach where it joins the cardiac stomach.
  Juices Enzymes Substrates Products
d)The stomach is a sac – like structure and
Peptone
situated below the diaphragm. The wall of the
s,
stomach contains many small gastric pits into
Gastri Pepsin Proteins, casein Paracase
which ducts of gastric glands open. 1
c Juice Renin (milk) casein in (curd)
e)Small intestine – It is a long tube – like
Para
structure measuring about 5-7 meters. It is
casein
divisible into 3 parts – duodenum, the jejunum
2Pancre Trypsin i) Protein Peptides
and the ileum. The duodenum is the first part
atic   ii) Chymotr
and u – shaped. In this open the opening of
Juice   Chymotrypsinogen ypsin
pancreatic duct and bile duct.
  (inactive) (active)
f)Large intestine – The large intestine is about
  iii)Procarboxypepti Carboxy
1.5m long. It consists of caecum with vermiform
Chymotryp dases (inactive) peptidas
appendix, colon and rectum. The rectum opens
sin iv)Protelactase es
to the exterior by anus.
Carboxype (inactive) (active)
ptidase v) Fibrinogen Elactase
(blood) (active)
casein Fibrin
Peptides (clot)
Paracase
 in They ultimately release absorbed substances
Small into the blood.
peptides The absorption of various substances occurs in
, amino various parts of alimentary canal, mouth,
acids stomach, small intestine and large intestine.
Trysin Maximum absorption takes place in small
Enterokinas (active) intestine. The small intestine contains villi for it.
e Trypsinogen small 235.Define partial pressure of a gas.
Intesti Ans. Pressure contributed by an individual gas
Amino (inactive) peptides
3nal in a mixture of gases is called partial pressure of
peptidases Peptides , amino
Juice gas and it is represented as PO2 for O2 and
Dipeptidas Dipeptides acid
es  Amino PCO2 for CO2.
acids.
236.Name the other pigments which are
234. Explain the absorption of digested present in animals besides haemoglobin.
products. Ans. Haemocyanin and haemoerythrin.
Ans. Absorption of Digested products – The
absorption is defined “as the process by which 237.What is the difference between alveolar
end products of digestion pass through the air and inspired air?
intestinal mucosa onto the blood or lymph” . Ans. Alveolar air – The air present in the alveoli.
The process of absorption is carried out by 3 Inspired air – The amount of air inspired at a
mechanisms: by passive, active or transport time. 
mechanisms. The monosaceharides such as
glucose, amino acids and certain electrolytes 238.Define vital capacity.
e.g. chloride are mostly absorbed by the Ans. Vital Capacity is the volume of air breathed
process of simple diffusion against the out by a maximum forceful expiration.
concentration gradient some substances e.g.,
fructose and some amino acids are absorbed 239.What is the role of carbonic anhydrase in
the help of carries ions like Na+. It is known as RBC’s?
facilitated transport.  Ans. About 70% of CO2 reacts with water to
The transport of water – It depends upon form carbonic acid in RBCs in the presence of
osmotic gradient. Active transport takes place enzyme carbonic anhydrase. CO2 + H2O     
against the concentration gradient and it needs H2CO3
energy. The amino acids, monosaccharides like
Glucose, electrolytes like Na+ are absorbed into 240.What is carbamino haemoglobin?
the blood by active transport.  Ans. Carbaminohaemoglobin is formed when
The fatty acids and glycerol – These are CO2 combines with globin is reduced
insoluble and so cannot be absorbed into blood. haemoglobin.
They are incorporated into small droplets
termed as micelles. They move into the 241.Name the place where actual exchange of
intestinal mucosa. They again form very small gases takes place in insects.
protein – coated fat globules or the Ans. Tracheoles.
chylomicrons. The chylomicrons are transported
into lymph vessel or lacteals found in the villi.
242.What is the percentage of O2 in inspired & Ans. External and internal intercostals muscles,
expired air? situated between ribs.
Ans. Inspired air has 21% O2 and expired air has
16% O2. 252.How is the entry of food pivoted in the
respiratory tract?
243.What is the utility of chloride shift? Ans. Ans. During swallowing a cartilaginous flap
Ans. It maintains the ionic balance and like structure called epiglottis covers the glottis
electrochemical neutrality. and prevents the entry of food into respiratory
tract.
244.Name the organ in human respiratory
system which produces sound. 253. About 97% of O2 is transported by RBCs in
Ans. Larynx (Sound box) the blood. How does the remaining 3% of
O2 transported?
245.How many oxygen molecules can be Ans. In simple solution form through plasma.
carried out by one hemoglobin molecule. 254.Give role of intercoastals muscles in
Ans. Four molecules respiration.
Ans. The contraction of the external
246.Give the name and function of a fluid filled intercoastals muscles & diaphragm increases
double membranous layer which surrounds the volume of the thoracic cavity lowers the
the lungs. pressure in the lungs. To fill up the gap, the
Ans. Fleuron. It reduces the friction and keeps fresh air reaches to the lungs resulting in the
the two pleura together and the lungs inflated. inspiration.
The relaxation of the inspiratory muscles
247.Which organ of our respiratory system decreases the volume of the thoracic cavity and
acts as primary site of exchange of gases? subsequently, pressure in the lungs increase. To
Ans. Alveoli of Lungs. equalize this pressure, the air from the lungs
rushes out through the respiratory passage to
248.Cigarette smoking causes emphysema. bring about expiration.
Give reason.
Ans. Cigarette smoking damages alveolar walls 255.Explain Erythrocytes can carry out
due to alveolar sacs remaining filled with air anaerobic metabolism only.
leading  to decreased respiratory surface fore Ans. Erythrocytes lack mitochondria and
respiratory enzymes to perform the process of
249.Name the principle of exchange of gases. aerobic respiration. Therefore, they undergo
Ans.  Diffusion. aerobic respiration to carry out anaerobic
metabolism only.
250.What is the role of oxyhaernoglobin after
releasing molecular oxygen in the 256.Describe how our brain gets a continuous
Ans. Amino group of refuced hoemoglobin supply of oxygen form the atmosphere.
combines with CO2 forming Ans. Passage of air which contains oxygen:
carbaminohaemoglobin to transport CO2. Inhalation of fresh air → trachea → bronchi →
lungs → alveoli → diffusion of O2 into blood
351. Name the museles which facilitate (RBC) → formation of oxygemoglobin → some
breathing. in plasma → pulmonary vein → carry it to heart
→ left auricle → to ventricle → Dorsal aorta → oxygen with the dioxide with the
Carotid artery to the brain dissociation of Fe2+ part of amine radical of
oxyhaemoglobin, O2 supplied to the tissue, haemoglobin. haemoglobin.
partial pressure of O2 facilitates diffusion. It formation occurs
Its formation occurs in
2. on the alveolar
257.What is chloride shift? Explain.  the tissues.
surface.
Ans. The diffusion of chloride ions from blood
plasma into RBS’s is known as chloride shift. 261.What is functional residual capacity?
a) Occurs from plasma to RBC’s in human body. Ans. When a person inhales and exhales in a
b) It maintains ionic balance and normal way, the volume air that remains in the
electrochemical neutrality. lungs is known as functional residual capacity
(FRC). It includes the residual volume and
258.Explain briefly the first step is respiration? expiratory reserve volume, i. e, FRC = RV + ERV.
Ans. First step in respiration is called breathing.
In breathing atmospheric air is taken in by 262.Describe the transport of O2 and CO2?
inspiration and alveolar air is released out by Ans. O2 is transported as oxyhaemoglobin. In
expiration. The exchange of O2 and the alveoli of lungs (PO2 is higher), O2 gets   
CO2 between deoxygenated blood and alveoli, bound to hemoglobin that dissociates at tissues
transport of gases throughout body by blood, where PO2 and H+ concentration are high.
exchange of O2 and CO2 between the Approx 70% CO2 transported as bicarbonate
oxygenated blood and tissues and utilization of (HCO3-) with the help of the enzyme carbonic
O2 by the cells are the other steps involved in it. anhydrase, 20-25% CO2 is carried by
haemoglobin as carbaminohamoglobin. In
259.Write a note on bronchitis and its tissues PCO2 is high its gets bound to blood but
prevention. in alveoli where PCO2 is low and PO2 is high,
Ans. It is “inflammation of the bronchi and is this removed from blood.
characterized by hypertrophy hyperplasia
seromucous glands and goblet cells lining the 263. Name the organs of respiration in the
bronchi” following organisms.
Symptoms are coughing with thick greenish- a) Flatworms b) Birds c) Frog d) Cockroach
yellow sputum. It shows infection, that Ans. a) Body surface b) lungs c) skin and
excessive secretion of mucus. It is caused by lungs d) Network of trachea
pollutants as well as the cigarette smoking. 264.What is hypoxia, artificial hypoxia &
Prevention of Bronchitis – Anaemic hypoxia?
1) Avoiding exposure to allergens. Ans. Hypoxia – It is a condition of oxygen
2) Treatment involves antibiotic theory & shortage in the tissues. It is 2 kinds – artificial
bronchodilator dugs, etc.  hypoxia and  anaemic hypoxia.
Artificial hypoxia – It is the result of shortage of
260.What is the difference between air over 2400m altitudes. The mountain sickness
carbaminohaemoglobin and oxyhaemoglobin. is caused by headache, dizziness, nausea,
Ans. vomiting, mental fatigue and breathless mess
  Oxyhaemoglobin Carbominohaemoglobin etc. 
1. It is formed by the It is formed by the
combination of combination of carbon
Anaemic hypoxia – results due to reduced maximum inspiratory
maximum.
O2 capacity of blood due to less content of Hb effort.
or carbon monoxide poisoning.
267.Explain the mechanism of breathing in
265.How is respiration regulated? humans.
Ans. Respiratory centre located in floor of the Ans. The mechanism of breathing in human
medulla oblongata of the brain controls involves breathing in of air in the lungs and
respiration. The centre is bilateral and its two breathing out of air from lungs thoracic cavity.
halves which are connected together by The form is called inspiration and later
commissural neurons. The sides of this centre expiration. The lungs are located in the closed
are connected with motor respiratory neuron. thoracic cavity. A muscular partition called
The nerve cells of the centre are connected diaphragm separates the thoracic cavity from
with the breathing apparatus forming a reflex the abdominal cavity.
arc. These nerve cells are secretive to chemical During inspiration the diaphragm is lowered
composition of blood. Half of the respiratory due to contraction intercostals muscle. This
centre is an inspiratory centre and expiratory result into the increase of volume of thorax
centre. It is believed that the inspiratory centre causing fall of air pressure in the thoracic cavity
work in normal breathing and expiratory centre lowers the pressure in the lungs and the air
during other conditions like coughing, sneezing rushes from outside into lungs through external
and laughing. These two centers control the nares, trachea & bronchi.
entire breathing in man with his knowing about During expiration the diaphragm move upward
it. Dorsal respiratory group, ventral respiratory and the lateral thoracic walls move inwards due
group and pneumoptaxic groups act as to the relaxation of muscles of diaphragm and
respiration centers in the brain.  the intercoastals muscles. This decrease the
Neumotaxic centre is located dorsally in upper volume of thorax and the pressure inside the
pons. It transmits signals to inspiratory area. It thorax and lungs is increased which results in
controls the switch off point of inspiration.  the expulsion of some of air from the lungs to
the atmosphere outside the body.
266.Differentiate between vital lung capacity
and total lung capacity. 268.Define oxygen dissociation curve? Why it
Ans. has sigmoidal pattern?
Total lung Capacity. Ans. The relationship between O2 tension and
  Vital Capacity (VC)
(CT2C) its absorption by haemoglobin produces a graph
Sum total of tidal called oxygen dissociation curve (O2 equilibrium
Sum total of vital
volume, expiratory curve). At about 100 mm Hg O2 tension Hb is
1. capacity and residual
reserve and inspiratory 98% saturated (complete formation of
volume.
reserve volume. haemoglobin). As it falls, the saturation of Hb
2. VC = Vt + ERV + IRV TLC = VC + RV decreases slowly. When O2 tension is about
Value is 5000 – 40mm Hg, oxyhaemoglobin dissociates and
3. Value is 3500-4500ml.
6000ml O2 is available to the tissues.
4. Represents maximum Represents maximum The O2 gets bound to Hb in lung surface and it
amount of air that a total amount of air gets dissociated at tissues.
person can expel after which can be present
filling the lungs to the in lungs after
269.What is the role of carbonic anhydrase? O The chloride ions combine with potassium to
Show by series of reactions how carbonic form potassium chloride.
anhydrase starts the reactions leading to the O In the plasma the bicarbonate ions combine
formation of hemoglobinic acid? with sodium and transported as sodium
Ans. Carbonic Anhydrate : CO2 reacts with bicarbonate (NaHCO3)
water in presence of carbonic anhydrase in O Nearly 70% of the carbon dioxide is
erythrocytes, Carbonic acid (H2CO3) is transported in this form.
dissociated into hydrogen (H+) and bicarbonate (iii) In the form of carbaminohaemoglobin
(HCO3-) ions). Oxyhaemoglobin (HbO2) of RBC’s O Same amount of CO2 reacts with the amine
is weakly acidic and remain in association with radicals (NH2+) of haenoglobin and form
K+ ions as KHbO2. H+ ions combine with carbaminohaemoglobin (HbCO2) molecule.
haemoglobin. Bricarbonate ions diffuse out into O About 23% of carbon – dioxide is transported
plasma and combine with haemoglobin to from in this form.
haemoglobinic acid (H. Hb)
271. Describe in brief the respiratory organs of
man.
Ans.The following are the main respiratory
organs:-
1)Nostrils – These are the paired openings
situated at the anterior and posterior ends of
the nasal chambers. They are lined up with
270.Describe transport mechanism of CO2. ciliated epithelium and mucous cells. These
Ans. Transport of CO2 in the blood. prevent the entrance of dust into lungs and
(i) In the dissolved form help in warming and moistening the air. The
About 5 – 7 % of carbon – dioxide is transported nasal chamber opens interiorly by external
in dissolved form in the plasma of blood. nostril and posterior internal nostril into the
(ii) In the form of bicarbonate. pharynx.
The remaining part of carbon dioxide enters the 2)Larynx – It is situated at the anterior part of
erythrocytes, where it reacts with the water to trachea and communicates with the pharynx.
form carbonic acid (H2 CO3) ; this reaction is The glottis is protected by a stiff cartilage called
catalysed by carbonic anhydrase. epiglottis. The larynx contains pairs of vocal
O Carbonic acid immediately dissociates into cords which set into vibrations when the air
hydrogen ions (H+) and bicarbonate (HCO3-) enters into it and produces the sound.
O These H+ ions combine with haemoglobin,
after the oxyglobin (KHbO2) dissociates to
liberate the oxygen ; as a result haemoglobinic
acid (H.Hb) is formed.
O The majority of bicarbonate ions (HCO-3)
diffuses out of the erythrocytes into the plasma,
following a concentration gradient.
O In response, chloride ions (Cl-) diffuse from
the plasma into the erythrocytes (Chloride shift)
and electrical neutrality is maintained.
 272. Explain how our heart muscles get a
continuous supply of atmospheric oxygen.
Ans. When inspiration occurs, the O2 is taken
into lungs. O2 mixes with air already present in
alveoli and becomes alveolar air, whose PO2 is
100 m Hg.
As PO2 of blood in the vessels is 40 mmHg
oxygen differs into blood vessels from alveoli
and the oxyhaemoglobin is formed when
oxygen combines loosely with the Fe++ ions of
haemoglobin.
3)Trachea – It is a long ringed tube. It is Oxygenated blood from the lungs reaches the
supported c – shaped elastic cartilaginou rings left auricle through pulmonary vein; to left
to prevent its collapsing. It is lined internally ventricle is pumped at through aorta also.
with mucous membrane to hold the dust The branch supplying blood to heart muscles is
particles, bacteria and other foreign bodies. It coronary artery. In heart muscles, as the PO2 is
also warms the air.  lower than that of the blood in the branches of
4)Bronchi – Inside the thorax, the trachea coronary artery, oxyhaemoglobin dissociates
bifurcates into two branchy and each of which and releases O2 to cardiac muscles.
enters into one lung. In each lung, the bronchus Name the organ in human respiratory system
again redivides into numerous small branches which produces sound.
known as bronchioles. These bronchioles Ans. Larynx (Soundbox)
further divide at its ends to form respiratory How many oxygen molecules can be carried out
bronchioles. by one haemoglobin molecule.
5)Lungs – There are two large bag-like spongy Ans. Four molecules
structures which are the main respiratory Give the name and function of a fluid filled
organs. These are enclosed by double pleural double membranous layer which surrounds the
membranes. The lungs are divided externally by lungs.
lobes. The right lung consists of four lobes and Ans. Pleuron. It reduces the friction and keeps
left by two lobes. Inside the lungs, the the two pleura together and the lungs inflated.
respiratory bronchioles give rise to alveolar Which organ of our respiratory system acts as
ducts, alveolar sac and finally alveoli. Each lung primary site of exchange of gases?
contains millions of alveoli. Each alveolus is Ans. Alveoli of lungs.
exceptionally thin walled. Its walls are highly Cigarette Smoking causes emphysema. give
permeable and richly supplied with blood reason.
capillaries. Ans. Cigarette smoking damages alveolar Walls
The blood is supplied to the lungs by a pair of due to alveolar sacs remaining filled with air
pulmonary arteries. These bring blood which leading to decreased respiratory surface for
poor in oxygen & rich in CO2. The exchange of exchange of gases.
gases occurs in the alveoli of the lungs. The Name the principle of exchange of gases.
oxygenated blood from alveolar capillaries is Ans. Diffusion.
called by pair of pulmonary vein to be conveyed Short Answer Questions (2 mark each)
to the heart.
What is the role of oxyhaemoglobin after
releasing molecular oxygen in the tissues? 273.Name any two substances which prevent
Ans. Amino group of reduced haemoglobin blood coagulation in uninjured blood vessels.
combines with CO2 forming Ans. Heparin, Antithrombin.
carbaminohaemoglobin to transport CO2.
Name the muscles which fascilitate breathing. 274.Name the type of granulocytes that play
Ans. External and internal intercostal muscles, an important role in detoxification?
situated between ribs. Ans. Eosinophils.
How is the entry of food prevented in the
respiratory tract? 275.A cardiologist observed an enlarged QR
Ans. During swallowing a cartilaginous flap like wave in the ECG of a patient. What does it
structure called epiglottis covers the glottis and indicate?
prevents the entry of food into respiratory Ans. Enlarged Q and R waves are the indication
tract. of myocardial infraction.
About 97% of O2 is transported by RBCs in the
blood. How does the remaining 3% of 276.Name the double layered membranous
O2 transported? covering of the heart.
Ans. In simple solution form through plasma. Ans. Pericardium.
Name the organs of respiration in the following
organisms. 277.Why lymphatic circulation takes place very
Flatworms slowly?
Birds Ans. Lymphatic circulation occurs due to
Frog squeezing action of surrounding muscles and
Cockroach not heart.
Ans.
Body surface 278.Name the instrument used for measuring
lungs blood pressure.
Skin and lungs Ans. Sphygmomanometer.
Network of trachea
283.Which of the four chambers of the human 279.What is a pace-naked?
heart has the thickest muscular wall? Ans. A patch of modified heart muscle that
Ans. Left ventricle. initiates a wave of contraction.

284.Where are RBCs formed from in an adult 280.Why is SA node called pace-maker of the
human? heart?
Ans. RBCS are formed from the bone marrow. Ans. SA node being self excitatory, initiates a
wave of contraction in the heart.
285.What is ECG technique?
Ans. It is a technique to record and photograph 281.Write the full form of SA node.
the various electric cal changes in the working Ans. Sinu Auricular Node (Pace-maker)
of the heart.
282.What is lymph node?
286.In which mammal, the RBC are nucleated?
Ans. Camel.
Ans. A lymph node is specialized structure in
lymphatic vessel concerned with the filteration 296. What happen to a person suffering from
of foreign bodies by the lymphocytes. hemophilia.
Ans. The person suffering from haemophilia
287.A cardiologist observed an cntargc4 QRS lacks clotting factors in blood, which resul the
wave in the ECU of a patient. What does it defective clotting mechanim. In case of injury
indicate? the person is at risk of blood loss.
Ans. QRS wave denotes ventricular contraction 1: The cricket says, "Oh! What will become of
of heart which may be normal or abnormal. me?" When does he say it, and why?
297.Distinguish between mitral and tricuspid
288.Name the enzyme that catalyses the value? 
formation of carbonic acid in erythtocytes. Ans.
Ans. Carbonic anhydrase.   Mitral Value Tricuspid value
It lies in the region of
289.What is systemic circulation? It is called bicuspid
1. right atrioventricular
Ans. the kind of blood circulation that is value
aperture.
concerned with the supply of oxygenated blood All the two flaps
from the left the left ventricle to all body parts All the three flaps are
2. are of almost equal
and return of oxygenated blood to the right different in size.
size.
atrium of heart. There are two flaps There are three flaps in
3.
in this flap. this flap.
290.Give two examples of extra-cellular fluids. Check back flow of Check back flow of the
Ans. Interestitial fluid and blood plasma. 4. oxygenated blood deoxygenated blood
into left auricle. into right auricle.
291.What name is given to the blood vessels
which generally brine blood to an organ? 2.Why does the fish heart pump only
Ans. Afferent blood vessel. deoxygenated blood?
Ans. 1) Atrium receives deoxygenated blood
292.Which adrenal hormone accelerales the from all parts of the body.
heart beat under normal conditions. 2) It is pumped into the ventricle from where it
Ans. Noradrenalin. is pumped to the gills.
3) The oxygenated blood flows from the gills to
293.Name the blood that carries blood from various parts.
the intestine to liver.
Ans. Hepatic portal vein. 298.How is heart failure different from heart
attack?
294. Define cardiac cycle. Ans.
Ans. A regular sequence of three events (i)
  Heart failure Heart attack
auricular systole (ii) ventricular systole and (iii)
It refers to the state of
joint diastole duing the completion of one heart
the heart when the
beat. It refers to the state
heart is not pumping
1. where the heart
blood sufficient to
295. Name the protein found in RBCs. stops beating.
meet the need of the
Ans. Haemoglobin.
body.
 It is due to because blood starts circulating again the veins
It is often due to
2. inadequate blood normally.
congestion of lungs.
supply to the heart.
303.How are the two heart sounds produced
299.Name the different types of granulocytes. during cardiac cycle? Which one of these is of
Give the function of the one which constitutes longer duration?
maximum percentage of total leucocytes.  Ans. The two heart sounds are ‘lubb’ and ‘dupp’
Ans. Different types of granulocytes are: - The first heart sound ‘lubb’ is produced by the
(i) Neutrophils – 62% closure of AV – valves at the start of ventricular
(ii) Acidophils (eosinophils) – 3% systole.
(iii) Basophils - 0.5% to 1% - The second heart sound ‘dupp’ is produced by
Neutrophils are phagocytic i.e, responsible for the closure of semi lunar values at the start of
protection against infection. ventricular diastole.

300.Why is closed circulatory system 304.What is average number of thrombocytes

considered advantageous? in blood? What is their function?
Ans. Closed circulatory system is considered Ans.  1,50,000 to 3,00,000 / mm3 of blood
advantageous for the following reasons- The release substances that are concerned with
a) It maintains sufficient high blood pressure, the clotting of blood.
blood flows at a high velocity; this quickens the
supply of needed material and removal of 305. Explain when and how the two sounds of
wastes from the tissues. heart are produced?
b) The volume of blood flowing to a particular Ans.(i) ‘Lubb’ the first sound which is low
organ / tissues can be regulated to the need of pitched, is caused by the closure of bicuspid and
the tissues. tricuspid valves.
(ii) ‘Dup the second sound which is high pitched,
301.What it is the name of the straw coloured is caused by the closure of semilunar valves.
fluid left after clotting of blood? How is it
different from blood?  306. Define joint diastole. What are the
Ans. It is called serum constituents of the conducting system of
Plasma without coagulation factors is called human heart?
serum.  Ans. In a cardiac cycle when both atria and
It differs from plasma in having much less ventricles are in a diastole and are relaxed
quantity of proteins; it is outside the blood simultaneously is called a joint diastole.
vessels.
307.  Give the name of various types of formed
302.Why is swelling of feet of leg caused when elements present in the blood.
a person stands immobile for a long time? Ans. Erythrocytes, Lymphocyte, monocyte,
Ans. When a person stands immobile for a long neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils and
time, the flow of blood to the leg and feet is platelets.
reduced temporarily. This leads to an Ans: The cricket said the given line when it
accumulation of fluid in the leg and feet tissues found that its cupboard was empty and winter
resulting in swelling. But this swelling is had arrived. It could not find a single crumb to
subsided when he moves for short time eat on the snow covered ground and the
 were no flowers or leaves on the tree. It during the winters because it did not bother to
wondered what would become of it because it store some food during summers. It was
was getting cold and since there was nothing to negligent and sang all through the summers.
eat, it would starve and die. The ant, on the other hand, had built a nice
  home for itself and had stored food so that it
308: (i) Find in the poem the lines that mean would not starve during winters. It worked hard
the same as "Neither a borrower nor a lender during summers to achieve this. Thus, the moral
be" (Shakespeare). of the poem is to be prepared for the adverse
(ii) What is your opinion of the ant’s times and always work hard instead of being
principles? negligent.
Ans: (i) The lines in the poem that mean the 311.What is cardiac cycle?
same as “Neither a borrower nor a lender be” Ans. Cardiac cycle – The rhythmic contraction
are 'But we ants never borrow; we ants never and relaxation of cardiac muscles is known as
lend.' cardiac cycle or heart beat. It is involuntary
(ii) I agree with what the ant says first that one (automatic). The contraction and relaxation of
should save something for the future so that he heart muscles are called systole and diastole
does not need to borrow or lend. But I don’t respectively. One complete cardiac cycle occurs
agree with the ant’s principle what he told later. in 0.8 sec. Three stages of cardiac cycle are-
If he says he is a friend of cricket then he should 1) arterial systole
also help the cricket at the time of distress. On 2) ventricular systole  
the other hand I believe that a friend in need is 3) Joint diastole.
a friend indeed.
  312.Differentiate between right ventricle and
309: left ventricle.
Ans: The ant told the cricket to “dance the Ans.
winter away” because when it asked the cricket   Right ventricle Heft ventricle
what it did in the summers and why it had not Right ventricle is Left ventricle is
stored any food for summers, the cricket 1. smaller than the left comparatively larger
Answered that it sang through the warm and ventricle. than right ventricle.
sunny months of summers. Therefore, in reply Moderator band Moderator band is
to this, the ant asked the cricket to “dance” the 2.
present in it. lacking in it.
winter away just like it “sang” all through the Columnae carneae Columnae carneae
summers and did not bother to store food for 3. thicker but less narrower but more
winters. intricate. intricate.
  Receives and pushes Receives and pumps
310: (i) Which lines in the poem express the 4.
deoxygenated blood. oxygenated blood.
poet's comment? Read them aloud. 5. Crescent shaped. Biconvex in shape.
(ii) Write the comment in your own words. The wall of right
Ans: <(i) The lines in the poem that express the The wall of it is thicker
6. ventricle is thinner
poet's comment are “Folks call this a fable. I'll than right ventricle.
than left ventricle.
warrant it true.”
(ii) This comment by the poet means that this 313.Write a note on “Regulation of cardiac
poem is indeed a fable as it had a moral behind activity”?
it. The cricket did not have anything to eat
Ans. (i) The special neural centre located in jerks. jerks.
medulla oblongata of brain can moderate
cardiac function through autonomic nervous 316.Explain the chemical events that take
systems. Therefore help in controlling heart place to form a blood clot to seal the wound?
regulation. Ans. Coagulation of blood –
(ii) The parasympathetic neural signals, 1) When blood comes out of a blood vessel, the
(component of ANS) decrease rate of heart platelets clump together, break and release
beat, speed of conduction of action potential platelet factors, thromboplastin.
and also the cardiac output. 2)The prothrombin initiates the conversion of
(iii) The adrenal medullary hormones enhance prothrombin into thrombin.
cardiac output (C.O). 3) Thrombin catalyse the conversion of
(iv) The neural signals through sympathetic fibrinogen into fibrin which forms a mesh /
nerves may increase heart beat rate and the network in which blood cells get entangled.
strength of ventricular contraction and also 4)Ca++ ions are necessary for both the above
cardiac output. steps.

314.Why does lymph contain much less 317. What is stroke volume? What is its
proteins than the blood plasma? Name the relation will cardiac output ?
two principal lymph vessels in humans. Ans. During one cardiac cycle or ore hear* beat
Ans. Lymph contains mush less protein than the volume of blood pumped by the heart Is
plasma, because the capillary wall is called stroke  volume. This is normally 70 mL. In
impermeable to larger molecules like proteins. one minut the heart beats about 72 time and
The two principle lymph vessels are – Right the amount of blood pumped per minute is
lymphatic duct and thoracic duct. called cardiac output. This is usually 4900 mL or
litres.
315.Differentiate between arteries and veins.
Ans. 318. A presort suffering from fever is advised
  Arteries Veins to lake blood test. What may happen to his
These are vessels WBC count and why
These are vessels
containing blood Ans. The WBC count of this person may show
1. containing blood
flowing away form an increase horn the normal range. As
flowing towards heart.
the heart. pathogens may be present in his body, so the
In these blood flows body is producing more WBCs to fight against
Blood flows under less
2. under great those pathogens. WBC court is a good tool to
pressure.
pressure. asses the presence of infection ma sick person.
Their walls are 319.Describe the structure of human heart.
Walls are thin, non-
3. elastic, thick and Ans. The heart is a muscular organ situated in
elastic, fibrous,
muscular. thoracic cavity which lies above the diaphragm
They are non- between the two lungs. It is situated almost in
4. Collapsible.
collapsible the middle of the chest tilted at its apex to the
5. Their cavity is small. Cavity is large. left. It is enclosed in a double walled
Valves are not membranous sac, the pericardium fitted with
6. Valves present. pericardial fluid. The heart continuous working
present in them.
7. Blood flows with Blood flows without without stopping throughout the life of an
individual. The heart of an average person at haemoglobin and RBCs. In comparison to blood,
rest under normal circumstances beats. 70 to lymph contains less blood proteins, more of
80 times in a minute when it contracts its forces waste matter, increased amount of food
and pumps the blood into arteries which supply material and a large number of WBC’s
the blood to body organs. In man and other The tissue fluid is filtered from the blood
mammals heart is four chambered structure plasma through the walls of capillaries some
divisible into two halves right and left. WBC also come out from there capillaries Now
The right & left halves of the heart are this tissue fluid enters into lymphatic capillaries
completely separated by septa. Each half has an as is known as lymph so the tissue fluid is
upper chamber called the auricle and the lower converted into lymph.
chamber called the ventricle. Each auricle opens Circulation of lymph:
into the ventricle of its one side through an Lymph vessels : Almost all of the body organs
auricuo–ventricular aperature. The two have a large number of lymph vessels and
apertures are guarded by valves which open lymph capillaries. The walls of lymph vessels
only into the ventricle and prevent the back have valves (like veins).
flow of the blood. The mitral valve or bicuspid They form the network in the organs – one is
valve having two flaps is present at the AV superficial and other is deep seated. The flow of
opening on the left side and the tricuspid valve lymph in these vessels is only one side i.e., from
(with three flaps) on the right side of the heart. the organs but never to the organs. In human
The left ventricle is provided with tendinous body the following two large lymph vessels are
cords called chordae tendinae and papillary present.
muscle which prevent the valves from being Ductus Thoracious – It start from the abdominal
pushed into auricles when the ventricles cavity with a dilation called receptaculum chyli.
contract. The starting point of the aorta at left Then it passes into the thoracic cavity then to
ventricle there is another set of semilunar the left of the neck region. It receives the lymph
valves. from the following organs – lower extremities,
region of the true pelvis, abdominal region, left
upper extremities the left half of the thorax,
head, face & neck.
Lymph nodes – These are small globular masses
of lymphatic tissue and these arranged in
groups from each region organs of the body the
lymph flows into definite lymph nodes. The
nodes are called regional nodes.
Function of lymph:
(i) It serves to return interstitial fluid into blood.
(ii) It allows plasma proteins macromoleclues to
diffuse through the lymph vessels.
(iii) It transport digested fat through lacteals in
villi of intestine.

320. What is lymphatic system? Discuss its 3. Explain double circulation with the help of
importance. diagram.
Ans. Lymph is a colourlese tissue fluid
resembling the blood except that it has no
Ans. The heart is the pumping organ. It pumps
blood to the various body organs, through 322.Name the three kinds of nitrogen
closed vessels. Form the left ventricle blood excretion.
goes with aorta which send it to arteries for Ans.(a) Ammonotelism (b) Ureotelism  (c) Uricot
supplying the body organs. From the body elism
tissues blood is returned to the right atrium
through two veins superior and inferior vena 323.What are podocytes?
cava. This type of circulation is known as Ans. Epithelial cells of Bowman’s capsule are
systemic circulation. called podocytes.
From the right ventricle blood is pumped into
the pulmonary trunk which divides into the 324.Besides water, name any two constituents
pulmonary arteries each of which goes to the of human sweat. 
lung. Here the blood is oxygenated. The Ans. Sodium chloride and urea.
oxygenated blood is returned to left atrium
through pulmonary veins. This is called 325.What happens is glomerulonephritis?
pulmonary circulation. Ans. Inflammation of glomeruli of kidney.

326.Name the excretory organ of cockroach.

Ans. Malphigian tubules.

327.Name the hormone which controls the

concentration of sodium in the body.
Ans. Aldosterene is a hormone which controls
concentration of sodium in the body.

328.Which gland secrete  sebum?

Ans. The sebaceous glands are
microscopic exocrine glands in the skin that
secrete an oily or waxy matter, called sebum,

329.One part of loop of Henle is impermeable

to water, Name it.
1.In which part of nephron filtration takes Ans. Ascending limb
place?
Ans. Glomerulus. 330.Besides water, name any two constituents
of human sweat.
2.What difference is observed in the ascending Ans. Sodium chloride, Iactic acid, glucose (any
and descending limb of Henle’s loop witch two).
reference to permeability of water?
Ans. Ascending limp of Henle’s loop is 331.Explian the function of vasa rectae.
impermeable to water. Descending limb of Ans. It helps to retain reabsorbed ions and urea
Henle’s loop is permeable to water. in the interstitial fluid of the medulla, to
maintain its high osmotic pressure.
321.What is the PH of urine.
Ans. It is slightly acidic, PH – 6.0 
332.Name two types of nephrons found in
human kidney. 339.What are the two intrinsic mechanisms
Ans. (i) Juxta medullary nephron (ii) Cortical that provide auto regulation of glomerular
nephron. filtrate? Explain any one of these.
Ans. Two intrinsic mechanisms that provide
333.Define GPR (Glomerular Filtration Rate) autoregulation, Myogenic mechanism and
Ans. The amount of filtrate formed by the Juxtaglomerular apparatus (JGA) JGA – A special
kidney per minute. cellular apparatus is located in kidney where
DCT passes close to Bowman’s capsule between
334.The mechanism of is also known as afferent and efferent arterioles. The JGA cells
counter current mechanism justify the secrete rennin that modulate blood pressure
statement. there by regulating renal flow and GFR.
Ans. (in the ascending limb) the out flow runs
parallel to and in the opposite direction of the 340.How is the permeability of the distal
inflow in the descending limb. convoluted tubule and the collecting tubule
controlled for regulating the water content
335.What Is maturation? inside the body?
Ans. the act of passing out urine from urinary Ans. 1) When the water content inside the body
bladder. is low, the osmorecepters stimulates
theadenohypophysis to releases vasopressin /
336.Write the function of enzyme ‘renin’ ADH.
produced by kidney. 2) Vasopressin / ADH render the DCT and
Ans. Renin is used to convert angiotensinogen collecting tubule permeable to water. So, water
to angiotensin. is reabsorbed.
3) When the water content in the body is
337.Name the excretory product of (i) reptiles normal, there is no release of ADH.
(ii) Prawns. 4) The tubule is impermeable to water and
Ans.(i) Uric acid  (ii) Ammonia. water is eliminated in the urine.
338.Differentiate between Rennin and Renin?
Ans. 341.Kidneys do not play a major role in
  Rennin Renin excretion in ammonotelic animals Justify.
Secreted from the Ans. Kidneys do not play any significant role in
Secreted from the elimination of ammonia –
juxtaglomerular cells of
peptic cell or (i) Ammonia is readily soluble in water and
1. afferent renal artery in
gastric glands in diffuses across the body surfaces.
the renal cortex of
stomach. (ii) Ammonia is excreted as ammonium ions
kidney.
The rennin is through gill surface.
Renin is a hormone but
2. proteolysis
it acts as enzyme also. 342.Define glomerular filtration rate. What is
enzyme.
Helpful in the Converts its value in a healthy human?
3. digestion of milk angiotensinogen into Ans. The amount of filtrate formed by kidneys
of protein. angiotensin – II per minute is known as Glomerular filtration
Released in rate. (GFR). In a healthy individual, GFR is
4. Released in active form. approx. 125ml / minute i.e. 180 liters per day.
inactive form.
 347. Name two metabolic disorders which can
343.What is the significance of frog’s tadpole be diagnosed by the analysis of urine.
being ammonetelic and the adult frog being Ans. Glycosuria, Ketonuria.
ureotelic? 348.Person suffering from very low blood
Ans. Tadpole is ammonotelic, because excretion pressure pass no urine why? What suggestion
of ammonia requires a large volume of water, would you offer for the removal of waste
which the tadpole has in its surrounding. An products from the blood in such a situation.
adult frog is ureotelic because elimination of Ans. It is because, the blood to pass through the
urea requires a moderate volume of water that glomerulus of the nephron must have required
is much less compared to ammonia. amount of pressure in it. If the pressure is not
sufficient it will not flow through glomerulus
344.Describe the blood vessels called vasa and filtration would not the take place, hence
rectae found in relation to uriniferous tubules. no urine would be formed. This is quite harmful
What is their function? to the person as waste products go on
Ans. Vasa recta are u–shaped, thin walled accumulating in the body. 
capillaries that arise from the efferent arteriole; To avoid this, a person should be advised take
they run parallel to Henle’s loop. sufficient amount of water and medicine to
They retain the reabsorbed ions in the keep the blood pressure at optimum level.
medullary tissue fluid and maintain its high
osmolarity. 348.Explain briefly how micturation is a reflex
process; but is also under some voluntary
345.What is chief nitrogenaus waste product in control.
birds? Give two advantages of this mode of Ans. 1) Micturation is act of voiding urine
excretion. 2)It accomplished by the simultaneous
Ans. Chief mitrogenous waste product of bird is contraction of the smooth muscles of urinary
uric acid. bladder wall and the relaxation of the skeletal
It is advantageous them as – muscle sphincters around the opening of the
(i) Uric acid requires very little or no water for bladder. 
its elimination. 3)As the bladder wall becomes stretched due to
(ii) Uric acid is far less toxic and can be accumulation of urine, the stretch receptors in
eliminated slowly. the wall of the bladder generate nerve impulse
that are carried to sense neurons to the spinal
446.Terrestrial animals are generally either cord and brain produce the sensation of
ureotelic ar uric telic, Not ammonotelic. Why? fullness.
Ans. Ammonia is highly toxic and it has to 4)But the sphincter muscles can also be relaxed
eliminate as rapidly as it is formed. voluntarily and there by the smooth muscles of
- Land animals have an integument that is the bladder are allowed to contract under
impervious to gas exchange. autonomic control and the content of the
- It requires a large volume of water needed for bladder can be emptied. 
elimination
- They do not access to such a large volume of 349.Describe urea cycle.
water needed for elimination of ammonia. Ans. It is called kreb’s Ornitnine cycle.
- So they are ureotelic or uricotelic.
 252.  How does liver both as a digestive as well
as an excretory organ?
Ans. Liver serve as digestive organ – It secretes
bile; bile helps in the digestion of fats.
Liver serve as excretory organ  - It secretes
following waste products in the bile; bilirubin,
biliverdin (products of degradation of
haemoglobin), cholesterol, inactivated steroid
hormones, drugs, etc in the bile; these wastes
are eliminated along with the digestive wastes
or faecal matter.

253. Give three point of difference between

rennin and Renin.
350.  What is a dialysis machine? When is it Ans.
needed? Rennin Renin
Ans.  Dialysis machine is also known as artificial (i)It is a proteolytic
kidney. It filters blood when the kidneys fail. In (i)It is a hormone that
enzyme
dialysis small solute moleclues diffuse through a acts as an enzyme.
(ii) It helps in the
semi permeable membrane as a substitute for (ii) It converts the protein
digestion of milk
glomerulus. It has a cellophane membrane angiotensinogen into
proten casein
where the blood of a patient is made to flow on angiotensin
(iii) It is secreted as
one side of the membrane and the surrounding (iii) It is secreted as rennin
an inactive form
fluid on other side. The wastes from the blood  
prorennin which is
move into the surrounding fluid though (iv) It secretion is
activated to rennin
cellophane membrane. It is needed when stimulated by a reduction
by HCI.
kidney fails to work and urine is not formed. of Na+level in tissue
(iv) Its secretion is
flunid. (---- any three)
stimulated by food.
351.Suppose the kidneys of a person are 254. Describe briefly the structure and function
damaged, can you predict what is going to of renal corpuscle.
happen to him?         Ans. Renal Corpuscle – It is the main excretory
Ans. The kidneys are considered as master organ in the kidney. Nephrons are the
chemists of the body. If they are damaged, it functional units of kidney of renal corpuscle.
would disturb the normal functioning of the life There are about 102 million nephrons in each
processes. Due to the effect of toxins produced kidney in man.
by some bacteria the fillers of tiny uriniferous Structure of nephron – The nephron is a thin,
tubules are damaged. They become perforated long, twisted tubular structure. The tubule of
with larger holes and allow blood cells, proteins each nephron starts as a up – shaped called
also to pass through them along with the urea Bowman’s capsule. There is a globular tuft of
and water during filtration of blood in formation capillaries in the hollow of the cup. The
of urine. Thus urine contains the blood proteins Bowman’s capsule and the glomerulus together
etc. It is a serious disease. form a globular body called the renal corpuscle.
Blood enters the glomerular capillaries through
an afferent arteriole and leaves the glomerulus body. 
through as efferent arteriole.
Urine is formed by the filtration of a protein
free fluid from the glomerulus into lumen of the
Bowman’s capsule.
There are 3 parts of a nephron –
(i) proximal nephron
(ii) hoop of Henle and
(iii) distal nephron. 
A long highly coiled and tubule trusted starts
form the neck of the Bowman’s capsule. It is
called the PCT (Proximal Convoluted tubule). It
continues into a thin–walled straight tubule,
then loops like segment of the tubule is called
the Henle’s loop. It has thin descending limb
and thick ascending limb. The Henle’s loop
continuous into another segment of coiled and
twisted tubule called DCT (Distal convoluted
tubule). The terminal part of DCT is a straight
short tubule called the collecting duct. The
collecting duct runs down to the medulla again
conducting the collected urine towards the
medulla.
The collecting ducts unite with each other in the
medulla to form the larger ducts called Ducts of
Bellini. These ducts rue through the renal
355. Describe the mechanism of urine
pyramids and open into renal pelvis.
formation.
The efferent arteriole gives a capillary network
Ans. Urine formation involves three main
around the tubule in the cortex. It also fives rise
processes –
to some parallel wise, thin walled straight
(i)Glomerular filtration – A protein – free fluid is
capillaries called vasa rectae. They help to
filtered from blood of glomerular capillaries into
maintain reabsorbed ions and urea in the
the lumen of Bowman’s capsule.
intestinal fluid and maintain osmotic pressure in
The filtration occurs through three layers,which
the kidney.
form the filtration membrane; they are :
Functions – Various part of nephron perform
(i) Endothelium of glomerular capillaries 
deferent function but the main function is
(ii) Epithelium of Bowman’s capsule.
liberation of metabolic waste from the body
(iii) Basement membrane between the two
and maintain osmotic pressure of fluid in the
layers.
The epithelial cells or podocytes of the
Bowman’s capsule are arranged in an intricate
manner, to leave some filtration slits.
The blood is filtered so finely that the
composition of filtrate is very similar to plasma
except for the plasma proteins.
The glomerular filtrate rate is about (25ml / column just below the  diaphragm, which
min) remains protected by last two pairs of ribs.. The
(ii)Reabsorption -  left kidney is usually placed higher than right
Nearly 90% of the filtrate is reabsorbed in the one. Each kidney is 10cm in length 5 cm in
renal tubule of the epithelial cells of the lining breadth and 4cm in thickness. Each kidney is
of renal tubule. somewhat bean shaped with concavity along
Certain substances like glucose, amino acids, the inner border. Blood vessels, nerves, lymph
Na+ ions, K+ ions and Ca2+ ions are reabsorbed ducts and ureters enter the kidney at this point.
actively. In the gross anatomy of kidney, two regions can
Water is reabsorbed passively by osmosis.  be clearly marked out. There are outer cortex
Certain other substance like Cl- ions are and inner medulla.
absorbed passively.  Internal structure of kidney – Each kidney
(iii)Tubular secretion – composed of several tiny units called
It is the process by which certain substances / nephrons or uriniferous tubule, all similar in
ions like K+ and ammonia are directly secreted structure and function. Each nephron is made
into the lumen of the nephron. up of vascular component, the glomerulus and
The step is important in urine formation, as it tubular component, and surrounded by a
helps to maintain the ionic balance and PH of network of capillaries. The tubule is composed
the body fluids. of single layer of epithelial cells which differ in
structure and function in different parts of the
tubule. The tubule originates as a blind sac,
which is known as Bowman’s capsule which is
lined by a single layer of thin epithelial cells –
Bowman’s capsule is ultimately associated with
vascular glomerulus which protrudes into
Bowman’s capsule and is completely covered by
the linning of the capsule. The glomerulus is
formed by afferent and efferent arteries. The
afferent arterioles bring blood to the tubular
and efferent arterioles takes blood away from
the tubule. Due to this, the blood in the
glomerulus is separated from the space within
the capsule only by (a) a thin layer of a tissue
composed of the single – celled capillary lining
(b) a layer material called basement membrane
and (c) the single celled lining of Bowman’s
356. Describe the renal excretory system of
capsule. This extremely thin barrier permits the
man.
filtration of the fluid from the capillaries into
Ans. The urinary system consist of following
Bowman’s capsule.
organs.
The glomerular capillaries combine together to
(a) A pair of kidneys
form efferent arterioles which further divide
(b) A pair of ureters
into many capillaries distributed all over the
(c) Urinary bladder
surface of the tubule. These capillaries are
(d) Urethra kidney – The kidneys are located in
termed as particular capillaries. These
the abdomen, one on each side of the vertebral
capillaries join together to form the venous 357.What is the function of myoglobin?
channels which take blood away from the Ans. Myoglobin stores oxygen in the muscles.
kidney. The tubule is divided into three pates –
Proximal convoluted part in which Bowman’s 358.What causes fatigue of muscle fibers?
capsule opens. The next part is Henle’s loop and Ans.  Lactic acid.
last part is distal convoluted part which finally
runs as a collecting duct. 359.What is a tendon?
Ureters – These are two tubes or about 30 cm Ans. The tough non – elastic connective tissue
long – one coming out from each kidney. They that joins muscle to a bone.
run downwards and open into urinary bladder.
Urinary bladder- It is a bag like structure where 360.Which type of movable joint makes the
urine is stared. The bladder has three openings hip joint?
two of the ureters and one to urethra. Ans. Ball & socket joint.
Urethra – the urethra is the passage through
which urine is passed out. 361.Name the heaviest and longest bone in the
human body?
Ans. Femur.

362.How many bones are present in each

limb?
Ans. 30 bones.

363.Why do skeletal muscle show striation ?

Ans. Due to distribution pattern of actin and
myosin protein.

364.Name last two pair of ribs.

Ans. Floating ribs.
370.Name the functional contractile unit of
muscle. 365.Write the name of chemical that causes
Ans. Sarcomere. fatigue in the mussels.
Ans. Actin and myosin.
371.What is arthritis?
Ans. Inflammation of the joints. 366.What lubricate the freely movable joints
at the shoulder?
372.What is the total member of bones Ans. Synovial flivd
present in the left pectoral girdle and the left
arm respectively in a normal human? 367.Name of longest hone of human body.
Ans. Left pectoral girdle – 2 ; Left arm – 30. Ans. Femur

373.Name the tissue which connects muscles 368.Give the first vertebra.
to the bone? Ans. Atlas
Ans. Tendon.
369.Define a sarcomere.
Ans. A portion of my ofibril between two 379.Give differences between red and white
successive ‘Z’ lines. muscle fibers, other than color.
Ans. Red muscles – Have more mitochondria.
374.Name the cup shaped bone that - Can contract for longer period.
constitutes the knee cap. White muscles – Have less mitochondria.
Ans. Knee cap - Can contract for short period.
375.List functions of skeleton in higher
animals? 380.What are floating ribs? How many of them
Ans.i)    Skeletal system forms the framework are there?
for the body. Ans. Floating ribs – The last two pairs (11 and
ii)The bone of skeletal system protects delicate 12 pairs) ribs are called floating ribs.
internal organs of the body. They are dorsally attached to the respective
iii)Skeleton provides attachment surface for the thoracic vertebrae and are free ventrally.
body muscles, tendons and other similar things
and thus helps in movement 381.Why can a red muscle fiber work for a
iv)It gives shape and posture to the body. prolonged period, while a white muscle fibre
suffers from fatigue soon?
376.Define a joint. Ans. Red muscle fibers contain myoglobin that
Ans. The place of articulation of two or more stores oxygen in the form of oxymyoglobin
bones are called as joints. At the joints, the since there is a continuous supply of oxygen; for
surface of the two bones is in opposite to each oxidation of good materials to release energy,
other. These joints facilitate the movement of the red muscle fibers energy, and the red
bones in different ways. muscles fibres do not become fatigued and
work for long periods. 
377.What is osteoporosis? Name two factors White muscle fibers lock myoglobin. They carry
which are responsible for osteoporosis. out anaerobic respiration and become fatigued.
Ans. Osteoporosis is an age – dependent
systemic disorder, characterized by low bone– 382.What is the function of girdles?
mass and micro–architectural deterioration of Ans. There are two girdles in the body, pectoral
the bones. girdle & pelvic girdle.
Factors – (1)Deficiency of calcium & vitamin D. 1) Pectoral girdle – It provides surface to the
(2) Imbalance of hormones like parathyroid soft organs of the body of the pectoral region. It
hormone, thyrocalcitonin and sex hormones. also provides surface (glenoid cavity) for the
articulation of forelimbs. In the glenoid cavity
378.Which kinds of muscle fibers are richly fits the head of the humerous bone.
found in the extensor muscles present on the 2)Pelvic girdle – It protects the organs of pelvic
bact of human body? What characteristics region and provides surface (acetabulum) for
enable those fibers to serve their purpose? the articulation of the hind limbs. (the femur
Ans. Red muscle fibers. bone of the thigh fits in the acetabulum)
Characteristics:- They are rich in mitochondria,
myoglobin, slow acting, no lactic acid. Aerobic 383.What makes the synovial joints freely
respiration takes place. movable? List any four types of synovial joints.
Ans. Synovial Joints – In the synovial joints not ØThey are involuntary in function.
only, a space called synovial cavity is present
between articulating bones. 387.Represent diagrammatically a sarcomere
This cavity is filled with synovial fluid, that and label its parts. Which of these parts
reduces the friction on the articulating surface shorten during muscle contraction?
of bones; so the synovial joints are freely Ans.
movable.
Synovial joints are of the following types:
(i) Ball and socket joint     (ii) Hinge joint
(iii) Pivot joint.
384.Explain the initiation of muscle
contraction. What is the role of sarcoplasmic
reticulum, Myosin head and F – actin during
contraction in striated muscles?
Ans. Sarcoplasmic Reticulum – It releases
calcium ions, that bind to the troponing and
bring about conformational changes; so the
active site on F – actin for myosin becomes
exposed.
Myosin head – It provides the specific binding 388.Describe any three disorders of the
site for F – actin to from cross – bridges, it also muscular system.
shows ATP are active site Ans. Disorders of muscular system
F – actin – F – actin are specific to myosin head (i)Myasthenia gravi’s
for cross bridge formation. It is an auto – minimum disorder, that affects
the neuron muscular junction, leading to
385.What are the three types of muscle tissue? progressive weakening and paralysis of skeletal
Write two characteristic points about the muscles. 
structure of each of them? (ii)Muscular dystrophy – It is a genetic disorder
Ans. Types of muscle tissue – It is of 3 types resulting in progressive degeneration of skeletal
(i)Striated / Skeletal muscles – muscles.
ØThe muscle fibers are cylindrical, unbranched (iii)Tatany – It refers to the rapid spasm (wild
and show prominent striations. contraction) or the continued state of
ØThey are innervated by voluntary nervous contraction due to low Ca+ in the body fluids.
system.
ØThey are under the control of conscious mind 389.Differentiate between Endoskeleton and
and be moved at well. Exoskeleton.
ØAttached to skeletal system. Ans.
(ii)Smooth muscles –   Exoskeleton Endoskeleton
ØThey are innervated by autonomic nervous Made up of hard parts Made up of hard
system. 1. on the surface of parts found inside
ØThey are not under voluntary control. body. the body.
(iii)Cardiac muscles – 2. Examples scales, Cartilage and bones
ØThese muscles are found exclusively in the feathers, hair, claws, form endoskeleton in
heart. hooves, nails and vertebrates.
 horns in vertebrates The sarcoplasmic reticulum, then release the
Formed by Ca2+ which is stored here. It binds to the
3. Formed by ectoderm. specific sites found in the hooping of the thin
mesoderm.
filament. Their filaments are called actins,
386.Explain the following – change fakes in troponing active sites of F –
a) Antagonistic muscles actin are exposed then to myosin head. Myosin
b) Tetanus head shows Mg2+ dependent ATPase activity.
c) Threshed stimulus During relaxation of muscle Ca2+ is pumped
Ans. a)Antagonistic muscles – Contraction of back into sarcoplasmic reticulum. Consequently
muscles which results in the opposite the troponing component is treed to inhibit the
movements at the same joint are called active sites for myosin head. Cross bridges are
antagonistic muscle e. g biceps is a flexor for the broken. Their filaments assume their normal
elbow joint and triceps is its antagonistic. And position. The muscle fiber is then in relaxed
an extension for that point. During flexion at state.
the elbow biceps contracts and triceps relaxes;
during extension triceps contracts and biceps
relaxes.
b)Tetnus – If a muscle fiber is stimulated by
many nerve impulses or electric shocks it will
remain in the state of contraction till the
stimulation continued of contraction is known
as tetnus.
c) Threshold stimulus – Each skeletal muscle is
made of many muscle fibers and each muscle
fiber is supplied by a nerve. These nerves sends
nerve impulse to the muscle fibers. As a result
of this the muscle is stimulated and contraction
of the muscle takes place. But for contraction
muscle fibres requires a minimum strength of
the nerve impulse. This is called threshold
stimulus.
390.What is the role of Ca++ and ATP in muscle
contraction? 392. Describe the various kinds of joint in
Ans. A nerve impulse arriving at neuromuscular human body. According to mobility giving one
junction stimulates contractile response. Due to example of each.
the depolarization of the surface of sarcomeres Ans. Various types of joints – When two or
it spreads quickly. Neurotransmitter is releases more bones articular with each other at a
at the enormous collar junction. It enters into particular point it forms a joint. The joints help
the sarcomere through membrane channel. in performing various types of movements. In
Na+ moves inside the sarcomere. It is called the body of vertebrates three types of joints are
inflow of Na+. Action potential is generated in found –
the sarcomere. Action potential travels to the 1) Perfect joints – The joints have synovial joints
full length of muscle fiber.  are capable of performing movements in more
than one plane. These joints may be of the neither of them change its length. Due to sliding
following categories- of I filaments, there is breakage and
(a)Ball and socket joints – As the name suggests rearrangement of the cross – linkage between
in this type of joint one bone forms a cup like actin and myosin filaments. The ATP is broken
depression of socket in which ball like structure by the enzyme ATPase myosin which provides
fits. The head or ball can move freely can the energy for interaction between actin and
joint in any direction. Ex – shoulder and hip myosin filaments. Consequently, the thin action
joints.  filaments slide deeper into the A bands and z –
(b)Hinge joint – In this type of joint movement lines are drawn closer with each other by the
is performed only in one direction. Ex elbow, disappearance of H – zone finally the
knee joint, joints of phalanges of fingers & toes. sarcomeres becomes shortened due to
(c) Gliding joints – such are the joints in which shortening of its I–band.
one surface glides over another such joints are By relaxation, the cross linkage between the
found in the vertebral column. filaments are rearranged. The cross–bridges
(d) Pivot joint – One bones of the joint is always disappear due to the pulling of the filaments by
fixed and other is able to move freely over the the active sites on the actin filaments. The actin
former. Such joints can be seen in the skull of filaments are slide out from the A – band.
man which moves freely over the adontoid Consequently, this elongates I – band, pushing
process the 2nd neck vertebra. the z – line away form each other. Thus
(e)Saddle joints : It resembles ball & socket joint contrition and relaxation of muscles occurs due
except that ball and socket are not fully to repetitive formation and breakage of cross
developed.  bridges between thick filament of A – band and
2) Imperfect joint – the joints which do not thin filament of I–band.
possesses synovial capsule or connecting
ligaments are called imperfect joints. Ex – the
joint between the ilium of pelvic girdle and
transverse process by sacral vertebra.
3) Immovable joints:- Joints which are
permanently fixed and cannot perform any
movement are termed as immovable joints,
these also do not posses synovial capsule of
ligaments. Various bones of the skull are joined
with such joints. These joints do not allow any
kind of movements.

393. Explain sliding filament theory of muscle

contraction.
Ans. Sarcomeres are small units of myofibrils: 394. How does an impulse travel across a
the sarcomere consists of A – band in the centre synapse?
with halves of two I – bands on its two sides i. e. Ans. The impulse travel across a synapse from
the distance between two z – membranes. the axons to the cell body and dendrites to the
When stimulus is given to muscles, the thin next neuron.
(actin or I – band) filaments slide in the space
between the thick (myosin or A – bond) but
395.How many pairs of cranial nerves are 405.Name the inner most meanings of the
present in man? brain.
Ans. 12 pairs. Ans. Piamater.

396.What is saltatory conduction? 406.To which part of the brain communication

Ans. Saltatory conduction refers to the type of and memory arc associated?
conduction of nerve impulse by a myelinated Ans: Cerebrum.
nerve fibre, where the action potential jumps
form one node of Ranvier to the other. 407.Name the bundle of fibers that connect
two cerebral hemisphere in human being.
397.Name the band of nerve fibers that joins Ans. Corpus callosum.
the two cerebral hemisphere in mammals.
Ans. Corpus callosum. 408.Name the photo pigment present in the
rod cells.
398.What is threshold stimulus for nerve cell? Ans. Rhodopsin.
Ans. The minimum intensity / strength of a
stimulus required to initiate depolarization of 409.Why can impulses flow only in one
neuron is called threshold stimulus. direction?
Ans. Because each synoapse allows impulse to
399.What is a compound eye? cross it in a single direction.
Ans. In insects the eye is composed of many
independent visual elements called commatidia 410.Where is hypothalamus located in the
such an eye is called compound eye.  brain?
Ans. At the base of thalamus.
400.What types of neurons are found in dorsal 411.What is a reflex?
root of spinal nerve? Ans. Reflex is an involuntary action performed
Ans. Sensory neurons. by muscle under the direction of spinal cord in
response to the stimulus. It is an automatic
401.What is the basic unit of neural system? response to a stimulus which is not under
Ans. Neuron. conscious control. A large number of activities
of animals are conducted by reflexes e. g.
402.Why is blind spot devoid of the ability for Respiration, peristalsis, watering of the mouth,
vision? secretion of saliva in the mouth, etc.
Ans. Blind spot has no photoreceptor cells –
rods or cones. 412.What happens when the membrane of a
nerve cell carries out a sodium pump?
403.Name the fluid  present in membranous Ans. When the membrane carries a sodium
labyrinth. pump, it carries three sodium ions from the
Ans. Endolymph. axoplasm to the cell exterior:
- It transfers two potassium ions exchange from
404.Name the area  of ratina where only cones the ECF to the cell interior.
are densly packed. - The exterior is positively charged.
Ans. Fovea.
413.What are the events that take place at the
point of stimulation of axon?
Ans. At the point of stimulation the membrane
permeability changes; it becomes freely
permeable to Na+ ions.
There is a rapid inflow of Na+ ions and the
interior / axoplasm becomes positively charged
and the exterior becomes negatively charged.  
This condition is known as depolarized state
and the potential difference across the
membrane is known as action potential. 
Now the current flows through the axoplasm
from the depolarized region to due next
polarised region and through the ECF from the
polarised region to the depolarised region.

414.Give parts of neuron.

Ans. Neuron is a microscopic structure made up 415.Describe the role & location of ciliary body
of 3 parts- in human eye.
a)  Cell body – In contains cytoplasm with Ans. Location:- The choroid becomes thick
typical cell organelles and some granular bodies where the cornea & sclera meet; It is called
called Nissl’s granules. ciliary body.  
b) Dendrites – The short fibers that branch Function: The ciliary body continues in front of
repeatedly and project out of the cell body. the lens to form an opaque structure called iris. 
They transmit impulse towards the cell body or
cyton. 416.What is mosaic vision?
c) Axon – It is a long fibre. Its distal end is Ans. This type of vision is found insects due to
branched. Each branch terminates into bulblike compound eye. A complete image of the object
structure called as synoptic knob. as seen by the compound eye is formed by a
number of small lineages each of which is
contributed by an ommatidium. Such an image
formed by many bits of images is called a
mosaic image and the vision as the mosaic
image vision.

417.Where does cerebrospinal fluid occur in

our body? Mention two if its function.
Ans. Cerebrospinal fluid is found in the
subarachnoid space between arachnoids and
parameter of the menings around the brain and
spinal cord and also in the cavities of the brain.
Functions –
1) It protects brain and spinal card by acting as a
cushion to absorb shocks.
2) It helps in removing harmful metabolites Ans.
drugs etc. away from the brain. Dorsal spinal
  Ventral spinal Roots
Roots
418.What is the chemical and difference They are made of
between rods & cones? They are made of motor
1. sensory (afferent)
Ans. (efferent) nerves.
nerves.
  Rods Cones They have dorsal
2. They have no ganglia.
These are more root ganglia.
secretive to light and These are meant for Their cell bodies The cell bodies of ventral
1.
are meant for vision in vision in bright light. are located in spinal nerve root is
3.
dim light. dorsal root located in ventrolateral
They do not have the ganglia. horn of grey matter.
They have ability to
2. ability to make
make colored image.
colored image 422.Describe human neural system.
They contain the Ans. It is divided into two parts-
These contain the
3. visual pigment 1) Central Neural system (CNS) – CNS includes
pigment iodopsin.
rhodopsin. brain and spinal cord. This is the site of
information processing and control.
419.Why are gray matter and white matter 2) Peripheral neural system (PNS) – PNS consists
contained in human nervous system named of all nerves of the body associated with the
so? CNS. Nerve fibers of PNS are of two types i.e.
Ans. Gray matter contains spindle, pyramidal, afferent fibers and efferent fiber.
cell bodies with grayish brown appearance and (a) Afferent nerve fibers transmit impulses from
hence called as gray matter. tissues / organs to CNS.
White matter contains millions of myelinated (b) Efferent nerve fibers transmit impulses from
axons; the large amount of myelin gives this CNS to concerned peripherel tissues / organs.
tissue an opaque white appearance and hence PNS is further divided into –
called white matter. (1) Somatic neural system – It relays impulse
from CNS to skeletal muscles.
420. Fill in the blanks in the different columns (2) Autonomic neural system – ANS transmits
A to D: impulses from CNS to involuntary organs as well
Part/Organ Function as the smooth muscles of body It is again
….(a)…. divided into two parts - 
Pinna Equalise the pressure on a) sympathetic neural system
….(b)…. either sided of ear drum. b) Para sympathetic neural system.
Cone cells …..(c)…..
….(d)…. Regulate amo9un of light to 423.Why do giant squids have very thick nerve
pass into the eye. fiber? 
Ans. (a) To collect sound waves   Ans. The velocity of a nerve impulse in a nerve
(b) Eustachian tube fiber depends on two factors i. e. on its
(c) Colour vision     myelinated and also on the thickness of the
(d) Iris fibers. The impulses travel faster in thicker
421.Differentiate between dorsal spinal roots nerve fibers since giant squids are very large
and ventral spinal roots.
sized aquatic animals they have thick nerve 426.Why are nerve impulses conducted more
fibers. rapidly in myelinated nerve fiber than in a non
– myelinated one? Explain.
424.Where are synaptic vesicles found? Name Ans. In a myelinated nerve fiber, the lipid rich
their chemical contents? What is the function myelin acts as an insulator and depolarization
of these contents? occurs in the nodes of Ranvier where myelin
Ans. Synaptic vesicles are found in the bulbous sheath is absent.  Since the action potential
expansion called synaptic knob, at the nerve jumps from one node of Ravines to another, the
terminal- conduction becomes faster and such a type of
Each synaptic vesicle contains as many as conduction is called saltatory conduction.
10,000molecules of a neurotransmitter In a non–myelinated fiber, the depolarization
substance that is responsive for transmission of occurs all along its length and hence conduction
nerve impulse across the synapse. becomes slower.
When a wave of depolarization reaches the
presynaptic membrane, the voltage gated 427. Observe the diagram given right and
calcium channels concentrated at the synapse answer the following questions :
open & Ca++ ions diffuse into the terminal form (i) Label the parts A and
the surrounding fluid. B                                          
- The Ca++ = ions stimulate the synaptic vesicles (ii) Give the function of C and
to move to the terminal membrane, fuse with it D.                                             
and then and then rupture by exocytosis into (iii) Name the layers which wrap this organ.
the cleft.
- This neurotrarmitter diffuses across the
synapse and stimulates the membrane of the
next neuron.

425.Give the location and function in the

human eye, of the following –
(i) cornea (ii) Iris (iii) Vitreous humor
Ans. 1) Cornea – It is the dome – shaped part of
sclera that is transparent and more curved. Ans. (i) A : Cerbrum
Function – It refract light towards retina.  B : Corpus callosum
2) Iris – It is the colored (pigmented) at front (ii) C : Balancing of body and maintain posture
and formed by choroid.  D : Vomiting, coughing, breathing, salivation or
Functions :- (i)   It encloses pupil. any other correct answer (any one).
(ii) Iris contains cilliary muscles which regulate (iii) Piameter, arachnoid and duramater.
the size of pupil and controls the amount of 428.Draw a labeled diagram to show the
light.  structural view of human ear in the sectional
3) Vitreous humor – It is present in posterior view.
chamber of eye. Ans.
Functions:- (i)  It helps in shape to the eye &
supports retina & lens.
(ii) It refracts the light rays.
 430.reflex arc. Taking one example, describe
the functioning of the various components of a
spinal.
Ans. A Reflex arc is the specific neural pathway
from stimulus to reflex. Components of Reflex
arc are –
429.What is meant by the resting membrane
(1) Receptors – These are the organs / tissues
potential of neuron. How do ion channels &
which receive the stimulus and send it as an
sodium – potassium pumps contribute to the
impulse.
resting potential?
(2) Sensory or afferent nerves – These are
Ans. Resting membrane potential.
neurons which conduct the impulse from the
- The electrical potential difference across the
receptor to the central Nervous system (spinal
membranes of a resting neuron is called resting
cord)
membrane potential.
(3) Relay or intermediate neurons – They are
- The membrane is polarized, with a negative
neurons which conduct the impulse from the
interior and positively charged exterior.
afferent neurons to the efferent neurons.
- The permeability of membrane to K+ ions is
(4) Effectors / motor neurons – These neurons
greater than its permeability to Na+ ions.
conduct the impulse from the spinal cord/ relay
- The negatively charged protein molecules can
neurons to the effectors organ concerned.
cross the membrane.
(5) Effectors – It is the organ / tissue or gland
- The sodium pump transports 3 Na+ ions to the
that functions accordingly.
exterior, while in exchange only 2K+ ions comes
431.What are hormones.
inside.
Ans. Hormones (endocrines) are the secretions
- Hence the surface carries a positively charge,
of endocrine glands.
which the interior negatively charged.

432.Name the gland of emergency.

Ans. Adrenals.

433.Which gland secrete glucagon?

Ans. Pancreas.
434.Distinguish between diabetes mellitus and
diabetes insipidus. 443. Give the names of any one glucocorticoid
Ans. Diabetes mellitus is caused due to less and one mineral corticoid.
secretion of Insulin by β cells of Islet of Ans. Glucocorticoid – Cortical ;
langerhans in pancreas. Diabetes insipidus is Mineralocorticoid – Aldosterone.
caused due to less secretion of ADH
(vasopressin) by posterior pituitary gland. 444. How does arterial natriuretic factor
decreases blood pressure?
435.Name the hormones of fight or flight. Ans. By dilation of the blood vessels.
Ans. Adrenaline and nor – adrenaline.
445.  Which structure is funned from ruptured
436.Name the hormone secreted from follicle in females ?What is its role?
outermost cellular layer of adrenal cortex?  Ans. Corpus luteum which secrets
Ans. Aldosterone, a mineral ocorticoid. progesterone.

437.What is the function of Leydeig’s cells? 446. immunityy of old persons becomes very
Ans. Leydig cells or interstitial cells of the testes weak. Give reason.
secretes testosterone hormone. It stimulates Ans. Thymus gland degenerates with age.
the development of external male sex
characters such as beards, moustaches and low 447. What happens if a person suffers from
pitch voice is man & stimulates the formation of prolonged hyperglycemia?
sperms in testis. Ans. Gets affected by diabetes mellitus which
causes loss of glucose through urine and
438.Name the gland which secrets vasopressin. formation of harmful ketone bodies.
Ans. It is secreted by posterior part of the
pituitary gland. 448.What are the two modes through which
the hypothalamus causes the release of
439.Name one mineralocorticoid. hormones by pituitary gland?
Ans.  Aldosterone. Ans.  Through hypothalamic neurons conteol
anterior pituitary gland. Through neutal
440.Which two systems coordinate and regulation controls posterior pituitary gland.
regulate physiological functions of our body? 449.Differentiate hormone & neurohormone?
Ans. Neural system and endocrine system. Ans.
Hormone Neurohormone
441. What is the role of melanocyte Secreted by Secreted by neuro –
stimulating hormone? 1. 1.
endocrine glands. secretary cells.
Ans. Acts on melanocytes and regulates It stimulates the
pigmentation of skin. It stimulates the
growth &
secretion of
2. metabolism of 2.
442.Name the hormones which act hormones of
endocrine glands
antagonistically in order to regulate calcium pituitary.
and body cells.
Levels in the blood.
 Ans. Thyrocalcitonin (TCT) and parathyroid 450.What are gonadotropics?
hormone (PTH).
Ans. These are the gonad stimulating hormones chromosomes. This binding changes gene
secreted by the anterior lobe of pituitary e.g.- expression and stimulates transcription of same
follicle stimulating Hormone and prolactin. genes. It may repress some other genes. Finally
in RNA acts for protein synthesis. The lipid
451.Why oxytocin is called as ‘birth hormone’? soluble hormones are slow in action. They are
Ans. Oxytocin causes the contraction of smooth last longer hormones.
muscles of uterus during child birth. So it is
called ‘birth hormone’. 456.What is corpus luteum? How does it
function as a endocrine gland? 
452.What usually can cause over secretion of Ans. Corpus luteum is the structure formed by
parathormone in human body? List any two the ruptured ovarian follicle after ovulation.
effects on the body because of this hormone. - It secrets the hormone progesterone, which is
Ans. A tumors in parathyroid glands causes the necessary for pregnancy changes.
over secretion / hypersecretion of
parthormone. Due to demineralization, the 457.Name the gland that functions as a
bones become deformed and are early biological clock in our body where it is located?
fractured. If untreated, it can lead to osteitis Name its one secretion.
fibrosa cystica disease in human beings. Ans.  Pineal gland functions as biological clock
in our body.
453.What is the function of pineal gland? Location – It is located on the dorsal side of the
Ans. It secretes a hormone the melatonin. It forebrain.
reduces the reproductive activity and may also Secretion – It secretes melatonin.
delay the sexual development in an individual. 458.Describe the physiological functions &
disorders of thyroid gland.
454. Explain the hormones of kidney and GI Ans. Thyroid gland consists of a two lobed
tract. structure in the region of larynx. It secretes the
Ans. Kidney – Juxtaglimerular cells of kidney hormone thyroxin which contains Iodine the
secrete a peptide hormone called thyroxin stimulates the rate of cellular oxidation
erythropoietin. It stimulates erythropoiesis or and control the basal metabolic rate. It also
formation of RBC’s of blood- maintains balance of the Ca++ in blood thyroid
G – I tract – The endocrine cells found in various hormones also promotes growth of body tissues
parts of gastro-intestine tract secrete 4 peptide both physical growth and mental development
hormones – are stimulated.
Gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin (CCK) as well They stimulate tissue differentiation because of
as gastric Inhibitory peptide or GIP. this action they promote metamorphosis of
tadpoles into adult frogs.  
455.In general, how steroid hormones do Thyroid secretes the hormones which stimulate
effects changes in their target cells.  all metabolic actions. They are controlled by
Ans. Steroid hormones are lipid soluble. These hormones secreted by anterior pituitary gland.
quickly pass through plasma membrane of a Disorders –
target cell into the cytoplasm. There they bind 1) Hyperthyroidism :- It reduces the basic
to intercellular receptor proteins and form a metabolic rate
complex. This complex enters the nucleus and 2) Cretinism:- The delayed growth (mental,
binds itself to specific regulatory sites on the bodily and sexual). The patient is pot – bellied
and pigeon – cheated and has a protruding T3 and T4 have identical effects on target cells.
tongue. They are called together as TH (Thyroid
3) Myxodema (Adult) :- Dry coarse skin, loss of hormone)
hair, reduced cerebration, temperature and They : 1) regulate metabolic rate    
pulse rate, slowed speech. The patient gains 2) regulate metabolism
weight, reproductive failure and has a puffy 3) help in metamorphosis of frog. 
appearance and lacks alertness. 
461.Differentiate between vitamin, hormone &
459.Write full form of ADH and describe how it enzyme.
affects the functioning of kidney tubules. Ans.
Ans. ADH – Anti diuretic hormone   Vitamin Hormone Enzyme
It affects kidney tubules in following ways – It is carried It is carried by It is not carried
1) It renders the distal convoluted tubule, 1.
in the food. the blood. by the blood.
collecting tubule and collecting duct of the It is consumed It remains
nephrons permeable water so that water is It is used up
during the unchanged
reabsorbed from filtrate in these segments and 2. during the
metabolic after the
urine becomes hypertonic.  process.
reaction. reaction.
2) It also regulates the arterial blood pressure. It is produced
It is produced
It is obtained by an
460.Differentiate between exocrine, endocrine 3. by exocrine
from food. endocrine
& heterocrine glands.  gland.
gland.
Ans. It may be
Exocrine Endocrine Heterorine organic acid, It is
  It is always
glands glands glands amide, glycoprotein,
4. proteinaceous
It is partly amine, ester, steroid or
It is ductless in nature.
1. It has a duct endocrine & alcohol or polypeptide.
gland.
partly exocrine steroid.
Their Endocrine part It act as a
Their It act as It act as a
secretions releases 5. stimulating
secretions are coenzyme. biocatalyst.
are carried hormones into substance.
carried by
by the ducts blood stream It excess as
blood to the
to the while exocrine well as
2. target organs Its deficiency
internal parts part into ducts deficiency
e.g. causes It is required in
or body associated 6. causes many
Parathyroid, deficiency small amount.
surface e.g with it e.g. hormonal
pituitary and diseases.
salivary gland pancreas, disorders &
adrenals.
in mouth. ovary’s, testis. diseases. 

4.Name the T3 and T4 components of thyroid 462.A patient was complaining of frequent
hormone. Explain their specific function.  urination, excursive thirst, hunger and
Ans. T3 = Thyroxin. It contains 4 atoms of tiredness. His fasting glucose level was found
iodine.    higher than 130 mg / dL an two occasions :
T4 = Triiodothyroxine. It has 3 atoms of iodine (i) Name the disease
(ii) Give the root cause of this disease \
(iii) Explain why the blood glucose level is metabolism.
higher than 130 mg / dL.  The increase
Ans. (i) The disease is diabetes mellitus. blood level of
(ii) It is caused by under secretion of insulin Na+ and water.
resulting in hyperglycemia. They decrease
(iii) In the absence of insulin, the following blood levels of
functions are impaired. K+ by stimulating
- utilization and uptake of glucose by adipocytes kidney tubules to
and hepatocytes. reabsorb more
- Conversion of glucose into glycogen by the Na+ Cl- and water
above target cells. and less K+.
463.  Name the hormone that regulates each They raise blood
of the following and mention the source of it. glucose level.
1) urinary elimination of water. They promote
2) storage of glucose as glycogen. gluconeogenesis
3) Na+ and K+ metabolism. and also promote
4) Basal metabolic rate liver glycogen
5) Descent of testes iota scrotum formation and
Ans. breakdown of
  Activity Hormone Source plasma proteins.
Urinary Glucocorticoids They increase
Posterior
1. elimination of ADH (corticosol availability of
pituitary 2. Liver
water. corticosterone & amino acids for
Storage of cortisone) enzymes synthesis
Insulin Islets of
2. glucose as by liver general
Glucagon langerhans
glycogen resistance to long
Na+ & K+ Adrenal term.
3. Aldosterone
metabolism cortex Stress counter
Basal inflammatory and
Thyroxin,
4. Metabolic Thyroid gland allergic responses,
Triidothyroxin
Rate and decreases
Descends of antibody
Anterior production. 
5. testis into FSH
pituitary 
scrotum Concentrations
secreted by adults
464. Explain the Hormones of adrenal gland are low.
and their action on target tissue in a tabular Their effects are
from. Gonadocorticoids usually
Ans. 3. (Androgens and insignificant. Gonads
Endocrine glands Target estrogens) They stimulate
  Principal Action development of
& Hormones tissue
1. Mineral They control Kidney secondary sexual
corticoids electrolyte and tubules characteristics
(Aldosterone) water specially in males.
 Stimulates (enzyme). It catalyses conversion of ATP to
elevation of blood cyclic AMP which acts as second messengers). It
glucose by affects cell metabolism.
converting liver
glycogen to
glucose,
hormone.
Rise in blood
pressure
acceleration of
rate and force of Skeletal
heart beat, muscles
constriction of fat cells,
skin and visceral cardiac
4. Adrenaline smooth muscle muscles,
capillaries smooth
muscles, dilation muscles,
of arterioles of blood
heart and vessel. 
skeleton increase
in breakdown of
lipids Fig : Mechanism of hormone action
Increase in 2) Gene activation – The steroid hormone
oxygen enters into the cytoplasm through cell
consumption membrane and binds to protein receptors there
erection of hairs, of the target cells. This hormone receptors
dilation of pupils. complex stimulates the gene to synthesize a
They initiate particular enzyme.
stress responses.  Fig : Mechanism of hormone action
It stimulates
Nor adrenaline reactions similar
5. -
Hormone to those produced
by adrenaline.

465. Explain the mechanism of hormone

action.
Ans. Upon  the target cells, two main kinds of
hormone action have been observed
i) action at meanbrane level 
ii)Induction of protein synthesis at gene level.
1)Hormone acts as first messenger : It is
attached to some integral protein at specific
receptor site on the surface of cell membrane
(of target cell). It stimulates adenyl cylase
MODULE -3
1. Offsprings produced by asexual 9. State the function of a vegetative propagule.
reproduction are referred to as clones. Why? Ans. The vegetative propagules are the asexual
Ans. Because offsprings produced by Asexual vegetative structures of the plant that are
reproduction is morphologically and genetically capable of giving rise to a new plant.
identical to parent.
10. How will you grow a banana and a ginger
2. Name the most invasive aquatic plant weed plant?
which is called as Terror of Bengal. Ans. The rhizomes of a banana and a ginger are
Ans. Water hyacinth (Eicchornia) used to propagate new plantlets.
11. Higher organism have resorted to sexual
3. How does Zygote usually differ from reproduction inspite of its complexity. Why?
Zoospore in terms of ploidy? Ans. Because of variations, gene pool, Vigour
Ans. Zygote diploid, zoospore haploid. and Vitality and Parental care.

4. Mention the main difference between the 12. Tapeworms posses both male and female
offspring produced by asexual reproduction reproductive organs. What is the name given
and progeny produced by sexual reproduction. to such organism? Give two more examples of
Ans. Offspring produced by asexual such organisms.
reproduction are genetically similar while Ans. Hermaphrodite; Examples : Earthworm,
progeny produced by sexual reproduction Leech.
exhibit genetic variation.
13. Study the relationship between first two
5. Which characteristic property of words and suggest a suitable word for fourth
Bryophyllum is exploited by gardeners and place.
farmers? (a) Male flower : Stamens :: Female
Ans. Adventitious bud arising from margin of Flower : .............................
the leaf. (b) Birds : oviparous ::
Primates : .............................
6. What represents the life span of an (c) Chlamydomonas : Zoospores ::
organism? Penicilium : .............................
Ans. The period from the birth to the natural (d) Ginger : Rhizome ::
death of an organism represents its life span. Agave : .............................
Ans. (a) Carpel (b) Viviparous
7. Which individuals can be termed as clones? (c) Conidia (d) Bulbil
Ans. The individuals who are morphologically
and genetically identical are called clones. 14. Bryophytes and Pteridophytes produce a
large number of male gametes but relatively
8. How do the following organisms reproduce: very few female gametes. Why?
Paramoecium and Penicillium? Ans. Because male gemete need medium
Ans. a) Paramoecium reproduces by the process (water) to reach egg/female gamete.A large
of binary fission. number of the male gametes fail to reach the
b) Penicillium reproduces with the help of female gamete.
asexual structures called conidia.
15. Enlist the significance of reproduction. Ans. Embryo sacSepals, Petals and Stamens dry
Ans. Significance of reproduction includes: and fall off. Zygote develops into embryo. Ovule
Propagation of species. develops into seed and ovary into fruit.
Sustenance of life on this planet.
Variation introduced during reproduction plays 21. Distinguish between gametogenesis and
a role in evolution of new species. embryogenesis.
Ans.
16. Why do hilly areas of Kerela, Karnataka Gametogenesis Embryogenesis
and Tamil Nadu transform into blue stretches 1. Formation of
that attracts many tourists? 1. Formation of gametes
embryo
Ans. Strobilanthus kunthiana which flowers only 2. Produces haploid
2. Embryo is diploid
once in every 12 years flowered in 2006 that gametes
3. Cell division is
resulted into transformation of the hilly tracks 3. Cell division is meiotic
mitotic.
of Kerela, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu into blue
stretches. 22. Fill the blank spaces a, b, c, and d given in
the following table.
17. Define ‘oestrus’ and ‘menstrual’ cycles. Ans.
Ans. Non- Primates like cows, sheep etc. show Organism Organ Gamete
certain cyclic changes during reproduction a Testes Spermatozoa
called oestrus cycle while Primates like apes, Human female b Ovum
humans the cycle is referred to as menstrual Plant (Angiosperm) c Pollen grains
cycle. Plant (pteridophytes) antheridium d
a = Human male b = ovary
18.What regulates the reproduction processes c = Anther d = Antherozoid
and the associated behavioural expressions in
organisms? 23. What are heterogametes? What do we call
Ans. Interaction between hormones and certain these gametes individually?
environmental factors regulate the Ans. Most of the sexually reproducing
reproductive processes and the associated organisms produce two morphologically distinct
behavioural expressions of organisms. gametescalled heterogametes.
The male gamete is called antherozoid or sperm
19. Mention the different stages of sexual and the female gamete is called egg or ovum.
reproduction.
Ans. The different stages in sexual reproduction 24. Why is syngamy a major event in sexual
include: reproduction?
Pre- fertilization events. Ans. The fusion of the male gamete with the
Fertilization. female gamete is called syngamy or fertilization
Post – fertilization events. andplays and important role in exchange of
20. Mention the site of zygote formation in the genetic material to introduce variation and
ovule of a flowering plant. What happens to results intoformation of diploid zygote.
sepals, petals and stamens after fertilisation?
State the fate of zygote, ovule and ovary in 25.What happens during embryogenesis?
these plants. Ans. Embryogenesis is the development of the
embryo. The zygote undergoes mitotic cell
division to increase the number of cells. It is similar to parent
followed by cell differentiation where the cells Vegegative propagation takes place when new
undergo certain modifications to form the individuals arise from vegetative part of parent
specialized tissues and organs to form the and have characters similar to that of parent
organism. plant.
(b) Sexual reproduction introduces variations in
26.Give any three differences between asexual offsprings and has evolutionary significance. It
and sexual reproduction. helps offsprings to adjust according to the
Ans. changes in environment. It produces better
ASEXUAL SEXUAL offsprings due to
REPRODUCTION REPRODUCTION Character combination.
1. There is involvement 1. Two sexually distinct 1 Marks Questions
of only one individual. individuals are involved. 29. In a young anther, a group of compactly
2. There is no 2. There is formation of arranged homogenous cells were observed in
formation of gamete. gametes. the centre of each microsporangium. What is
3. Syngamy and zygote 3. Syngamy and zygote the name given to these cells?
formation is absent. formation take place. Ans. Sporogenous tissue

27.Enlist the changes that occur post- 30. Give the scientific name of a plant which
fertilization in plants. came to India as a contaminant with imported
Ans. The various post- fertilization changes as wheat and causes pollen allergy.
observed in plants are Ans. Parthenium
The sepals, petals and stamens wither away.
The pistil remains attached to the plant. 31. Pollen grains of water pollinated species
The zygote develops into embryo, ovary have a special characteristics for protection
develops into fruit and the ovules develop into from water. What is that?
seeds. Ans. Presence of mucilagenous covering
28. (a) Distinguish between asexual and sexual
reproduction. Why isvegetative reproduction 32. Why are pollen grains produced in
also considered as a type of asexual enormous quantity in Maize?
reproduction? Ans. To ensure pollination because Maize is
(b) Which is better mode of reproduction : pollinated by wind.
Sexual or Asexual? Why?
Ans. (a) 33. In same species of Asteraceae and grasses,
Asexual seed are formed without fusion of gametes.
Sexual Reproduction Mention the scientific term for such form of
Reproduction
(i) Uniparental (i) Biparental reproduction.
(ii) Gametes are not (ii) Gametes are involved Ans. Apomixis
involved (iii) Meiosis at the time of
(iii) Only mitotic gamete 34. Arrange the following in correct
division takes formation and mitosis developmental sequence : Male gamete,
place after fertilisation Potential pollen mother cell, sporogenous
(iv) Offspring (iv) Offspring different tissue, Pollen grains, Microspore tetrad.
genetically from parent.
Ans. Sporogenous tissue Potential pollen and the generative cell; the vegetative cell and
mother cell microspore tetrad Pollen grain male the polar nuclei. This is referred to as double
gamete. fertilization.

35. If the diploid number of chromosomes in 42. What is sporopollenin?

an angiospermic plant is 16. Mention number Ans. The exine of the pollen grain is composed
of chromosomes in the endosperm and of a highly resistant organic chemical called
antipodal cell. sporopollenin.
Ans. Chromosomes in endosperm and 16
chromosomes in antipodal cell. 43. Name one plant each where pollination
occurs with the help of
36. What kind of structures is formed at the a) Water.
end of microsporogenesis and b) Bats
megasporogenesis? Ans. Water pollinated: Vallisneria and Hydrilla.
Ans. Microsporogenesis results into formation Bat pollinated: Anthocephalous and Bauhinia
of four haploid pollen grains arranged generally megalandra.
in a tetrahedral tetrad while Megasporogenesis
forms four megaspores arranged in linear 44. Why do most zygotes develop after certain
tetrad. amount of embryo is formed?
Ans. The zygote divides only after certain
37. What is funiculus? amount of endosperm is formed as it is an
Ans. The stalk of the ovule is called funiculus. adaptation to provide assured nutrition to the
developing embryo.
38. Define parthenocarpy.
Ans. Production and development of seedless 45. What is polyembryony?
fruit is called parthenocarpy. Ans. Polyembryony is the phenomenon of
formation of more than one embryo during the
39. What is microsporogenesis? development of seed.
Ans. The process that leads to the formation of
microspores from pollen mother cell through 46. Name the type of cross pollination in
meiosis is referred to as microsporogenesis. Vallisneria & Bougainvillea.
Ans. (i) vallisneria - Hydrophily
40. Why is emasculation done in the process of (ii) Bougainvillea - Entomophily
hybridization?
Ans. Emasculation that is the stamens are 47. How many haploid nuclei and haploid cells
removed prior to artificial hybridization to are present in female gametophyte of
ensure no undesirable pollens fall on the stigma angiosperm?
and the flower can be pollinated with the Ans. 8 – haploid nuclei and 7 – haploid cells.
desired pollen grains.
48. Mention the scientific term for the type of
41. What do you understand by double pollination which ensures Genetic
fertilization? Recombination.
Ans. Fertilization or fusion in the female Ans. Xenogamy or Allogamy
gametophyte happens at two cites: the egg cell
49. Which are the nuclei that fuse to form 56. Outer envelop of pollen grain made of a
endosperm? highly resistant substance. What is that
Ans. The second male gamete fuses with substance? At which particular point the
secondary nucleus (which is formed by fusion of substance is not present?
two polar nuclei) to form a triploid primary Ans. Sporopollenin; at germpore sporopollenin
endosperm. is absent.

50. Give an example of Bat – Pollinated flower. 57. Fruits generally develops from ovary, but in
Ans. Adansonia digitata. few species thalamus contributes to fruit
formation.
51. Why are pollen grains produced in (a) Name the two categories of fruits.
enormous quantity in maize? (b) Give one example of each.
Ans. because in maize, pollen grains are Ans. Two categories of fruits are
transferred through air Large quantity of pollen (i) True fruits e.g., Mango
grains are produced but only few of air-borne (ii) False fruit e.g., Apple
Pollen grains are entangled by protruding
stigma. 58. Among the animal, insects particularly bees
are the dominant pollinating agents. List any
52. Name the part of an angiosperm flower in four characteristic features of the insect
which development of male & female pollinated flower.
gametophyte takes place. Ans. i. Flowers are large.
Ans. Development of male gametophyte takes ii. Colorful petals of flower.
place in microspore in pollen grains & iii. Presence of fragrance.
development of female gametophyte occurs in iv. Rich in nectar.
megaspore in ovule.
59. Differentiate between geitonogamy and
53. Why apple is called a false fruit. Which part xenogamy.
of plant forms the fruit? Ans.
Ans. Apple is called a false fruit because it Geitonogamy Xenogamy
develops from ovary along with accessory floral 1. Transfer of pollen
plants e.g. Thalamus grains from 1.Transfer of Pollen
the another to stigma grains from
54. Name the part of plant producing seed & of another to stigma of
fruit after fertilization. another flower of the defferent
Ans. After fertilization, ovule develops into seed same plant.
& ovary develops into fruit. plant  
55. In angiospermic plant before formation of 2. Does not provide 2.Provide opportunity
microspore sporogenous tissue undergo cell opportunity for gametic
division for gametic recombination.
(a) Name the type of cell division. recombination.
(b) What would be the ploidy of the cells of
tetrad? 60. In the given figure of a dicot embryo, label
Ans. (a) meiosis division (b) haploid the parts (A) and (B) and give their function.
 (ii) b Cotyledon in seeds of grass family
(iii) Embryonal axis c
(iv) d Remains of nucellus in a seed.
Ans. a = wall of fruit, b = scutellum, c = shoot
and root tip, d = perisperm

64. Even though each pollen grain has two

male gametes. Why are at least 10 pollen
grains and not 5 pollen grains required to
fertilise 10 ovules present in a particular
carpel?
Ans. Because only one male gamete is involved
in syngamy. ie fursionof male gamete with egg
cell.
Ans. A = Plumule To form shoot system
B = Cotyledons Storage of food 65. Describe the structure of a
microsporangium with a neatly labeled
61. Name the parts A, B, C and D of the diagram.
anatropous ovule (Figure 2) given above. Ans. The structure of the microsporangium is as
Ans. A = Micropyle, B = Outer integument, C = follows:
Nucellus, D = Emnbryo sac It is almost circular with four wall layers.
The outer three layers: epidermis, endothecium
62. Given below is an incomplete flow chart and middle layers are protective in function and
showing formation of gamete in angiospermic help in dehiscence of anther to release pollen
plant. Observe the flow chart carefully and fill grains.
in the blank A, B, C and D. The inner tapetum nourishes the developing
embryo. Sporogenous tissue occupies the
central position.

Ans. A = Ovule/megasporangium, C = Tapetum

B = Megaspore mother cell, D = Pollen grains

63. Name the blank spaces a, b, c and d is the 66. Why pollen grains can remain well
table given below : Item What it represents in preserved as fossils?
the plant Ans. Pollen grains are well preserved as fossils
(i) Pericarp a because the exine of the pollens is composed of
a chemical, sporopollenin which can withstand conspicuous. The and inconspicuous. The
high temperature, strong acids and alkalies and anthers and the anthers and stigmas are
strong enzymes stigmas are exposed. never exposed.
2. Both self and cross 2. Only self pollination
67. How are the cells arranged in an embryo pollination can occur. is possible.
sac?
Ans. An embryo sac is a 7 celled and 8 72. Which type of pollination ensures the
nucleated structure. At the micropylar end is arrival of genetically different pollen grains to
present a group of three cells; two synergids stigma?
and one egg cell. The chalazal end consists of Ans. In xenogamy pollens from a different plant
three cells called antipodals. There is a central of the same species pollinate the stigma and
cell with two polar nuclei. thus ensure the arrival of genetically different
types of pollen grains on to the stigma.
68. Why are cleistogamous flowers invariably
autogamous? 73. What relationship exists between a species
Ans. In a cleistogamous flower, the flower never of moth and Yucca plant?
opens and when the anther dehisce in the bud Ans. There exists a relationship between moth
the pollen grains fall on the stigma of the same and Yucca plant. The moth deposits its egg in
flower and thus it is strictly autogamous. the locule of the ovary and in turn pollinates the
flower of the plant. The larvae develop from the
69. State any one advantage and disadvantage eggs as the seeds start developing.
of pollen grains to humans.
Ans. Advantage: Pollen grains are rich in 74. Differentiate between Geitonogamy &
nutrients and therefore in the western world Allogamy.
pollen tablets are used as food supplements. Ans.
Disadvantage: Pollens of many species cause GEITONOGAMY ALLOGAMY
severe allergies and bronchial afflictions leading i) It takes place
to chronicle respiratory disorder. i) It takes place between
between two flowers
anther & pistil of
of two different
70. State the characteristics of insect different flowers of
plants of same
pollinated flowers. same plant.
species.
Ans. The characteristics of an entomophilous ii) Bisexual flower are ii) Unisexual flowers
flower include: essential for are essential for
Petal and sepals well developed with attractive geitonogamy Allogamy.
colours to invite insects.
iii) Progenies do not iii) Progenies shows
Flowers are normally bigger in size with strong
show variation & are variations & are
odour.
genetically pure genetically impure

71. Differentiate between chasmogamous and

75. Draw a diagram of L.S. of an anatropous
cleistogamous flowers
ovule of an Angiosperm & label the following
Ans.
parts :-
Chasmogamous (i) Nucellus
Cleistogamous flower.
flower. (ii) Integument
1. The flowers are 1. The flowers are small (iii) Antipodal cells
(iv) Secondary Nucleus.
Ans.

76. Why is process of fertilization in flowering

plants referred to as double fertilization?
Ans. In flowering plants, the first male nuclei 79. Mention two strategies evolved lay flowers
fuses with egg to form a diploid zygote & to prevent self-pollination
Second male nuclei fuses with Secondary Ans. Two strategies evolved lay flowers to
nucleus to give rise to primary endosperm prevent self-pollination
nucleus – thus process of fertilization twice in (i) Dichogamy – In this, two reproductive organs
an embryo sac. & therefore called DOUBLE of a bisexual flower matures at different time
FERTILISATION. (ii) Self – sterility:-Pollen grains are unable to
germinate on stigma of same flower or flower
77.What are cleistogamous flowers? Can cross of same plant.
– pollination occurs in cleistogamous flowers.
Give reason? 80. What is apomixis? What is its importance?
Ans. In some Angiospermic plants eg. Ans. The development of reproductive
Commelina, Oxalis etc, flowers are bisexual & propagules without meiosis & syngamy is called
they never open. This condition is called apomixis. It is also called asexual reproduction.
cleistogamy & flowers are called cleistogamous It is a method of reproduction which produces
cleistogamous flowers are self – Pollination & to new individuals with the help of vegetative part
ensure this they never open Hence, cross of plant body.
pollination is not possible.
81. Draw a well labeled diagram of longitudinal
82. Draw a labeled diagram of mature embryo section of pistil showing pollen germination?
sac & label the following Ans.
i) Egg cell ii) Antipodal cells iii) Synergids iv)
Polar nuclei
Ans.
 division occurs during these events. Name the
structure formed at the end of these two
events.
Ans. Microsporogenesis Process of formation of
microspore from a Pollen mother cell.
Megsporogenesis Process of formation of
megaspore from megaspore mother cell.
Meiotic division in both Microsporogenesis
results in the formation of pollen grain while
megasporogenesis results in the formation of
megaspore.

87. Differentiate between microsporogenesis

and megasporogenesis.
Ans.
83. List the advantages of pollination to Microsporogenesis Megasporogenesis
angiospermic plants? 1. It is the formation of
1. it is the formation
Ans. Pollination leads to fertilization & haploid microspores or
of megaspores from
production of seeds & fruits which are pollen grains from the
the diploid megaspore
necessary for continuity of life. diploid microspore
mother cell.
i) It is important for new varieties of plants. mother cell.
ii) It is important for production of hybrid seeds. 2. The pollen grains are 2. The megaspores
iii) It helps in genetic recombination in plants. arranged in tetrahedral are arranged in linear
84. Continued self pollination lead to tetrad. tetrad.
inbreeding depression. List three devices, 3. Only one
which flowering plant have developed to 3. All the microspores megaspore is
discourage self pollination? are functional. functional. Others
Ans. (a) Release of pollen and stigma receptivity degenerate.
is not synchronised in some species
(b) Anther and stigma are at different 87. Explain the stages involved in the
position/heights in some plants maturation of a microspore into a pollen grain.
(c) Self-incompatibility a genetic mechenism. Ans. The microspore has a dense cytoplasm and
a prominent nucleus in the centre. As the
85. What will be the fate of following microspore matures the nucleus is pushed
structures in the angiospermic plant? Ovary towards the periphery due the formation of
wall, Ovule, zygote, outer integument Inner vacuoles in the upper end of the cytoplasm. The
integument and primary endosperm nucleus. nucleus divides mitotically to form two nuclei
Ans. Ovary wall = Pericarp ; Ovule = Seed, which separate out into two cells; the upper
Zygote - Embryo; Outer integument = Testa; bigger vegetative cell and the lower generative
Inner integument = Tegmen; Primary cell. A mature pollen grain normally has two
endosperm nucleus = Endosperm. cells.

86. Differentiate between microsporogenesis 88. What is triple fusion? Where does it occur?
and megasporogenesis. What type of cell
Ans. The nucleus of the vegetative cell of the a mature pollen grain has a vegetative cell and a
pollen grain fuse with the two polar nuclei of generative cell
the central cell of the female gametophyte fuse
to form the primary endosperm. This fusion is 91. Enlist the advantages offered by seeds to
known as vegetative fusion or triple fusion as it angiosperms.
involves three nuclei. It occurs in the central cell Ans. The significance or the importance of seed
of the egg apparatus. formation:
seed formation is associated with pollination
89. Explain the structure of an anatropous and fertilization that are independent of water
ovule with a neat labeled diagram? and therefore more dependable process.
Ans. An anatropous ovule consists of: it provides protection and nutrition to the
a stalk called funicle attached to the placenta. developing embryo.
the junction between the funicle and the ovule seeds are means of multiplication of higher
is called helium. plants. Being capable of perennation, it can
The ovule may be surrounded by one or more withstand variable climate.
integuments with an opening at the tip. The
opening is called the micropyle. 92. Give any three advantages of sexual
the opposite end of the micropyle is referred to incompatibility.
as chalazal end, the basal part of the ovule. Ans. Advantages of sexual incompatibility:
mass of cells known as nucellus is present it prevents self pollination.
within the integuments that contain normally it has made plants outbreeders and this
single embryo sac. maintain vigour and vitality of the race.
variations appear due to outbreeding provide
adaptability to the changes in the environment.

93. List any three differences between wind

pollinated flower & insect – pollinated flower.
Ans.
Insect Pollinated
Wind Pollinated flower
flower
i) Flowers are small & i) Flowers are brightly
colourless. coloured
ii) Flowers do not have ii) Flowers possess
scent or nectar nectar glands.
iii) Pollen grains are dry iii) Pollen grains are
90. Describe the structure of a pollen grain. & unwettable. sticky or Spiny.
Ans. The pollen grain is normally spherical with
iv) Stigma is large well- iv) Stigma is short & is
two wall layers.
exposed hairy & present within the
the outer layer is exine composed of highly
branched flower.
resistant organic substance called sporopollenin
which is absent at the aperture region called
94. Trace the development of microsporocyte
germ pore.
into mature pollen grains.
the inner layer is the in tine which is composed
Ans. i) When the anther is young, the
of cellulose and pectin.
microsporangium contains compactly arranged
homogenous cells forming the Sporogeneous
tissues.
Every cell of the sporogenous tissue is a
potential Pollen mother cell (PMC) & give rise to
microspore tetrad or Pollen grains.
But Some of them forego this Potential &
become differentiated into pollen or
microspore mother cell (MMC)
Each microspore mother cell undergoes meiosis
to form a cluster of four haploid cells called
microspore tetrad. (ii) We cannot use the term seeds for maize
As the anther matures, microspores dissociate grain because seed is not completely developed
from tetrad & develop into pollen grains. from embryo but retains a part of endosperm.
The nucleus of microspore undergoes mitosis to
form large vegetative cell & small generative 98. Trace the development of megasporocyte
cell. They develop a two layered wall – outer into mature ovule.
exine made up of sporopollenin & inner intine Ans. i. A single Megaspore mother cell is
made up of cellulose & pectin. Usually Pollen differentiated in the micropylar region of
grains are liberated at two celled stage. nucleus of an ovule & undergoes meiosis &
forms a cluster of haploid cells called
95. i) Explain the structure of a maize grain megaspore tetrad. Of these, soon three
with the help of a diagram degenerates & only one megaspore becomes
ii) Why cannot we use the term maize seeds functional
for maize grains? ii. Functional megaspore enlarges to form
Ans. (i) In grass family ( eg. Maize ) fruit is single embryo sac. Its nucleus undergoes mitotic
seeded where pericarp & seed coat are fused division & two nuclei move to opposite poles
together to form the husk. Just below husk, forming 2-nucleate embryo Sac.
there is a layer of cells called aleurone layer, iii. Two successive mitotic divisions in each of
with stores proteins. There is a large endosperm these two nuclei results in formation of 8-
that stores starch. The embryo lies on one side nucleate embryo sac.
of endosperm & consists of a single cotyledon iv. Three cells are grouped together at
called scutellum & embryonal axis. The region micropylar end to form egg apparatus.
of embryonal axis that points down ward from consisting of two synergids & a female egg cell .
point of attachment of cotyledons is radicle & is v. Three cells are grouped together at the
covered by protective sheath called coleorhiza. chalazal end, they are called antipodal cells.
The region of embryonal axis that points vi. The remaining two nuclei are called Polar
upward from point of attachment of cotyledon nuclei, they move to centre of embryo sac &
is plumule, it is covered by foliaceous sheath fuse to form Secondary nucleus.
called coleoptite Thus a typical angiospermic embryo sac is 8-
nucleate 7-celled
 101. How dose pollination takes place in
salivia. List any four adaptations required for
such type of pollination.
Ans. In salivia, entomophily or pollination lay
insects occurs. The flowers of salivia are
bilipped. Its upper lip consists of two petals &
lower lip consists of three petals. The lower lip
functions as sitting pad for insects. In normal
conditions, the connective remains upright.
When insect enters the tube of corolla towards
nectar sitting on lower lip, it pushes sterile
anther lobe which automatically brings about
fertile anther to touch the back of insects gets
the blow of fertile lobe. Pollen grains are dusted
on back feather & legs of insects.
ADAPTAIONS EOR ENTOMOPHILY :-
Flowers are brightly coloured.
Flowers possess nectar glands.
pollen grains are usually sticky & spiny
flowers are large – sized & stout
96. “Incompatibility is the natural barrier in 102. Draw the embryo sac of a flowering plants
fusion of gamete”. Justify this statement. and label :
Ans. Pollen grains of a plant species cannot (a) (i) Central Cell (ii) Chalazal end (iii)
germinate on stigma of other unrelated species Synergids
because both the species are incompatible & (b) Name the cell that develops into embryo
process is called pollen – pistil incompatibility. sac and explain how this cell leads to
In many angiospermic plants, it is seen that formation of embryo sac.
pollen grains germinate on stigma of unrelated (c) Mention the role played by various cells of
species but male gametes produced in pollen embryo sac.
tube cannot fertilize egg. This is called gametic (d) Give the role of filiform apparatus.s
incompatibility Self incompatibility can be Ans. (a)
achieved by any of the following ways :-
Pollen Stigma interaction: - In this
phenomenon, pollen grains fails to germinate
on Stigma because of incompatibility.
Pollen tube style interaction: - In this
phenomena, pollen grains become able to
germinate on stigma & pollen tube penetrate
stigmatic surface but due to incompatibility
growth of pollen tube within stigma & style is
inhibited.
Pollen – ovule interaction: - pollen tube
successfully pierces & grows within style & its
growth is inhibited at micropyle of ovule.
 103. Explain the development of embryo in a
dicotyledonous plant with neatly labeled
diagrams.
Ans. The embryo develops at the micropylar
end where the zygote is located. The zygote
(b) Functional Megaspore starts developing only after certain amount of
(c) Egg : Fuses with male gamete to form zygote endosperm is formed to assure nutrition to the
or future embryo embryo. The zygote divides mitotically to form
Synergid : Absorption of nutrient, attract and various stages including pro- embryo, globular,
guides pollen tube. heart shaped and finally the mature embryo
Central Cell : After fusion with second male
gamete forms Primary endosperm cell which
gives rise to Endosperm
(d) Guides the entry of pollen tube.

97. Explain the formation of an embryo sac

with diagrams.
Ans.
The functional megaspore grows in size.
The nucleus divides mitotically to form two
nuclei which move to opposite poles.
Each nucleus at the poles undergoes two
mitotic divisions to form four nuclei in each pole
or a total of 8 nuclei. 104.Describe the post-fertilization changes
two nuclei from each pole move to the centre taking place in a flowering plant?
to form the polar nuclei.
the other nuclei, three at each pole get
surrounded by bit of cytoplasm to form cells.
the female gametophyte or the embryo sac
thus has 7 cells and eight nuclei.
 105.Trace the events that would take place in
flower from the time of Pollen grain of species
Ans. The major events taking place in a fall on stigma up To completion of fertilization.
flowering plant after fertilization:-
(i) DEVELOPMENT OF ENDOSPERM:- Endosperm
development proceeds embryo development .
The most common method of endosperm
development is nuclear type where triploid
endosperm (PEN) undergoes repeated mitotic
divisions without cytokinesis – Subsequently
cell wall formation occurs from periphery &
endosperm store food materials which is later
used up by embryo.
(ii) DEVELOPMENT OF EMBRYO :- The zygote
divides lay mitosis to for a pro-embryo first .
Later development results in formation of
globular & heart shaped embryo & that
ultimately become horseshoe – shaped embryo
with one or more cotyledons. In dicot embryo,
the portion of embryonal axis about the level of
attachment is epicotyl & it terminates into
plumule while portion of embryonal axis below
the level of attachment is hypocotyl & Ans. GERMINATION OF POLLEN GRAINS ON
terminates into radicle. STIGMA
The pollen grains absorb fluid present on stigma
& swell up. The exine ruptures at the place of
germ pore & intine comes out in the form of
tube with its internal contents. This small
tubular structure is called pollen tube & process
is called pollen germination.
 ii) What is polyembryony? Give an example.
iii) In fruits, what is formed from following parts
:-
a) Ovary wall
b) Outer integument
c) Inner integument
d) zygote
e) primary endosperm
f) Ovary
g) Nucellus
ii) Entry of pollen tube into Ovule: - The entry of Ans. (i) Zygote remain dominant for sometime
pollen tube into ovule occurs through micropyle in a fertilized ovule because embryo develops
or chalaza or through lateral sides of ovule. after formation of endosperm therefore zygote
Only one pollen tube enters inside the embryo wants for formation of endosperm which
sac of an ovule. Normal two synergids are supplies food material for developing embryo
destroyed while entry of pollen tube into (ii) The presence of more than one embryo in a
embryo sac. seed is called polyembryony eg. Sometimes
iii) Discharge of Mate Gametes :- After enter of more than one embryo is formed within an
pollen tube both the male gametes discharged embryo sac either by cleavage or splitting of
into embryo sac by either forming two pores egg, synergid, antipodal or endosperm.
into pollen tube & each male gamete is (iii) In fruits, the following is formed from given
discharged through every pore or sometime parts:-
pollen tube may burst & release the male a) Ovary wall
gametes into embryo sac. b) Outer integument
c) Inner integument
d) zygote
e) primary endosperm
f) Ovary
g) Nucellus

107. Failure of testes to descend into scrotal

sacs leads to sterility. Why?
iv) Fertilization:- The fusion of first male gamete Ans. High temperature of abdomen kills the
(n) with egg (n) is called fertilization. It results in spermatogenic tissue of the testes, so no sperm
formation of a diploid zygote (2n). The second are formed.
male gamete fuses with secondary nucleus (2n)
to form triploid endosperm nucleus (3n). This 108. Both vaccine and colostrum produce
fusion between second male gamete & immunity. Name type of immunity produced
secondary nuclei is triple fusion. Since process by these.
of fertilization occurs twice. It is called double Ans. Vaccine Active immunity Colostrum
fertilization. Passive immunity.

106. i)Why is zygotes dominant for sometime

in fertilized ovule.
109. How many sperms will be produced from
10 primary spermatocytes and how many eggs 117. The vigorous contraction of the uterus that
will be produced from 10 primary oocytes? results into the delivery of the child at the end
Ans. 40 sperms, 10 eggs. of pregnancy is called parturition.

110. The spermatogonial cell has 46 118. Where does fertilization normally takes
chromosomes in human male. Give the place in a human female.
number of chromosomes in Ans. Ampulla (fallopian tube).
(a) Primary spermatocyte (b) Spermatid
Ans. (a) 46 in Primary spermatocyte 119. Name the substance present in the sperm
(b) 23 in spermatid. acrosome & which help in sperms entry into
egg.
111. In ovary which structure transforms as Ans. Acrosome contains enzymes e.g.
corpus luteum and name the hormone secreted hyaluronidase that helps in dissolving
by corpus luteum? membrane of ovum.
Ans. Follicular cells of empty Graafian follicle.
Progesterone. 120. Name the layer of cells that forms the
outer wall of blastocyst.
112. “Each and every coitus does not results in Ans. Trophoblast.
fertilisation and pregnancy”. Justify the
statement. 121. At what stage is the mammalian embryo
Ans. Ovum and sperm should reach implanted in uterus?
simultaneously to the ampullary – isthmic Ans. Blastocyst stage.
junction.
122. Despite the presence of So many sperms
113. Why are male testes located outside the in the vicinity of an egg cell, only one sperm
abdominal cavity? enters the ovum. Why?
Ans. The male testes are located in the scrotum Ans. Because when a sperm comes in contact
outside the abdominal cavity as the scrotum with ovum (zona pellucida) & induces changes
provides low temperature than the normal in membrane to block entry of other sperms.
body temperature required for
spermatogenesis. 123. How many polar bodies are given out in
production of one egg during cogenesis?
114. State the function of leydig cells. Ans. Two polar bodies
Ans. The leydig cells synthesise and secrete 124. Give the function of
testicular hormones called androgens. (a) Corpus luteum
(b) Endometrium
115. Where do we find fimbriae? Ans. Corpus luteum : It secretes progesterone
Ans. Fimbriae are finger like projections found which prepares endometrium of uterus for
in the edges of the infundibulum. implantation and normal development of
foetus.
116. What is semen? Endometrium : It undergoes cyclic changes
Ans. The seminal plasma along with the sperms during menstrual cycle and prepares itself for
constitutes semen. implantation of blastocyst.
 with stimulate enlargement of Endometrium of
125. In the given figure, give the name and uterus.
functions of parts labeled A and B. (b) During this phase, Corpus luteum is fully
formed and secretes large quantity of
Progestrone.

128. What is meant by L.H. Surge? Write the

role of L.H.
Ans. There are three phases in your menstrual
cycle – follicular phase, ovulatory phase and
luteal phase. In terms of the luteinizing
hormone (LH) surge, the ovulatory phase is
most important. During the follicular phase the
follicle develops at the beginning of the
Ans. A = Trophoblast Gets attached to
menstrual cycle. This cycle begins with the
endometrium and draws nutritive material
menstrual period, the shedding of the iuterine
secreted by uterine endometrium gland.
lining and the shedding cleanses the lining of
B = Inner cell mass Differentiates as Embryo.
the uterus in preparation for ovulation during
the ovulatory phase.
126. Given below is an incomplete flow chart
showing influence of hormone on
128. Explain significance of the condition in
gametogenesis in male, observe the flow chart
which the testes remain suspended in scrotum
carefully and fill in the blank A, B, C and D.
outside the abdomen.
Ans. Human sperm cells cannot develop at body
temperature. Spermatogenesis and
maintenance of the seminiferous tubules
requires a temperature slightly lower than that
of the body. This is provided by the scrotum,
which lies outside the abdominal cavity.

129. Describe the structure of a sperm with a

diagram.
Ans. The human sperm is a microscopic
structure with a head, middle piece and a tail.
Ans. A = Testosterone; B = Spermatogenesis
The head has the haploid nucleus and an
C = Sertoli cells; D Spermiogenesis
anterior acrosome that contains the enzymes
required for the fertilization of the egg. The
127. Give reason for the following :
middle piece has numerous mitochondria to
(a) The first half of the menstrual cycle is called
produce the energy for the mobility of the tail
follicular phase as well as proliferative phase.
of the sperm.
(b) The second half of the menstrual cycle is
called luteal phase as well as secretory phase.
Ans. (a) During this phase, primary follicles
transform into Graafian follicle under FSH
stimulation. Graafian follicles secrete estrogens
 which promotes development of accessory
glands & control male secondary sexual
characters.

134. Draw well labeled diagram of T.S. of

ovary?
Ans.

130. Enlist any two functions of a female

placenta.
Ans. The structural and the functional unit
between the developing embryo and the
mother called placenta facilitates the supply of
nutrients, oxygen to the embryo and also the
removal of carbon dioxide and other excretory 135. Why testes of human males are
products produced by the embryo. It also acts considered extra abdominal? What is the
as endocrine tissue and produces several significance of this condition?
hormones Ans. Testis in human males are called extra-
abdominal because testis are located outside
131. What is the number of chromosomes in the abdominal cavity in a pouch called scrotum
the following cells? Primary oocyte, secondary which provides a temperature 2-3oC lower than
oocyte, ootid and follicle. body temperature necessary for
Ans. The number of chromosome in the cells is spermatogenesis.
as follows:
Primary oocyte: 23 pairs. Secondary oocyte: 23. 136. Draw a diagram of the T.S. of
Ootid: 23. Follicle: 23 pairs. seminiferous tubule of testis of an adult
human male & label any four parts in it.
132. What is corpus luteum. How dose it
functions as endocrine gland?
Ans. After ovulation, the graffian follicle
ruptures & forms corpus luteum. Corpus luteum
functions as endocrine glands as they secrete
progesterone & estrogen in large quantities.

133. Where are leydig cells located? What do

they secrete?
Ans. Leydig cells or interstitial cells are located
in between the sominiferous tubules. Leydig
cells secrete male sex hormone TESTOSTERONE
Ans. Ans. (b) Foetal ejection reflex
(c) The reflex triggers release of oxytocin
(f) Expulsion of the baby out through birth
canal.

140. The events of the menstrual cycle are

represented below. Answer the following
questions.

137. What is colustrum? What is its

significance to new born baby?
Ans. The milk secreted from mammary glands
just after birth for 2 or 3 days is called
colustrum. It is rich in proteins & low in fats. It (i) State the levels of FSH, LH and Progesterone
also contains antibody IgA which provides simply by mentioning high or low around 13th
immunity to new born infant. and 14th day and 21st to 23rd day.
138. Mention the name and role of hormones (ii) In which of the above mentioned phases
which are involved in regulation of gamete does egg travel to fallopian tube?
formation in human male. (iii) Why there is no mensuration after
Ans. GnRH : Stimulates adenophysis to secrete fertilisation?
gonadotrophins. Ans. (i) 13-14th day 21st -23rd day
GSH : Stimulates Sertoli cells to secrete factors FSH - High Low
while help inspermatogenesis. LH - High Low
ICSH : Stimulates interstitial cells to secrete Progesterone - Low High
testosterone. (ii) End of follicular or proliferative phase.
(iii) Menstruation does not occur during
139. Three of the steps of neuro endocrine pregnancy upon fertilization due to high level of
mechanism in respect of parturition are progestenone secreted by persisting corpus
mentioned below. luteum and Placenta.
Write the missing steps in proper sequence.
(a) Signals originate from fully developed 141. (a) Read the graph given below. Correlate
foetus and placenta. the ovarian events that take place in the
(b) ______________________________. human female according to the level of the
(c) ______________________________. pituitary hormone during the following day.
(d) Oxytocin causes strong uterine contraction
(e) Uterine contraction stimulates further
secretion of oxytocin.
(f) ______________________________.
 Ans. The male accessory glands include paired
seminal vesicles, a prostrate gland and paired
bulbourethral glands.
These glands secrete seminal plasma rich in
fructose, calcium and certain enzymes.
Secretions of bulbourethral glands help in
lubrication of the penis.

144. Explain the menstrual cycle with a

(i) 10th - 14th days (ii) 14th -15th days diagram.
(iii) 16th - 23th days (iv) 25th - 29th days Ans. Menstrual cycle has three phases:
(If the ovum is not fertilised) menstrual, proliferative and secretory.
(b) What are the uterine events that follow a) Menstrual Phase: The phase lasts for 3-5 days
beyond 29th day if the ovum is not fertilised? in human females and during this period the
Ans. (a) (i) Gonadotropins and FSH increases endometrial lining of the uterus is cast off and is
(ii) LH attains peak level but FSH decreases slowly passed out from vagina as a mixture of
(iii) LH and FSH level decreases blood.
(iv) LH remains low and FSH increases. b) Proliferative or Follicular Phase: It lasts for 11
(b) After 29th day there is a mentrual flow days between 6th to 16th day of the cycle.
involving discharge of blood and cast off During this phase one ovarian follicle is changed
endometrium lining. into Graafian follicle and the endometrial layer
is rebuilt along with repair of the ruptured
142. T.S. of mammalian testis revealing blood vessels. Estrogen increases. It ends with
seminiferous tubules show different types of ovulation.
cell. c) Secretory Phase: It lasts for 12 days between
(i) Name the two types of cells of germinal 17-28 days. The Graafian follicle is converted to
epithelium. Corpus Luteum. The endometrium grows and
(ii) Name of cells scattered in connective tissue thickens further. Progesterone increases. It end
and lying between seminiferous tubules. with the conversion of corpus luteum to corpus
Differentiate between them on the basis of albic
their functions.
Ans. (i) Germinal epithelium have two types of
cell. 1. Spermatogonium. 2. Sertoli cells
(ii) Leydig cells or Interstitial cells.
Functions
Spermatogonium undergoes meiotic division
leading to sperm formation.
Sertoli cell : Nourishes germ cells
Leydig cell : Synthesise and Secrete hormone
androgen.

143. What are the various male accessory

glands? Give their function.
 Ans. The sperm carries the genetic information
from the father in form of 23 chromosomes
(including the male sex chromosome X or Y)
while the egg bears the genetic information
from the mother (including the female sex
chromosome X). Thus during fertilization the
fusion of the male and the female gametes
produce new genetic combination which
introduces variation in the progeny. The zygote
or the fertilized egg contain the genetic
information which accordingly controls the
development of the embryo.

147. Briefly describe the stages of

spermatogenesis in human?
Ans. Spermatogenesis consists of two phases:-
I. FORMATIDN OF SPERMATIDS :- It further
consist of 3 phases
Multiplication phase :- undifferentiated germ
cells undergo repeated division to produce
sperm mother cell or spermatogonia.
Growth phase :- Spermatogonia increase in
volume & is now called PRIMARY
145. Differentiate between spermatogenesis
SPERMATOCYTES.
and oogenesis.
Maturation phase: - primary spermatocyte
Ans.
undergoes meiosis I to produce small size
Spermatogenesis
haploid secondary spermatocyte secondary
1. It occurs inside the testes.
spermatocyte divides by meiosis – II & forms
2. All the stages are completed inside the testes. haploid Spermatids.
II.FORMATION OF SPERMS :- The
3. Spermatogonia develop from the germinal epithelium
tramsformation or differentiation of spermatids
lining in the seminiferous tubules.
into spermatozoa or sperm is called
4. All spermatogonia give rise to spermatocytes. spermiogenesis & occurs under the influence of
5. Primary spermatocytes divide by meiosis I to give rise FSH
to
two secondary spematocytes
6. Secondary spermatocyte divides by meiosisII to give rise
to two spermatids.
7. Each spermatid differentiates into spermatozoan or
sperm.
8. The sperms formed are motile.

146. ‘A fertilized egg is the blue print of future

development’. Explain
 149. A sperm has just fertilized a human egg in
the fallopian tube. Trace the events that the
fertilized eggs will undergoes upto
148. Describe the hormonal control of human implantation of blastocyst in the uterus.
male reproduction system with the help of a Ans. 1. CLEAVAGE :-Fertilized egg starts dividing
flow chart & highlight the inhibitory & lay specific mitotic divisions called cleavage. The
stimulatory directions in it? zygotes undergoes mitotic division in the
Ans. i) Spermatogenesis is initiated due to an isthmus of oviduct to form daughter cell the
increase in the secretion of Gonadotropin cells formed as a result of cleavage called
releasing hormone from hypothalamus at the blastomere
age of puberty. 2. BLASTOCYST :- 3-4 days after fertilization, the
The increased levels of GnRH act on anterior morula twins into large mass of cells called
pituitary& stimulate the secretion of two blastocyst Outer peripheral cells enlarge &
gonadotropins i-e. leuteinizing hormone (LH) & flatten further & form trophoblast. Trophoblast
follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) cells secretes a fluid into interior & form a
LH acts on leydig cells & stimulate them to cavity called blastocoel. The embryonic stage
secrete testosterone with blastocoels is called blastula.
FSH acts on sertoli cells & stimulate secretion of
some factors help in spermiogenesis
 151.

150. Where oogenesis does takes place.

Describe the stages of this process?
Ans. The process of formation & maturation of
ovum is called oogenesis. It takes place in ovary
& is initiated during embryonic development of
female foetus. It consists of 3 phases :--
Multiplication phase :- The primordial germ
cells divide by meiosis to produce oogonia.
These oogonia divide lay repeated mitotic
divisions forming clusters. In each cluster only
one of them enters into growth phase & is Ans. (i) ’D’ Spermatids = undergo
called primary oocyte. spermiogenesis
Growth phase :- Growth phase occurs only after (ii) ‘A’= Spermatogonium; B = Primary
attainment of puberty. It involves – increase in spermatocyte
size of oocyte to many folds & synthesis of you. (iii) ‘B’ = Diploid E = Haploid
Maturation phase :- The first division is meiotic (iv) ‘F’ = Sertoli cells - Nutrition to germ cells
as a result two haploid (n) cells are produced. In (v) Mitosis in Cell ‘A’, Meiosis in cell ‘B’
this division, cytobinesis is unequal, large
daughter cell with almost all cytoplasm is called 152. Explain the development of human
secondary oocyte & smaller me with less embryo with diagrams.
cytoplasm is called polar body. The secondary Ans. The Fusion of the sperm and the egg in
oocyte then undergoes second meiotic division humans result into formation of the diploid
to form an ovum & second polar body. structure called zygote. The zygote starts
dividing mitotically as it moves through the
oviduct into the uterus to form 2,4,8,16
daughter cells called blastomeres. The stage is
called morula. The Morula divides further and the growth of follicles. Both FSH & LH reach
differentiates into blastocysts. The outer layer their peak level in middle of cycle (14th day)
of blastomeres called trophoblast gets attached OVULATORY PHASE :- The level of LH hormones
to the endometrial layer of the uterus. reaches its peak (called LH swing) induces the
The uterine wall divides and encloses the ruptures of mature Graffian follicle & there by
blastocysts and this is referred to as release of ovum
implantation. Luteal phase :- The LH & FSH hormones begins
The inner layer of blastomeres in the to decline. After ovulation, the follicle becomes
blastocysts gives rise to the embryo. to ruptures & is transformed into corpus
Luteum which secretes large quantities of
progesterone

153. What is menstruation? What are the

specific actions of FSH, LH, estrogen &
progesterone in menstrual cycle?
Ans. During menstrual phase of menstrual cycle
which starts on 28th day the endometrial lining
of female genital tract break down due to lack
of progesterone As a result bleeding occurs.
This monthly flow of blood is caller
menstruation.
During menstrual cycles, the various changes
occurs in the ovary under the influence of
various hormones :-
Menstrual phase :- The levels of hormones LH
,FDH estrogen & progesterone is very less which
results in breakdown of endometrial lining of 154. A woman has conceived & implantation
uterus. has occurred within her uterus. Discuss the
Follicular phase :- In this phase , the levels of sequence of changes up to parturition which
pituitary hormones FSH & LH increases which will take place within her body under the
causes ovarian hormone estrogen to release,. influence of various hormones.
FSH controls the follicular phase , it stimulates Ans. The following changes takes place in the
body of women after implantation :-
The trophoblast differentiates into two layers
outer layer secretes enzymes to dissolve the
endometrium of uterus.
The inner layer grows out as finger – like
projections called chorionic villi into uterine
stoma. The chorionic villi & the uterine tissue
become inter digitated to form structural &
functional unit called placenta.
Placenta secretes hormones like HCG, HPL ,
estrogen & progesterone that are necessary to
maintain pregnancy
Umbilical cord, the structure that connects the
placenta with the foetus is formed.
Simultaneously, inner cell mass differentiates
into outer layer called ectoderm & inner layer
called endoderm. & a middle layer called
mesoderm appears between ectoderm &
endoderm. 162. Give the term for prenatal diagnostic
The primary germ layers give rise to all the technique aimed to know the sex of
tissues & organs of the adults e.g. after one developing foetus and to detect congenital
month heart is formed & after second month disorders.
digits & limbs are formed. Ans. Amniocentesis.
By the end of ninth month of pregnancy, foetus
is completely developed & is ready for delivery. 163. After a successful in vitro fertilisation, the
During parturition, ovary secretes a hormone fertilised egg begins to divide. Where is this
called relaxin that facilitates parturition which egg transferred before it reaches the 8-celled
softens the connective tissue. Mild contraction stage and what is this technique called?
called foetal ejection reflex is induced. This Ans. Fallopian tube; Zygote intra fallopian
triggers release of oxytocin from posterior transfer (ZIFT)
pituitary. Oxytocin induces stronger leads to
expulsion of baby from uterus, through birth 164. Give the term for rapid population
canal. growth.
Ans. Population explosion.

165. Name the fluid from which foetal cells are

extracted for chromosomal analysis.
Ans. Amniotic fluid.

166. Give technical name of female used to

bring up in vitro fertilized egg to maturity.
Ans. Surrogate mother.

167. Name the oral contraceptive developed

by CDRI, Lucknow.
Ans. Saheli effectiveness of this method in terms of
period/duration?
155. What is the WHO’s interpretation of Ans. (a) Ovulation and menstrual cycle do not
reproductive health? occur during the period of intense lactation
Ans. WHO defines reproductive health as total following parturition. Therefore, as the mother
well being in all respects of reproduction breast feeds, chances of conception are nil.
including physical, emotional, behavioural and (b) It is effective only upto a maximum period of
social. six months following parturition.

156. Why has the Government imposed a 169. How are non medicated IUD’S different
statutory ban on amniocentesis? from hormone releasing IUD’S? Give examples.
Ans. The Government has banned Ans. (a) Non medicated IUDs = Lippes loop,
amniocentesis to check on the incidences of Copper releasing IUDS (CuT, Multiload 375) ®
female foeticides. These increase phagocytosis of sperms within
uterus and release copper ions which suppress
157. Expand MTP and ICSI. sperm motility and fertilizing capacity of sperm.
Ans. MTP: Medical Termination of Pregnancy. (b) Hormone releasing IUDs - Progestasert, LNG-
ICSI: Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm Injection. 20 -These makes uterus unsuitable for
implantation and the cervix hostile to sperms.
158. What is lactational amenorrhoea?
Ans. It refers to absence of menstruation during 170. What are implants? How do they help in
period of intense lactation. preventing fertilisation?
Ans. The structures which contain hormones
159. Write the scientific name of causative like progesterone and estrogen and are placed
agents of :-- under the skin.
i) Syphillis
ii) Gonorrhoea. 171. Briefly explain two natural barriers for
Ans. (i) Treponema Pallidum birth control.
(ii) Neisseria Gonorrhoea Ans. Periodic abstinence – couple should avoid
coitus from 10th to 17th day of menstrual cycle.
160. Name the technique by which one can Coitus interruptus – Male partner withdraws his
disorder any possible chromosomal or penis from the vagina just before ejaculation of
metabolic disorders in foetus. semen.
Ans. Amniocentesis.
172. Enlist any four possible reasons for
161. Expand the following :-- infertility in human beings.
i) GIFT Ans. Physical, congenital disease, Drugs,
ii) ICSI Immunological and even psychological (any
iii) IUCD four).
Ans. (i) Gamete Intrafallopian transfer.
(ii) Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm injection 173. What does GIFT represent?
(iii) Intra uterine contraceptive devices. Ans. It is the introduction of two unfertilized
168. Lactational Amenorrhea is a method of oocytes and several sperms into the fallopian
contraception Justify. What is the maximum tube of a woman desirous to be a mother
through laproscope. The eggs may be hers or a 179. What are MTPs ? Under what conditions
donor’s. The sperms may be of her husband’s or MTPs are legally permitted?
of a donor. Fertilisation occurs in vivo and the Ans. MTP refers to as medical termination of
development of the foetus takes place through pregnancy. It is legalized in our country only:-
natural process. in case of rape.
in case of casual unprotected intercourse
174. How does Cu- T act as a contraceptive? in case pregnancy is harmful for foetus or for
Ans. It is an intrauterine device having ionized mother.
copper. The copper diffuses into the uterus and
brings about the release of toxic cytokines. They 180. Describe the technique which is used for
inhibit sperm motility and therefore fertilization sex determination in foetus?
of ovum. Ans. Amniocentesis is the prenatal diagnosis in
which sample of amniotic fluid from womb of a
175. Mention any four probable reasons for pregnant women is taken during early stages of
the rapid rise of population in our country? foetal development, the cells are cultured &
Ans. The probable reasons could be: analyzed to determine the sex of foetus.
Steady decline in the death rate due to
improved health services. 182. What are test tube babies? Are they
Early marriages especially in certain rural areas. different from normal babies?
Lack of education among the poor and they fail Ans. The baby produced lay conceiving eggs &
to understand the ill effects of a large family. sperms in a culture tube (envitro fertilization) &
Longer life span. nursing in the uterus is called a test – tube
baby. They are same as normal babies only the
176. Identify the device used for the following fertilization for such zygote occurs in in-vitro
methods of birth control: Barrier, IUD, Surgical conditions.
technique and Administering hormone.
Ans. Barrier: Condom, IUD: Copper –T, Surgical 183. Mention any four objectives of RCHC.
technique: Vasectomy or Tubectomy, Ans. RCHC refers to a popular programme
Administering Hormone : Oral Pill. called “Reproductive & child health care (RCHC)
& the major tasks under these programmes
177. What are STDs? Mention any two of it. are :-
Ans. Diseases or infections transmitted through Creating awareness about various reproduction
sexual intercourse are collectively called related aspects eg. STDs, birth control methods.
Sexually Transmitted Diseases or STDs. Ex: Providing facilities & support for building up
Syphilis and Gonorrhoea. reproductive healthy society.
Educating people about care of pregnant
178. “Removal of Gonads cannot be a women, important of breast feeding.
contraceptive option”. Why? awareness about sex abuse & sex related
Ans. Because in this methods, gonads are crimes
surgically removed it will lead to infertility & 184. Give another name for sexually
both male & female will be dependent on transmitted diseases. Name two sexually
hormones in their remaining life to regulate transmitted diseases which are curable and
functioning of many reproductive org. two diseases which are not curable.
Ans. Veneral disease (VD)/Reproductive tract (iv) Avoid sharing of injections needles and
infection (RTI) syringes and surgical instruments.
Curable : Syphilis, Gonorrhoea
Non Curable : Hepatitis B, AIDS, Genital herpes 188. What are the disturbing trends observed
regarding MTP?
185. Differentiate between Vasectomy and Ans. Majority MTP’s performed illegally by
Tubectomy. unqualified quacks, missuse for female
Ans. foeticide.
  Vasectomy   Tubectomy
Method of Method of sterilisation 189. Enlist any three causes of infertility in
sterilisation in in men and women.
1. Ans. Reasons for infertility in men and women
males females.
  1. are:
Vasa defferentia of Fallopian tube of both
2.  
both sides are
  2. 190. State the consequences of over
sides are cut and cut and tied.
3.   population.
tied Prevent movement of
  3. Ans. The consequences of overpopulation are :
Prevents egg at
  An increase demand and therefore pressure on
movement of cut end.
sperms at cut end.   the natural resources.
An increase in the level of pollution.
186. Name the techniques which are employed More number of unemployment, poor
in following cases : infrastructure and pressure on the country’s
(a) Transfer of an ovum collected from a donor economy.
into the fallopian tube of another female who
cannot produce ova but can provide suitable 191 . Differentiate between natality rate and
environment for fertilisation and mortality rate.
development. Ans.
(b) Embryo is formed in laboratory in which Mortality rate
Natality rate ( Birth rate)
sperm is directly injected into ovum. ( Death rate)
(c) Semen collected either from husband or a 1. It is the number of
1. It is the number of
healthy donor is artificially introduced either deaths per one
births per one thousand
into vagina or uterus. thousand individuals
individuals per year.
Ans. (a) Gamete intra fallopian transfer. per year.
(b) Intra cytoplasmic sperm injection 2. It is the rate at which
2. it is the rates at
(c) Intra uterine insemination. the new members are
which the
added to the population
individuals die out.
187. Mention the various precautions one has by reproduction.
to take in order to protect himself/herself 3. It increases population 3. It decreases
form STDs. size and population population size and
Ans. (i) Avoid blood transfusion from an density. population density.
infected person.
(ii) Avoid sex with an unknown partner or 192. Explain any one natural method of birth
multiple partners. control.
(iii) Always use condom.
Ans. One of the natural methods of birth SURGICAL METHODS :- blocks transport of
control is Periodic abstinence or Rhythm gametes & thereby conception.
method. The couple avoids or abstains from Vasectomy :- small portion of vas deferens is
coitus from day 10 to 17 of the menstrual cycle removed or tied up through incision in scrotum.
because ovulation occurs during this period and Tubectomy :- small portion of fallopian tube is
therefore the period is highly fertile. The removed or tied up through vagina.
method is based on the facts the ovum remains
alive for 1-2 days and the sperm remains alive 195. Suggest some methods to assist infertile
for about 3 days. The effectiveness of this couples to have children?
method is limited as most of the women have Ans. Three are special techniques called
irregular menstrual cycle. Assisted Reproductive Technologies (ART) to
help infertile couples to have children:-
193. Give three differences between Test tube Baby Programme :- In this method,
tubectomy and vasectomy. ova from wife or donor female & Sperm from
Ans. husband are allowed to fuse under simulated
Vasectomy Tubectomy conditions in the laboratory it is called In-vitro
1. It is a sterilization 1. It is a sterilization fertilization (IVF). The zygote is then transferred
technique for men. technique for women. into uterus or fallopian tube this process is
2. The two vasa called embryo transfer (ET)
2. The two oviducts are Gamete Intra fallopian Transfer (GIFI) :- It
differentia are cut and
cut and tied up. involves transfer of an ovum collected from a
tied up.
3. Passage of sperms is 3. Passage of ova is donor female into another female who cannot
prevented. prevented. produce ova but can provide suitable condition
for fertilization
194. Describe the three manners in which Artificial Insemination: - In this method semen
fertilization of human ovum by sperm can be is collected from the husband or a healthy
prevented? donor & is artificially introduced into vagina or
Ans. I. NATURAL METHODS : avoiding chances uterus.
of meeting between the gametes.
Periodic Abstinence :-couples avoid coitus from 195. Briefly explain the various reproductive
10-17th day of menstrual cycle when ovulation technologies to assist an infertile couple to
is expected. have children.
Lactational Amenorrhoea :- absence of Ans. Assisted Reproductive Technology (ART)
menstruation during intense lactation. includes in vitro fertilization-embryo transfer
II. BARRIER METHODS :- ovum & sperms are (IVF-ET), gamete intrafallopian transfer (GIFT),
prevented from coming closer with the help of zygote intrafallopian transfer (ZIFT), and frozen
barriers. embryo transfer (FET). These techniques also
Condoms :- barriers made up of thin rubber or apply to oocyte donation and gestational
latex sheath to cover penis in makes or cervix in carriers. Approximately 99 percent of ART
females. cycles performed are IVF-ET. IVF-ET has helped
Diaphragms cervical caps :- made up of rubber many couples conceive successfully. ART may
& are reusable be recommended when other treatments (such
Spermicidal creams along with these barriers as intrauterine insemination) have not been
successful or when there is severe male factor
infertility, severe endometriosis or tubal
obstruction. 203. Name one trait each in humans & in
196. Give any two reasons for the selection of drosophila whose genes are located on sex
pea plants by Mendel for his experiments. chromosome.
Ans.(i) Many varieties with contrasting forms of Ans. Humans - Colorblindness
characters Drosophila - Eye colour
(ii) Can easily be cross pollinated as well as self
pollinated. 204. What is meant by aneuploidy?
Ans. Aneuploidy is the phenomena of gain or
197. Name any one plant that shows the loss of one or more chromosomes that results
phenomenon of incomplete dominance during due to failure of separation of members of
the inheritance of its flower colour. homologous pair of chromosomes during
Ans. Dog flower (Snapdragon or Antirrhinum meioses.
sp.)
205. What genetic principle could be derived
198. Name the base change and the amino acid from a monohybrid cross?
change, responsible for sickle cell anaemia. Ans. Law of dominance.
Ans. GAG changes as GUG, Glutamic acid is
substituted by valine. 206. Which one change is the cause of sickle –
cell anaemia ?
199. Name the disorder with the following Ans. It is caused due to a point mutation at 6th
chromosome complement. position in B-chain of hemoglobin in which
(i) 22 pairs of autosomes + X X Y glutamic acid is replaced by valine.
(ii) 22 pairs of autosomes + 21st chromosome +
XY. 207. What is a test cross?
Ans.(i) Klinefelter’s Syndrome (ii) Downs Ans. It is a cross where offspring with dominant
syndrome phenotype whose genotype is not known is
crossed with an individual homozygous
200. A haemophilic man marries a normal recessive for the trait.
homozygous woman. What is the probability
that their daughter will be haemophilic? 208. What is mutagen? Give an example?
Ans. Their daughter can never be haemophilic. Ans. The physical or chemical agents that
(0%). causes mutations are called mutagen eg x-rays,
CNBr etc.
201. A test is performed to know whether the
given plant is homozygous dominant or 209. What was the total number of varieties of
heterozygous. Name the test and phenotypic garden pea which Mendel had taken to start
ratio of this test for a monohybrid cross. his experiment?
Ans. Test cross 1 : 1. Ans. fourteen.

202. Name the phenomena that occur when 220. Name any one plant & its feature that
homologous chromosomes do not separate shows the phenomena of incomplete
during meiosis. dominance?
Ans. Non – disjunction.
Ans. Antirrhium majus which shows incomplete insertion/duplication/addition of one or two
dominance in flower colour. bases in DNA.
221. Identify the sex of organism as male or
female in which the sex chromosome are 226. Give any two similarities between
found as behavior of genes (Mendel’s factor) during
(i) ZW in bird (ii) XY in Drosophila (iii) ZZ in inheritance & chromosomes during cell
birds. (iv) XO in grasshopper. division.
Ans. (i) Female; (ii) Male; (iii) Female (iv) Male Ans. (i) In diploid cells, the chromosomes are
found in pairs just like that of mendelian
222. Mention two differences between Turner factors.
’s syndrome and Klinefelter's syndome. (ii)During meiosis, the chromosomes of
Ans. Turners Syndrome : The individual is different homologous pairs are assorted
female and it has 45 chromosomes independently into gametes at random showing
i.e., one X chromosome is less. parallelism with mendelian factors.
Klinefelters Syndome : The individual is male
and has 47 chromosomes 227. Which law of Mendel is universally
i.e., one extra X chromosome. accepted? State the law?
Ans. Mendel’s law of segregation is universally
223. The human male never passes on the accepted It states that – “the two alleles of a
gene for haemophilia to his son. Why is it so? gene remain separate & do not contaminate
Ans. The gene for haemophilia is present on X each other in F1 or the hybrid. At the time of
chromosome. A male has only one X gamete formation two alleles separate & pars
chromosome which he receives from his into deferent gametes.
mother and Y chromosome from father. The
human male passes the X chromosome to his 228. How will you find out whether a given
daughters but not to the male progeny (sons). plant is homozygous or heterozygous?
Ans. To test whether a plant is homozygous or
224. Mention four reasons why Drosophila was heterozygous, test cross is performed in which
chosen by Morgan for his experiments in individual is crossed with homozygous recessive
genetics. for the trait. If plant is heterozygous, progeny of
Ans. (i) Very short life cycle (2-weeks) test cross consists of tall and dwarf plants in the
(ii) Can be grown easily in laboratory ratio l:l
(iii) In single mating produce a large no. of flies.
(iv) Male and female show many hereditary
variations
(v) It has only 4 pairs of chromosomes which are
distinct in size and Shape.

225. Differentiate between point mutation and

frameshift mutations.
Ans. Point Mutations : Arises due to change in a
single base pair of DNA e.g., sickle cell anaemia.
Frame shift mutations : Deletion or If plant is homozygous, progeny of test cross
will have all tall plants
 ii) Klinefilter syndrome
ans. i) Turner syndrome – XO females
containing 45 chromosomes & lacking one X-chr
.
ii) Klinefilter syndrome XXY males containing
47chr, one extra X-chromosome in males.

233.What is pedigree Analysis? How is it

useful?
Ans. The analysis of family history about
inheritance of a particular trait in several
generations of a family is called pedigree
229. Why do sons of haemophilic father never
Analysis. It provides a strong tool which is
suffer from this trait?
utilized to trace inheritance of specific trait or
Ans. Since haemophilic is a sex – linked
abnormality or disease.
character, it shows criss – cross inheritance i-e
from father to his daughter therefore son of
234. What are multiple alleles? Give an
haemopilic father is never haemophilic.
example?
Ans. The presence of more then two alleles of a
230. How is the child affected if it has grown
trait is called multiple alleles e.g. in human
from the zygote formed by an XX-egg fertilized
beings four types of blood groups are
by Y-carrying sperm? What do you call this
recognized and there different alleles IA IB & IO
abnormality?
of a gene determines the phenotype of four
Ans. If a child has grown from the zygote
blood groups.
formed by XX-egg fertilized by Y-sperm, the
235. A woman with O blood group marries a
child will suffer from klinefiter syndrome & will
man with AB blood group
have XXY genotype. It is characterized by
(i) work out all the possible phenotypes and
prominent feminine characters e.g. tall stature
genotypes of the progeny.
with feminised physique, Breast development
(ii) Discuss the kind of dominance in the
pubic hair pattern, poor beard growth &
parents and the progeny in this case.
sterility.
Ans. (i) Blood group AB has alleles as IA, IB and
O group has ii which on cross gives the both
231. The map distance in certain organism
blood groups A and B while the genotype of
between genes A & B is 4 units, between B & C
progeny will be IAi and IBi.
is units, & between C & D is 8 units which one
(ii) IA and IB are equally dominant (co-
of these gene paves will show more
dominant). In multiple allelism, the gene I exists
recombination frequency? Give reason.
in 3 allelic forms, IA, IB and i.
Ans. C& D will show maximum gene
recombination because genes which are more
236. Explain the cause of Klinefelter’s
closely linked, frequency of recombination is
syndrome. Give any four symptoms shown by
least & vice versa.
sufferer of this syndrome.
Ans. Cause : Presence of an extra chromosome
232. Give the chromosomal constitution &
in male i.e., XXY. Symptoms : Development of
related sex in each of the following :-
breast, Female type pubic hair pattern, poor
i) Turner syndrome
beard growth, under developed testes and tall
stature with Feminized physique.

237. In Mendels breeding experiment on

garden pea, the offspring of F2 generation are
obtained in the ratio of 25% pure yellow pod,
50% hybrid green pods and 25% green pods
State (i) which pod colour is dominant (ii) The
Phenotypes of the individuals of F1 generation.
(iii) Workout the cross.
Ans. (i) Green pod colour is dominant
(ii) Green pod colour

Phenotypic ratio 3 : 1
Genotypic ratio 1 : 2 : 1

238. In Antirrhinum majus a plant with red

flowers was crossed with a plant with white
flowers. Work out all the possible genotypes &
phenotypes of F1 & F2 generations comment
on the pattern of inheritance in this case? 239. A red eyed male fruitfly is crossed with
Ans. The inheritance of flower colour in white eyed female fruitfly. Work out the
snapdragon or Antirrhinum majus is an example possible genotype & phenotype of F1 & F2
of incomplete dominance. When a cross was generation. Comment on the pattern of
made between a red flowered plant & a white inheritance in this cross?
flowered plant, the F1hybrid was pink i-e-an Ans. When a red eyed is crossed with white
intermediate between red & white which eyed female fruitfly, offspring will have both
means that both red & white are incompletely white eyed male & red eyed female in 1:1 ration
dominant. When F1 individuals was self – in F1 generation. In F2 generation, 50% females
pollinated, the F2 generation consists of red, will be red – eyed & 50% will be white eyed,
pink & white flower appears in ratio 1:2:1 similarly, in males 50% will be red eyed & 50%
respectively. will be white eyed. This result indicates that in
sex-linked genes, males transmit their sex-
linked characters to their grandson through
their daughter; such type of inheritance is called
criss-cross inheritance –
 241. In an cross made between a hybrid tall &
red plant (TtRr) with dwarf & white flower
(ttrr). What will be the genotype of plants in F1
generation?
Ans.

240. A man with AB blood group marries a

woman with O group blood.

242. How sex is determined in human brings?

Ans. In human beings, it was found that all the
females bear a pairs of X-chromosome while
males have one X-chr & also one Y-chr which is
comparatively smaller in size.
Thus in a cross between male & female there is
equal probability of males & females in progeny
& sex is determined by presence of a Y-chr. if Y-
(i) Work out all the possible phenotypes &
chr is present it is male otherwise it is a female.
genotypes of the progeny.
(ii) Discuss the kind of domination in parents &
9. A smooth seeded & red – flowered pea plant
progeny in this case?
(SsRr) is crossed with smooth seeded & white
Ans. (i) Half the progeny will have blood group
flowered pea plant (Ssrr). Determine the
A with genotype IA IO & half the progeny will
phenotypic & genotypic ratio in f1 progeny?
have blood group B with genotype IB IO.
Ans.
(ii) IA & IB both the genes are dominant over IO
Smooth seed & red flower =3
gene hence progeny shows either blood group
Smooth seed & white flower =3
A or B while in parents since both the dominant
Rough seed & red flower =1
genes are present together man will have blood
Rough seed & white flower =1
group AB & this phenomena is called co-
dominance.
 Ration :- Barking & erect = 9
243. A dihybrid heterozygous round, yellow
Barking & drooping =3
seeded garden pea (Pisum sativum) was
Silent & erect = 3
crossed with a double recessive plant.
Silent & drooping =1
(i) What type of cross is this?
Phenotypic ratio = 9 : 3 : 3 : 1
(ii) Work out the genotype and phenotype of
the progeny.
245. Differentiate between dominance, co-
(iii) What principle of Mendel is illustrated
dominance & Incomplete dominance with one
through the result of this cross?
example each.
Ans.(i) It is a dihybrid test cross
(ii)

(iii) It illustrates the Principle of independent

assortment.

244. In dogs, barking trait is dominant over

silent trait & erect ears are dominant over
drooping ears. What is the expected
phenotypic ratio of offspring when dogs
heterozygous for both the traits are crossed?
Ans.
 (ii) Co-dominance :- If the two equally dominant
genes are present together, both of them will
be equally expressed, this phenomena is called
co-dominance eg alleles of blood group IA & IB
ore dominant over IO but when both the alleles
Ans. (i) Dominance :- When a cross is made are present together, both of them will equally
between true – breeding tall pea plant & true – express & forms a phenotype AB.
breeding dwarf pea plant, all the plants in F1
generation are tall this sows that tall character
is dominant over dwarf
(iii) In complete dominance :- When a cross is
made between two characters of which none of 248. Mention the function of non-histone
them is completely dominant then an protein.
intermediate character develops in the progeny Ans.Packaging of chromatin
eg. when a cross is made between red flower &
white flower in snapdragon flower an 249. During translation what role is performed
intermediate pink colour appears in the by tRNA
progeny Ans. (i) Structural role
(ii) Transfer of amino acid.
246. A dihybrid heterozygous tall & yellow pea
plant was crossed with double recessive plant. 250. RNA viruses mutate and evolve faster
(i) What type of cross is this? than other viruses. Why?
(ii) Work out the genotype & phenotype of Ans. -OH group is present on RNA, which is a
progeny reactive group so it is unstable and mutate
(iii) What principle of Mendel is illustrated faster.
through result of this cross?
Ans. (i) Test cross. 251. Name the parts ‘X’ and ‘Y’ of the
(ii) transcription unit given below.

Ans. X - Template strand, Y - Terminator.

252. Mention the dual functions of AUG.

Ans. (i) Acts as initiation codon for protein
synthesis
(ii) It codes for methionine.

253. Write the segment of RNA transcribed

from the given DNA –
3´ -A T G C A G T A C G T C G T A ‘5´- Template
Strand
5´ - T A C G T C A T G C A G C A T ‘3´ - Coding
(iii) Principle of Independent Assortment – Acc Strand.
to which, in the inheritance of contrasting Ans. 5’- U A C G U C A U G C A G C A U – 3’ (In
characters the factors of each pair of character RNA ‘T’ is replaced by‘U’)
segregate independently of the factors of the
other pair of characters. 254.Name the process in which unwanted
247. Name the factors for RNA polymerase mRNA regions are removed & wanted regions
enzyme which recognises the start and are joined.
termination signals on DNA for transcription Ans.RNA splicing.
process in Bacteria.
Ans.Sigma (s) factor and Rho(p) factor)
255.Give the initiation codon for protein 265.Mention the dual functions of AUG?
synthesis. Name the amino acid it codes for? Ans.AUG codes for amino acid methionine &
Ans.Initiation codon – AUG & it code for also acts as an initiator codon.
methionine. 266. The process of termination during
transcription in a prokaryotic cell is being
256.In which direction, the new strand of DNA represented here. Name the label a, b, c and d.
synthesised during DNA replication.
Ans.5’→→ 3

257.What is the function of amino acyl

tRNAsynthetase.
Ans.Amino acyl tRNAsynthetasecatalyses
activation of amino and attachment of activated Ans. (a) DNA molecule
amino acids to the 3-end of specific tRNA (b) mRNA transcript
molecule. (c) RNA polymers
(d) Rho factor
258.What is point mutation?
Ans.Mutation due to change in a single base 267. Complete the blanks a, b, c and d on the
pair in a DNA sequence is called point mutation. basis of Frederick Griffith Experiment.
S Strain →→ inject into mice →→ (a)
259.Name the enzyme that joins the short R strain →→ inject into mice →→ (b)
pieces in the lagging strand during synthesis of S strain (heat killed) →→ inject into
DNA? mice →→ (c)
Ans.Ligase. S strain (heat killed) + R strain (live) →→ inject
into mice →→ (d)
260.Name the enzyme which helps in Ans.(a) Mice die
formation of peptide bond? (b) mice live
Ans.Peptidyltransferase (c) mice live
(d) mice die
261.Who experimentally prove that DNA
replication is semi conservative. 268. Give two reasons why both the strands of
Ans.Messelson&stahl. DNA are not copied during transcription.
Ans. (a) If both the strands of DNA are copied,
262.What is a codon? two different RNAs(complementary to each
Ans.Triplet sequence of bases which codes for a other) and hence two different polypeptideswill
single amino is called a codon. produce; If a segment of DNA produces two
polypeptides, thegenetic information machinery
263.Name the three non-sense codons? becomes complicated.
Ans.UAA, UAG, UGA (b) The two complementary RNA molecules
(produced simultaneously)would form a
264.What is the base pairing pattern of DNA? doublestranded RNA rather than getting
Ans.In DNA, adenine always binds with thymine translated intopolypeptides.
& cytosine always binds with Guanine. (c) RNA polymerase carries out polymerisation
in 53’direction andhence the DNA strand with
35’ polarity acts as the template strand.(Any proteins wouldbe formed hence genetic
two) machinery would become complicated
II) Since the two RNA molecules would be
269. Mention any two applications of DNA complementary to each other, they would wind
fingerprinting. togetherto form dsRNA without carrying out
Ans.(i) To identify criminals in the forensic translation which means process of
laboratory. transcription would befutile
(ii) To determine the real or biological parents
in case of disputes. 274.Why is it essential that tRNA binds to both
(iii) To identify racial groups to rewrite the amino acids & mRNA codon during protein
biological evolution. (Any two) synthesis?
Ans.It is essential that tRNA binds to both
270. State the 4 criteria which a molecule must amino acids & mRNA codon because tRNA acts
fulfill to act as a genetic material. as an adapter molecule with picks up a specific
Ans.(i) It should be able to generate its replica. activated aminoacid from the cytoplasm &
(ii) Should be chemically and structurally stable. transferred it to the ribosomal in the cytoplasm
(iii) Should be able to express itself in the form where proteins are synthesized. It attracts itself
of Mendelian characters. to ribosome with the sequence specified by
(iv) Should provide the scope for slow changes mRNA & finally it transmits its amino acid to
(mutations) that are necessary for evolution. new polypeptide chain.

271.“DNA polymerase plays a dual function 275.What is peptide bond? How is it formed?
during DNA replication” comment on Ans.Peptide bond is formed between carboxylic
statement? group (COOH) of first amino acid & amino group
Ans.DNA polymerase plays a dual function –it (-NH2) of second amino acid. This reaction is
helps in synthesis of new strand & also helps in catalysed by peptidyltransferase
proof reading i.e replacement of RNA strands
lay DNA fragments.

272.Three codons on mRNA are not recognised

by tRNA what are they? What is the general
term used for them what is their significance in
protein synthesis?
Ans.UAG UAA & UGA are the three codons that 276.Explain what happens in frameshift
are not recognised by tRNA these are known as mutation? Name one disease caused by the
stop codon or non-sense codon. Since these disorder?
three codons are not recognised by any tRNA Ans.Frameshift mutation is a type of mutation
they help in termination of protein chain during where addition or deletion of one or two bases
translation. changes the reading from the site of mutation,
resulting in protein with different set of amino
273.Give two reasons why both the strands of acid.
DNA are not copied during DNA transcription?
Ans.I)If both the strands code for RNA two 277.What do you mean by “Central Dogma of
different RNA molecules & two different Molecular genetics?”
Ans.The central dogma of molecular genetics is 281.Mention any four important
the flow of genetic information from DNA to characteristics of genetic code.
DNA through replication, DNA to mRNA through Ans.Genetic codon has following imp-features :-
transcription & mRNA to proteins through Each codon is a triplet consisting of three bases.
translation. Each codon codes for only one amino acid i.e. –
ReplicationDNA →→ mRNA →→ proteins. unambiguous.
transcription translation Some amino acids are coded lay more than one
codon ∴∴ said to be degenerative.
278.Give two reasons why both the strands are Codons are read in a continuous manner in
not copied during transcription? direction & have no punctuation.
Ans.i) If both the strands codes for RNA, two
different RNA molecules & two different 282.Why it is that transcription & translation
proteins areformed hence genetic machinery could be coupled in prokaryotic cell but not in
would be complicated. eukaryotic cell?
ii)Since two RNA molecules produced would be Ans.In prokaryotes the mRNA synthesised does
complementary to each other, they would wind not require any processing to become active
together to form ds-RNA. &both transcription & translation occurs in the
same cytosol but In Eukaryotes, primary
279.Why is human Genome project considered transcriptcontains both exon & intron & is
as mega project? subjected to a process called splicing where
Ans.Human Genome project was called mega introns are removed &exons are joined in a
project for the following facts. definite order to form mRNA.
The human genome has approximately 3.3 x 283. What is meant by semi conservative
109bp, if the cost of sequencing is replication? How did Meselson and Stahl prove
US 3perbp,theapproximatecostisaboutUS3perb it experimentally?
p,theapproximatecostisaboutUS g billion. Ans.Meselson and Stahl, performed an
If the sequence obtained were to be stored in a experiment using E.coli to prove that DNA
typed form in books & if each page replication is semi conservative.
contained1000 letters & each book contained They grew E.coli in a medium
1000 page than 3300 such books would be containing 15NH4Cl15NH4Cl.
needed to store complete in formation Then separated heavy DNA from normal (14N)
The enormous quantity of data expected to be by centrifugation in CsCl density gradient.
generated also necessitates the use of high The DNA extracted, after one generation of
speedcomputational devices for data storage, transfer from 15N medium to 14N medium, had
retrieval & analysis. an intermediate density.
-The DNA extracted after two generations
280.Why is DNA & not RNA is the genetic consisted of equal amounts of light and hybrid
material in majority of organisms? DNA.
Ans.The -OH group in the nucleotides of RNA is -They proved that DNA replicates in a
much more reactive & makes RNA labile & semiconservative manner.
easily degradable thus, DNA and not RNA acts
as genetic material in majority of organisms. 284. What does the lac operon consist of? How
is the operator switch turned on and off in the
expression of genes in this operon? Explain.
Ans.Lac Operon consists of the following :
Structural genes : z, y, a which transcribe a
polycistronic mRNA.
gene ‘z’ codes for b-galactosidase
gene‘y’ codes for permease.
gene‘a’ codes for transacetylase.
Promotor : The site where RNA polymerase
binds for transcription.
Operator : acts as a switch for the operon
Repressor : It binds to the operator and
prevents the RNAPolymerase from transcribing.
Inducer : Lactose is the inducer that inactivates
the repressor by binding to it.
Allows an access for the RNA polymerase to the
structural gene andtranscription.
286.What do you mean semi conservative
285. What is an operon? Describe the major nature of DNA replication. Who proved it &
steps involved in an operon? how?
Ans.Operon is a group of controller & structural
genes which controls the catabolism of the cell
geneticallyeg lactose operon / lac operon.
(i) When inducer or lactose is absent :-
The lac regulator gene synthesize a repressor
protein by transcription & translation. This
repressor protein binds with operator site of lac
operon & blocks RNA polymerase. Thus, RNA
polymerase unable to transcribe mRNA &
structural gene unable to translate enzyme B-
galactosidase.
(ii) When inducer or lactose is present :_
The lac regulator gene transcribe mRNA
&synthesise active lac repressor protein & at
the same time lactose is converted into isomer
allolactose. Allolactose binds to active lac Ans.Semiconservative nature of DNA replication
repressor due to which it is converted to suggested that during replication two
inactive repressor. This inactive repressor is strandswould separate & each acts as a
released from operator site of lac operon & template for the synthesis of new
RNA polymerase binds to promoter & starts to complementary strand so, thatafter complete
transcribe mRNA & forms β-galactosidase are replication, each DNA molecule would have one
which converts lactose into glucose &galactose. parental & one newly synthesizedstrand thus,
Thus, presence of lactose determines whether half the information is conserved over
or not lac. Repressor is bound to operator & generation.Mathew Messselson& Franklin stahl
genes are expressed on not. have performed an experimentusing Escherichia
coli to prove that DNA replication
isSemiconservative. They grew E.coli in a (ii)BINDING OF ACTIVATED AMINOACID WITH
medium containing 15 tRNA :- Activated amino acids binds with
{tex}N{{H}_{4}}Cl{/tex} specific tRNA to form charged tRNA .
until 15N wasincorporated in the two strands of (iii)INITIATION OF POLYPEPTIDE CHAIN :-
newly synthesised DNA this heavyDNA can be Initiation codon is AUG which codes for
separated from normal DNA lay centrifugation methionine. Initiation codon of mRNA binds to
in p-site of ribosome with the help of initiation
{tex}CsCl{/tex} factors.
density gradient. Then they transferred the cells (iv)ELONGATION OF POLYPEPTIDE CHAIN :-
into a medium withnormal (a)Second activated amino acid along itstRNA
{tex}^{14}N{{H}_{4}}Cl{/tex} reaches the ‘A’ site & binds to mRNA codon
& took samples at various time intervals & next to AUG.
extractedDNA & centrifuged then to measure (b)A peptide bond is formed betweentwo
their densities. The DNA extracted from the amino acid by peptidyl transferase.
cells after onegeneration to transfer from (c) Ribosomes translocation mRNA in -direction
{tex}^{15}N{/tex} due to which free tRNA slips away
medium to &peptidyltRNA reaches at P – site. Now third
{tex}^{14}N{/tex} amino acid reaches at A – site & process
medium had an intermediate / hybrid density. continues.
TheDNA extracted after two generations (i-e (d)TERMINATION OF POLYPEPTIDE CHAIN :-
after 40 min) consisted of equal amount of When a termination codon (UAA, UAG, UGA)
“light” DNA &“Hybrid”DNA. reaches at A- site translation terminates Since
there is no specific tRNA for these codons.
(i)

287.Where do transcription & translation takes

place in a prokaryotic cell? Describe the three
stepsinvolved in translation?
Ans.In a prokaryotic cell both transcription &
translation occurs in cytoplasm. It consist
offollowing steps :- 288.Who performed the blender experiment?
(i)ACTIVATION OF AMINO ACIDS :- amino acids What does this experiment prove? Describe
are activated in the presence of ATP lay the stepsfollowed in this experiment?
enzaminoacyltRNASynthetase.
Ans.The proof for DNA as the genetic material 289. Give six points of difference between DNA
came from the experiments of Harshey& chase and RNA in their structure/chemistry and
whoworked with bacteriophage. function.
The bacteriophage on infection injects only the Ans.
DNA into the bacterial cell & not the protein DNA RNA
coat. (i) Double
Bacterial cell treats the viral DNA as its own & stranded
subsequently manufactures more virus molecules
particles. (ii) Thymine
They grew some viruses on a medium that as
‘contained radioactive Phosphorus & some pyrimidine
other on medium that contained radioactive base (i) Single stranded molecules
sulphur. Virus grown in the presence of (iii) Pentose (ii) Uracil as pyrimidine base
radioactive phosphorus contained radioactive sugar is (iii) Sugar is Ribose
DNA but not proteins because DNA contains Deoxyribose (iv) 2´-OH makes it reactive
phosphorus. Similarly virus grown on (iv) Quite (v) Perform their functions in
radioactive sulfur contained radioactive protein stable and protein synthesis.
because DNA does not contain sulfur. not very (vi) They are transported into
Radioactive phages are allowed to infect E. coli reactive the cytoplasm.
bacteria & soon after infection the cultures (v) Dictates
weregently agitated in a blender to separate the synthesis
the adhering protein coat of virus from bacterial of
cell.It was found that when phage containing Polypeptides
radioactive DNA was used to infect the bacteria (vi) Found in
itsradioactivity was found in bacterial cells the nucleus.
indicating that DNA has been injected into
bacterial cell so,the DNA is the genetic material 290. Explain how does the hnRNA becomes the
& not proteins mRNA. OR Explain the process of splicing,
capping and tailing which occur during
transcription in Eukaryotes.
Ans.hnRNA is precursor of mRNA. It undergoes
(i) Splicing : Introns are removed and exons are
joined together.
(ii) Capping : an unusual nucleotide (methyl
guanosine triphosphate isadded to the 5´ end of
hnRNA.
(iii) Adenylate residues (200-300) are added at 3
´ end of hnRNA.

291. Name the three major types of RNAs,

specifying the function of each inthe synthesis
of polypeptide.
Ans. (i) mRNA-(Messenger RNA) : decides the
sequence of amino acids.
(ii) tRNA-(Transfer RNA) : (a) Recognises the 296.What is transformation? Describe Grifith’s
codon on mRNA (b) transport the aminoacid to experiment to show transformation? What did
the site of protein synthesis. he prove from his experiment?
(iii) rRNA (Ribosomal RNA) : Plays the structural Ans.Transformation means change in genetic
and catalytic role during translation. makeup of an individual. Fredrick Grifith
conducted aseries of experiments on
293. Enlist the goals of Human genome project. streptococcus pneumoniae. He observed two
Ans. The Human Genome Project (HGP) is an strains of this bacterium –one forming smooth
international scientific research project with the colonies with capsule (s-type) & other forming
goal of determining the sequence of chemical rough colonies without capsule
base pairs which make up human DNA, and of (R-type)
identifying and mapping all of the genes of the (i) when live s-type cells are infected into mice,
human genome from both a physical and they produced pneumonia & mice dies.
functional standpoint (ii) When live R-type cells are infected into mice,
disease was not produced did not appear.
294. A tRNA is charged with the amino acid (iii) When heat – killed S-type cells were
methionine. infected into mice, the disease did not appear.
(i) Give the anti-codon of this tRNA. (iv) When heat killed S-type cells were mixed
(ii) Write the Codon for methionine. with live R-cells & infected into mice, the mice
(iii) Name the enzyme responsible for binding died.
of amino acid to tRNA. He concluded that R-strain bacteria had
Ans. (a) UAC (b) AUG (c) Amino- somehow been transformed by heat –killed S-
acyltRNAsynthetase. strain bacteria which must be due to transfer of
genetic material
295. Illustrate schematically the process of
initiation, elongation and termination during 297.The base sequence on one strand of DNA
transcription of a gene in a bacterium. is ATGTCTATA
Ans.In bacteria, the mRNA provides the (i) Give the base sequence of its
template, tRNA brings aminoacids and reads the complementary strand.
genetic code, and rRNAs play structural and (ii) If an RNA strand is transcribed from this
catalytic role during translation. strand what would be the base sequence of
There is single DNA-dependent RNA polymerase RNA?
that catalyses transcription of all types of RNA (iii) What holds these base pairs together?
in bacteria. Ans. (i) TACAGATAT.
RNA polymerase binds to promoter and initiates (ii) UACAGAUAU
transcription (Initiation) (iii) Hydrogen bonds hold these base pairs
It somehow also facilitates opening of the helix together. Adenine & thymine are bounded by
and continues elongation twohydrogen bonds & cytosine & Guanine are
Once the polymerases reaches the terminator bonded by three hydrogen bonds.
region, the nascent RNA falls off, so also the
RNA polymerase. This results in termination 298.Two claimant fathers filed a case against a
lady claiming to be the father of her only
daughter. How could this case be settled
identifying the real biological father?
Ans.This case to identify the real biological Thenucleosomes are the repeating units that
father could lee settled lay DNA – finger form chromatin fibres.
printingtechnique. In this technique :- These chromatin fibres condense at metaphase
first of all, DNA of the two claimants who has to stage of celldivision to form chromosomes. The
be tested is isolated. packaging of chromatin at higher level requires
Isolated DNA is then digested with suitable additional set ofproteins called non-histone
restriction enzyme & digest is subjected to chromosomal proteins thus in nucleus, certain
gelelectrophoresis. regions of the chromatinare loosely packed &
The fragments of ds DNA are denatured to they Stain lighter than the other region, these
produce ss DNA by alkali treatment. are called euchromatin. Theother region are
The electrophoresed DNA is then transferred lightly packed & they stain darker & are called
from get into a nitrocellulose filter paper where heterochromatin
itis fixed.
A known sequence of DNA is prepared called 302.A tRNA is charged with amino acid
probe – DNA & is labelled with radioactive methionine.
esotope32p & then probe is added to i) At what site in the ribosome will the tRNA
nitrocellulose paper. bind?
The nitrocellulose paper is photographed on X – ii) Give the anticodon of this tRNA?
ray film through auto radiography. The film iii) What is the mRNA codon for methionine?
isanalysed to determine the presence of hybrid iv) Name the enzyme responsible for this
nucleic acid. binding?
Then, the DNA fingerprints of the two claimants Ans. (i) P- site
is compared with the DNA fingerprint of the (ii) UAC
lady &her daughter, whosoever matches with (iii) AUG
each other would be declared as biological (iv) Amino acyl tRNASynthetase
father of herdaughter.
303.Describe the continuous & discontinuous
301.The length of DNA in an eukaryotic cell is Synthesis of DNA?
N 2.2 m How can such a huge DNA be
packaged in a nucleus of micrometer in
diameter.

Ans.In eukaryotes, the DNA is wrapped around

positivelycharged histone octamer into a Ans.Synthesis of new strand of DNA takes place
structure called nucleosome. Atypical lay additionof fresh nucleotides to the 3 – OH
nucleosome consists of 200bp of DNA helix. group of the last nucleotideof the primer. This
synthesis takes place in 5 direction&enzyme When S-III strains of bacteria are injected into
that catalyses this is DNA – polymerase mice. It developed pneumonia & died.
∴∴ synthesis of strand called leading strand When R-II strains are infected into mice, they
iscontinuous. did not develop pneumonia & survive.
The replication of second strand of the DNA When heat – killed S-III strains of bacteria are
molecule is injected into mice, No symptoms of
DISCONTINOUS on strand called lagging strand. pneumoniadevelops& mice remain healthy.
Primase initiates primer synthesis on strand When a mixture of heat – killed S-III strain &
near the fork. The RNA – primer thus lives R-II strain is injected into mice,
formedprovides free for replication of single theydeveloped pneumonia & died.
stranded region on lagging strand the From these results, Griffith concluded that the
newcomplementary strand is formed in small presence of heat – killed S-III bacteria must
fragments of DNA called Okazaki fragments. It is convertliving R-II type bacteria to type S-III so as
calleddiscontinuous because it has to be to restore them the capacity for capsule
initiated several times & every time an Okazaki formation. Thiswas called “BACTERIAL
fragment isproduced. TRANSFORM ATION”
S strain →→ Inject into mice →→ Mice die
304.What are the three types of RNA & R strain →→Injct into mice →→ Mice live
Mention their role in protein Synthesis? S strain (heat-killed)→→Inject into
Ans.There are three types of RNA : mice →→ Mice live
Messenger RNA (mRNA) :- It is a single – S strain (heat-killed) + R strain (live) →→ Inject
stranded RNA which brings the genetic into mice →→Mice die
information ofDNA transcribed on it for protein 306.Name one fish like reptile that evolved
synthesis. from land reptile about 200 million years ago?
Transfer RNA (tRNA) :- It has a clover leaf like Ans. Ichthyosaurs.
structure which acts as an adapter
moleculewhich contains an “anticodon loop” on 307. For a long time, it was believed that life
one end that reads the code on one hand &” an originated from decaying matter. What is this
amino acid acceptor end which binds to the theory known as? Name the scientist who
specific amino acid on other hand. experimentally disproved this theory.
Ribosomal RNA (rRNA) :- Ribosomes provides Ans.Theory of Spontaneous generation; Louis
the site for synthesis of protein &catalyse Pasteur.
theformation of peptide bond.
308. If abiotic origin of life is in progress on a
305. Define bacterial transformation? Who planet other than earth, what should be the
proved it experimentally & how? conditions there?
Ans. The transformation is a mode of exchange Ans. Very high temperature, volcanic storms,
or transfer of genetic information Reducing atmosphere containing CH4, NH3, H2
betweenorganism or from one organism to and water vapours.
another.
Fredrick Griffith tested the virulence of two 309. Name the person who proposed that
strains of Diplococci to show transformation in population tends to increase geometrically
thefollowing steps :- while food production increases arithmetically.
Ans.Thomas Malthus
 Ans.Gene pool refers to sum total of different
310. Name the scientist who had also come to kinds of genes pooled by all the members of a
similar conclusion as that of Darwin about population.
natural selection as a mechanism of evolution.
Which place did he visit to come to 320.Which period is called “Age of Reptiles”.
conclusions? Ans.Jurassic period.
Ans.Alfred Wallace, Malay Archipelago
321.Name the species of human beings which
311.Name any two vestigial organs found in is most closely related to modern man.
human body? Ans.Cro-magnon.
Ans.Vermiform appendix, wisdom teeth.
322.What is “Founder’s effect”?
312.What is the cause of speciation according Ans.Sometime a change in allele frequency is so
to Hugo De Vries? different in new sample of population that they
Ans.Mutations. become a new species in such cases original
drifted population becomes founder & this
313.Name the phenomenon by which rapid effect is called Founder’s effect.
speciation takes place? 323. Explain Oparin-Haldane theory of
Ans.Genetic Drift. chemical evolution of life.
Ans.The first life form could have come from
314.Name the two scientists who set up a the pre-existing, non-living organic molecules
special experiment to prove Oparin’s theory of (like RNA, Proteins, etc.) and the formation of
origin of life? life was preceded by chemical evolution.
Ans.Urey & Miller.
324. Distinguish between convergent and
315.Name the common ancestor of apes & divergent evolution giving one example of
man? each.
Ans.Dryopithecus. Ans. Divergent Evolution - Development of
different functional structures from a common
316.Which period is known as “Age of ancestral form is called divergent evolution.
amphibians”? Homologous organs show divergent evolution.
Ans.Carboniferous period. Examples: Darwin's Finches, Australian
Marsupials, locomotion in mammals.
317.What provided energy for a biotic Convergent Evolution - Development of similar
synthesis on primitive earth? adaptive functional structures in unrelated
Ans.Very high temperature due to lightening or groups of organisms is called convergent
uv – rays provided energy for a biotic synthesis. evolution.
Analogous organs show convergent evolution.
318.Who showed that life comes from pre- Examples: Australian Marsupials and Placental
existing life? mammals, various aquatic vertebrate and wings
Ans.Louis Pasteur of insect, bird and bat.

319.What is meant by Gene pool? 325. What is adaptive radiation? Explain with
an example.
Ans. Adaptive radiation is an evolutionary 329.Describe one evidence which decisively
process that produces new species from a proves that birds have evolved from reptiles?
single, rapidly diversifying lineage. This process Ans.Missing link between birds & reptiles
occurs due to natural selection. An example of called. Archaeopteryx showed that “Birds have
adaptive radiation is Darwin finches, found in evolved from reptiles”. These are organisms
Galapagos Island. A large variety of finches is which show the characters of both birds (e.g.
present in Galapagos Island that arose from a presence of wings & feathers in the body) as
single species, which reached this land well as of reptiles (e.g. gong tail & jaws with
accidentally. As a result, many new species have identical teeth).
evolved, diverged, and adapted to occupy new
habitats. These finches have developed 330.What is the study of fossils called?
different eating habits and different types of Mention any three points how the fossils
beaks to suit their feeding habits. The throw light on past life?
insectivorous, blood sucking, and other species Ans.Study of fossils is known as paleontology.
of finches with varied dietary habits have → Cross-section of the earth’s crust indicates
evolved from a single seed eating finch the arrangement of sediments one over the
ancestor. other during the long history of Earth.
→ Different sediments contain different life
326. How did Louis Pasteur disprove forms which probably died during the formation
spontaneous generation theory? ofparticular sediment.
Ans.Louis Pasteur showed that in pre-sterilized → Connecting or missing link – which contains
flasks, life did not come from killed yeast while characters of different groups.
in another flask open to air, new organisms
arose from ‘killed yeast. 332.Why has natural selection not eliminated
sickle – cell anaemia?
327.Define homologous organs? Give one Ans.Sickle cell anaemia is not eliminated during
example of organ homologous to hand of natural selection because in some cases, sickle
man? cell anaemia is beneficial as it provides natural
Ans.Homologous organs are those organs which defense against malarial parasite.
are similar in basic structure & embryonic
developments but perform different functions. 333.Life originated from the earth’s inorganic
e.g. bones of forelimbs of whales, bat, birds and atmosphere in the post, but this no longer
human beings. happens today. Give two reasons?
Ans.Life cannot be originated in the present day
328.What is the role of variation in evolution? atmosphere because:-
Ans.Variations are useful for survival of species (i)The temperature of present day atmosphere
in changed environmental situations. If a is much less than that of primitive atmosphere.
population of reproducing organisms are suited (ii)The present day atmosphere is oxidizing &
to a particular niche & if the niche is drastically not reducing due to presence of oxygen.
altered the population could be wiped out
however if some variations were to be present 334.If you discovered a fossil bird with scales
in few individuals, there would be some on the body & teeth in the beak. What would
chances for them to survive. youconclude about its position in the animal
kingdom?
Ans.Since this fossil bird has both avian 338.Differentiate between convergent &
characters & reptilian characters e.g. scales on divergent evolution?
body & teeth in beak it would be considered as Ans.
a connecting link between reptiles & bird. Divergent Evolution Convergent Evolution
When more than one
335.What is speciation? List any two events Evolutionary process of
adaptive radiation
that lead to speciation? different species which
occurs in an isolated
Ans.Speciation refers to the origin of new produces new species
geographical area.
species or the phenomena of development of diverged from a single
e.g. Camels are found
new speciesfrom pre-existing one. ancestral form
in Asia &Llammas are
The two factors which lead to speciation are – e.g. Australian
found in south
Genetic drift, mutation & natural selection. marsupials
America.

336.Would you consider wings of butterfly & a 339.Bring out differences between De Vrie’s
bat as homologous or Analogous & why? mutations Darwinian Variations?
Ans.Wings of butterfly & bat are said to be Ans. (i) Mutations are large heritable changes in
analogous because they have originated from the characteristics of a population that
different parts – e.g. in butterfly wings are arisesuddenly. & cause speciation in single step
originated from skin and feather & in bats wings while evolution for Darwin is gradual & occurs
are originated from forelimbs but both of them due tovariations over number of generations.
performs the same function of flying. (ii) Mutation are random & directionless while
variations are small & directional.
337.Define natural selection? Who else along 340. (i) State the Hardy-Weinberg principle.
with Charles Darwin proposed it as the (ii) When there is a disturbance in the Hardy-
mechanism of evolution? Weinberg equilibrium, what would it result in?
Ans.Natural selection is a process of selection (iii) According to this principle, what is the sum
lay nature in which individuals with total of all allelic frequencies?
thosecharacteristics which enable them to Ans. (i) The allele frequency in a population are
survive better in natural conditions would stable and constant from generation to
outnumber theothers who are less adapted generation.
under the same natural conditions Alfred (ii) Evolution.
Wallace also proposed the same mechanism of (iii) One.
evolution & called it “survival of fittest”.
341. Classify the following as examples of
338.A chimpanzee can hold objects by its hand homology and analogy–
& an elephant by trunk. Are these organs (i) Hearts of fish and crocodile
Analogous or homologous? (ii) Wings of butterfly and birds
Ans.These organs are analogous organs as they (iii) Eyes of Octopus and Mammals
are performing the same function of holding (iv) Tubers of potato and Sweet potato
objects but are originated from different parts (v) Thorns of Bougainvillea and spines of
eg forelimbs in chimpanzee & nose in Opuntia
elephants. (vi) Thorn of Bougainvillea and tendrils of
cucurbits.
Ans. (i) Homology (ii) Analogy (iii) Analogy (iv) A Era Period Organisms
nalogy (v) Analogy (vi) Homology Modern man, mammals,
Cenozoic A
birds, rise fo monocot
342. Stanley Miller and Harold Urey performed Tertiar Rise of first Primate,
an experiment by recreating in the laboratory B
y angiosperm
the probable conditions of the atmosphere of Mesozoi
the primitive earth. C Gingko, Gnetales
c
(i) What was the aim of the experiment? Jurassi
(ii) In what forms was the energy supplied for D Conifers, cycads, Reptiles
c
chemical reactions to occur? Paleozoi
(III) For how long was the experiment run E Early reptiles (extinct)
c
continuously? Name two products formed. F Silurian Psilophyton
Ans. (i) To prove Oparin’s theory of origin of Ans.Cretaceous
life. (d) Mesozoic (e) Carboniferous (f) Paleozoic
(ii) Electric discharge using electrodes.
(iii) One week; Amino acids and Sugar. 345. (i)In which part of the world, Neanderthal
man lived?
343.Study the figures given below & answer (ii)What was his brain’s capacity?
the following question. (iii)Mention the advancement which
Neanderthal man showed over Homoerectus.
Ans.(i) Near Eastern and Central Asia
(ii) 1400 c.c.
(iii) More brain capacity, use of hides to cover
body and burial of dead.

346. Figures given below are of Darwin’s

finches?

i) Under the influence of which type of natural

selection would graph (a) become like graph
(b).
ii ) What could be the likely reason of new
variations arising in a population.
iii) Who suggested natural selection as
mechanism of evolution? Variety of beaks of Darwin's finches.
Ans. (i) Disruptive & elective. (a) Mention the specific geographical area
(ii) Because individuals at the extremes where these were found.
contribute more offspring compared to those in (b) Name and explain the phenomenon that
the centre&produces two peaks in distribution has resulted in the evolution of such diverse
of a trait. species in the region.
(iii) Charles Darwin. (c) How did Darwin visit the particular
geographical area?
344. Fill up the blanks left in the table showing Ans. (a) Galapagos Island.
Era, period and organism.
(b) Adaptive radiation - The process of evolution
of different species in a given geographical area
starting from a point and literally radiating to
other areas of geography (habitats) is called
adaptive radiation.
(c) Through sea voyage in a sail ship called
H.M.S. Beagle.

347. Give examples to show evolution by

anthropogenic action.
Ans.Excess use of herbicides pesticides etc. has
resulted in selection oresistent varieties in a
much lesser time scale. Same is true for
antibiotic or drug resistant microbes.

348.By taking industrial melanism as on

example, explain the concept of natural Ans.Urey & miller tried to create in the
selection by evolution? laboratorythe similar conditions which might
Ans.Theory of natural selection states that due have existedin early primitive atmosphere. A
to survival of fittest, the species change mixture of watervapours methane, ammonia &
readilyowing to preservation & transmission of hydrogen is exposedto electric discharge in a
minute variation & gradually give rise to new closed chamber, this fluidthus formed is
forms. allowed to stand for several week as aresult,
Example – In collection of moths in 1850 it was amino acids e.g. glycerine& alanine areformed
observed that there were whiter winged moth from fluid. They suggested that electric
than dark winged but after industrialization discharge produced during lightening in
there were darker wringed moth. This is due to primitiveatmosphere of earth might have
the reason that During post industrial period resulted in formation of organic compound.
trees trunk become dark due to industrial
smoke under this condition, white winged moth 350.What is Biogenetic law? How does
do not survive due to predators dark winged comparative embryology provides evidences
moth survived Before industrialization sets in, for evolution?
thick growth off white colored lichen covered Ans.It has become evident from embryological
trees in that background white winged moth studies that there was one developmental
survived but dark – colored moth were picked pattern.
out by predators hence nature selects which In all organisms life begins with a unicellular
species is suitable. structure. The embryo of fish, frog, turtle, bird
& manresembles one another so closely that it
349.Who were the two scientists that becomes difficult to distinguish them.
conducted an experiment to synthesise organic Mammalian embryoparses through fish – like,
molecule abiotically? How did they provide the amphibian-like, reptiles like & bird like stages
probable condition of the primitive earth in during development of anorganism (ontogeny),
this experiment? some of the evolutionary steps (phylogeny) are
repeated in different group oforganism. This
leads Ernst Haeckal to formulate famous theory Variations :- No two individuals of same species
– “RECAPITULATION THEORY / are exactly alike even coming out from
BIOGENETIC LAW.Which states that “Ontogeny sameparent al stock.
recapitulates phylogeny” The sequence Survival of fittest :- The individuals with useful
ofembryonic development shows striking variation will survive during struggle of
similarity e.g. appearance of gill cleft and existencewhile those with less fortunate
notochord inembryonic development of all variation would perish.
vertebrates from fish to man.
353.Trace the important events or stages of
351.Chemical insectides remain useful only for human development?
a limited time. Explain with reference to Ans.The common ancestor of apes & man is a
evolution with a suitable example. primate Dryopithecus that lived about 15
Ans.“Chemical insectides remain useful only for millionyears ago the human evolution is as
a limited time” because of the phenomena follows :-
ofnatural selection with the course of time Australopithecus :- They are 4ft, with brain
when chemical insecticides are excessively used capacity – 500 to 650 cc. They have bipedal
to killinsects, some of the resistant varieties of locomotion, omnivorous &has erect posture.
the organism would have been created which They hunted with stone weapon & lived in
are notkilled lay the insect icicle such resistant caves.
varieties of the unseats are selected lay nature Homo Erectus :- They showed increase in brain
& theymultiply after sometime population of size They are good hunters, ate meat
this resistant variety increases & the chemical domesticate animal & discover fire.
insecticidewould lee ineffective to control these Netherlands man :- They were short with heavy
insects for example DDT is a common brows retreating forehead large jaws & stooped
insecticide formosquitoes lout is now ineffective postures They wore clothes, good hunters &
because DDT – resistant mosquitoes have tool makers.
appeared & selected innature. Cromagnonman :- They were completely erect
& 6ft tall. He used bones as tools & was a cave
352.What are the facts that support Darwin’s dweller. They are excellent tool makers & fine
theory of Natural selection? artists.
Ans.The following facts that supports Darwin’s Homo sapiens :- They have brain capacity
theory of Natural selection 1450cc. & skull much thicker. His intelligence
Overproduction: - All organisms tend to multiply has enabled him to adapt & control
at high rate but it is not possible for environment. He started agriculture.
allorganisms to survive.
Struggle for Existence: - Because of limitation of 354.What are the three different ways in
space & food all the offspring of the result which selection may occur.
ofoverproduction will not survive & they will Ans.The three different ways in which selection
compete with one another to grow this may occur are as below:-
develops struggle for existence not only among (i) StablisingSelection :- Individuals with
individuals of different species but also among intermediate value of heritable phenotypic
same species. characteristics are favoured over other
individuals.
 Ans. i) A fluid containing mixture of methane,
ammonia, hydrogen & water vapour in a closed
flask.
ii) Energy source during origin of life was sun.
This energy in the experiment is provided lay
electricdischarge using electrode.
iii) Organic molecules formed during
experiment are amino acids.

356.What is Biogeography? How Darwin’s

(ii) Directional Selection :- Individuals with one
finches provide biogeographical evidence in
extreme of heritable phenotypic characteristic
favour of evolution.
have an advantage over individuals in a
Ans.The branch of geography which deals with
population.
the study of pattern of distribution of plants
&animals in different parts of earth is called
Biogeography.
Example Galapagos islands – group of 14 islands
in Pacific Ocean on west coast of South
America.Charles Darwin during his voyage
found that animals of these is lands resembles
with those of SouthAmerican is lands. E.g. birds
of Galapagos Island called Darwin’s finches do
not resemble birds ofSouth America so he
(iii) Disruptive Selection :- individuals with concluded that finches were derived from
either of both extreme of heritable phenotypic ancestral stock that had emigratedfrom
characteristics have advantage over individuals mainland to island & has undergone profound
with intermediate phenotype. changes under environmental conditions.

357. How did louispasteur successfully

demolish the popular theory of spontaneous
generation?
Ans.Louis Pasteur used a special swam-necked
flask for his experiment. He took mixture of
sugar &yeast powder & filled about half of it
with water in this flask. He then boiled the
content of flask till asteady current of steam
rushed out from s-shaped tube –causing death
355.State in what ways Stanley miller of all microorganisms. Afterthis flask remains
simulated the condition of :- unchanged. But when neck of flask was cut-off
i) Primitive atmosphere on earth. showed thick growth ofmicroorganisms this is
ii) Energy source at the time of origin of life . presumed that are contains microorganisms
iii) Formation of organic molecule of life. which in first case could notreach the flask
whereas in second case they comes in direct
contact with solution.
358. What does Hardy weinberg’s principle idea of mutations, mutations are sudden
states? What are the factors which affects random and directional
Hardyweinberg’s equilibrium?
Ans.Acc. to Hardy Weinberg’s principle, allele 360. With the help of suitable diagram,
frequency in a population are stable & is represent the operation of naturalselection on
constantfrom generation to generation i.e. total different traits.
gene pool remains constant. This is called Ans. Natural selection is one of the basic
Geneticequilibrium e.g. In a diploid organism, mechanisms of evolution, along with mutation,
suppose ‘p’ represents frequency of allele ‘A’ & migration, and genetic drift.
‘q’ representsfrequency of allele ‘q’.then Darwin's grand idea of evolution by natural
frequency of AA = p2 selection is relatively simple but often
“ “ Aa =pq misunderstood. To find out how it works,
“ “ aa = q2 imagine a population of beetles:
total alleles in F1 Generation 1. There is variation in traits.
AA + 2Aa + aa = 1
P2 + 2pq + q2 = 1
(p + q) 2 = 1
Factors affecting Hardy – Weinberg
Equilibrium :-
(i)Gene flow :- when migration of a section of a
population to another place occurs, gene
frequency changes in original as well as in new For example, some beetles are green and some
population. are brown.
(ii)Genetic Drift :- If just by virtue of a chance or 2. There is differential reproduction.
accident a particular allele frequency decrease
or increase in a population.
(iii)Mutations:- which are sudden changes in the
genotype which are carried over generation.
(iv)Genetic Recombination:- Sometimes
changes in allele frequency is so different in
new sample of population that they become a
new species. Since the environment can't support unlimited
(v)Natural Selection:- process by which population growth, not all individuals get to
individual with particular heritable reproduce to their full potential. In this
characteristics survive & reproduces at higher example, green beetles tend to get eaten by
rate than other individuals favored by natural birds and survive to reproduce less often than
selection tend to be more common in next brown beetles do.
generation than in parent generation. 3. There is heredity.

359. How do Darwin and Hugo de Vries after

regarding Mechanism of Evolution?
Ans.Darwin : Darwinian variatious are gradual,
small and directional Hugo deVries : put forth
 Ketones & aldehydes condenses&polymerises
to form fatty acid.
Ammonia, hydrocarbon & H2 O reacted
together to form amino acid.
Hot sea water which was rich in primary organic
compound reacted to form nucleotides.
The surviving brown beetles have brown baby
363. What is biogeny?
beetles because this trait has a genetic basis.
Ans. BIOGENY / BIOLOGICAL EVOLUTION :- This
4. End result:
stage consists of
i)Formation of nucleic acids by polymerization
of nucleotide.
ii)Giant molecules of nucleoproteins have a
tendency to be aggregated in various
combinations to form large colloidal particles
called COACERVATES.
iii)The development of plasma membrane
The more advantageous trait, brown coloration, resulted in accumulation of different substances
which allows the beetle to have more offspring, inside coacervates& occurrence of certain
becomes more common in the population. If internal reaction lad to development of cell.
this process continues, eventually, all
individuals in the population will be brown. 364. Whai is Cognogeny?
If you have variation, differential reproduction, Ans. Cognogeny :-Cognogeny involves
and heredity, you will have evolution by natural differentiation or diversification of living beings
selection as an outcome. It is as simple as that. from simplest first living cell. The first organism
evolved was chemo- autotrophic bacteria which
361.What does Oparin – haldane hypothesis later converted to tree autotrophic bacteria e.g.
about origin of life suggests. green algae.
Ans.According to Oparin& Haldane’s
Biochemical origin of life; origin of life occurs in
three stages

362.What is Chemogeny?
Ans. CHEMOGENY / CHEMICAL EVOLUTION
:-Acc to them most of the primitive form of life
would have generated spontaneously from
some inorganic matter as a result of action of
special external forces e.g. electric charge, uv-
light etc.
Many saturated & unsaturated hydrocarbons
were feasted when temp cooled to 900 c or
below.
From hydrocarbons small chain compounds of
C, H, O are formed which condense to form
sugar.
MODULE-4
 Ans.Aedes mosquitoes.

4. Breast fed babies are more immune to

diseases than the bottle fed babies. Why?
Ans.The mother’s milk consists of antibodies (Ig
A) such antibodies are notavailable to bottle fed
babies.

5. Name the pathogen which causes malignant

malaria.
Ans. Plasmodium falciparum.

6. Which microorganism is used to produce

hepatitis B Vaccine?
Ans. Yeast.

7. What is the reason of shivering in malarial

patient?
Ans.After sparozoite infection, when RBC
ruptures, a toxic substance haemozoin is
released which cause chilling and high fever.

8.When is a tumourrefered to as malignant?

Ans.A tumour is said to be malignant when
grows rapidly, invade & damage the
surrounding normal tissues.

9.Why does an AIDS patient suffer from many

infections?
Ans.Because in AIDS patient, immune system
greatly weakens & cannot fight against any
infection.

1.Name the diagnostic test which confirms 10.Name two curable sexually transmitted
typhoid. diseases?
Ans.Widal test Ans.Gonorhoea&Syphillis

2. Name the two major groups of cells required 11.Name the type of cells that produce
to attain specific immunity. antibodies?
Ans. B-lymphocytes and T-lymphocytes. Ans.B – lymphocytes.

3. You have heard of many incidences of 12.Give the scientific name of causative germ
Chickengunya in our country. Name the vector of elephantiasis?
of the disease. Ans.WuchereriaBancrofti.
 adrenaline quickly reduce the symptoms of
13.Name the fish that help in eradication of allergy.
mosquito larvae.
Ans.Gambusia 19.Differentiate between two different types
14. Where are B-cells and T-cells formed? How of tumours?
do they differ from each other? Ans.
Ans.B-cells and T-cells are formed in bone BENIGN TUMOUR MALIGNANT TUMOUR
marrow. B-cells produce antibodies but E-cells i) tumour remain i) tumour invade
do not produce antibodies but help B-cells to confined to place of surrounding tissue &
produce them. origin or affected spread throughout the
organ body.
15. Given below are the pathogens and the ii) It is harmless ii) It is harmful
diseases caused by them. Which out of these iii) rate of growth of iii) rate of growth of
pairs is not correct matching pair and why? tumour is low tumour is rapid
(a) Wuchereria– Filariasis iv) causes limited iv) Cause uncontrolled
(b) Microsporum– Ringworm damage damage.
(c) Salmonella – Common Cold
(d) Plasmodium – Malaria 20.What do you mean withdrawal Symptoms?
Ans.Salmonella : Common cold is not a What are its characteristics?
matching pair. Ans.Withdrawal symptoms refers to the
characteristic unpleasant symptoms by body of
16. What would happen to the immune a drug addict if regular dose of drug is abruptly
system, if thymus gland is removed from the discontinued. These include anxiety, shakiness,
body of a person? sweating, restlessness, depression, muscular
Ans.T-lymphocytes are developed and matured cramps etc.
in thymus gland, Immune system will become
weak on removal of thymus gland. 21.Differentiate between active & passive
immunity?
17. Lymph nodes are secondary lymphoid Ans.
orgAns. Describe the role of lymph nodes in
ACTIVE IMMUNITY PASSIVE IMMUNITY
our immune response.
i) when antibodies
Ans.Lymph nodes provide the sites for i) when antibodies
developed in other
interaction of lymphocytes with the antigen. are developed by our
vertebrates in response
When the microorganisms enter the lymph own cells in response
to deliberate infection of
nodes, lymphocytes present there are activated to antigen
antigen
and cause the immune response.
ii) It is used when the
ii) It takes time to
immune response has to
18. What is the role of histamine in develop immunity
be faster
inflammatory response? Name few drugs
iii) It stays for longer iii) It stays for short
which reduce the symptoms of allergy.
period period
Ans.Histamine acts as allergy-mediator which
cause blood vessels to dilate. It is released by
22.Enumerate the two properties of cancer
mast cells. Antihistamine steroids and
cells that distinguish them from normal cell.
Ans.i) uncontrolled proliferation of cells without
any differentiation
ii) Ability of these cells to invade other tissues Name of
Causative organism Symptoms
called metastasis. disease
Pneumoni
Streptococcus (1)
23.What are allergens? How do they cause a
inflammatory response inside human body? High fever, weakness,headache,
Typhoid (2) stomach pain
Ans.The substance which causes the
Nasal Congestion, anddischarge
hypersensitive reaction of the immune system (3) Rhinoviruses sorethroat
is called an allergeneg. dust, pollen grains etc. cough, headache
These allergens are actually weak antigens. First Ascariasis Ascaris (4)
exposure to allergen does not cause allergy but Dry, Scaly lesions onvarious body
Ringworm (5) parts,Intense itching, redness.
consequent exposure, allergen combines with Ig
E on mast cell. That causes cells to burst & Constipation, cramps,abdominal
Entamoebahistolytic
(6) pain, Stoolswith excess mucous
release Histamines which cause inflammatory a andblood clots.
response.

24.What are autoimmune diseases? Give two

examples?
Ans.Immunity is based on ability to differentiate
foreign organism from self cells. Sometimes
immune system may go off the track & turns
against self antigen and elicit immunity. Such
conditions are called auto – immune diseases
eg. Rheumatoid arthritis, Myasthenia gravis.
25. What are Cannabinoids? From which plant
Cannabinoids are obtained? Which part of the
body is affected by consuming these
substances?
Ans. - Cannabinoids are a group of chemicals Ans.(a) A-Antigen binding site B-Light chain
which interact with Cannabinoid receptors (b) B-lymphocytes.
present (c) Heavy Chain
- Principally in the brain Cannabinoids are (d) Antibodies provide acquired immune
obtained from the inflorescences of the plant response.
Cannabis sativa.
- The substances affect the cardiovascular 27. Mention any three causes of drug abuse.
system adversely Suggest some measures for the prevention and
control of drug abuse.
26.In the figure, structure of an antibody Ans.Reasons to attract towards drug abuse :
molecule is shown. Observe it and Give the Curiosity, peer pressure, escape from frustation
answer of the following questions. and failure, family problems, false belief of
(i) Label the parts A, B and C. enhanced performance.
(ii) Which cells produce these chemicals? Preventive measures :
(iii) State the function of these molecules. - Avoid undue peer pressure
- Education and Counselling
- Seeking help from parents and peers.
- Looking for danger signs
- Seeking professional and medical help

28. A person shows unwelcome immunogenic

reactions while exposed to certain substances.
(a) Name this condition.
(b) What common term is given to the
substances responsible for this condition?
(c) Name the cells and the chemical substances
released which cause such reactions.
Ans.(a) Allergy (b) Allergens
(c) Mast Cells – Histamine, Serotonin

29. Fill in the blanks in the different columns of

the table given below to identify the nos 1 to Ans.(a) HIV has RNA genome. It produces DNA
6. by reverse transcription.
Ans.(i) Alveoli filled with fluid, reduced (b) 1 : Viral DNA is produced by reverse
breathing, fever, chills, cough and headache. transcriptase.
(ii) Salmonella typhi 2 : New Viral RNA is produced by the infected
(iii) Common Cold cell.
(iv) Internal bleeding, muscular pain, anaemia, (c) Infected cell can survive.
fever and blockage of the intestinal passage.
(v) Microsporum species/Trichophyton 31. What is innate immunity? List the four
species/Epidermophyton Species. types of barriers which protect the body from
(vi) Amoebiasis/amoebic dysentery the entry of the foreign agents.
Ans.Innate Immunity is non-specific type of
30. In the given flow diagram, the replication defense that is present at the time of birth.
of retrovirus in a host cell is shown. Examine it (i) Physical Barriers : Skin, mucous-coated
and answer the following questions epithelium or respiratory, digestive and
(a) Why is virus called reterovirus? urinogenital tract.
(b) Fill in (1) and (2) (ii) Physiological Barriers : Acidity of Stomach,
(c) Can infected cell survie while viruses are lysozyme in saliva, tears, sweat.
being replicated and released by host cell? (iii) Cellular Barrier : Macrophages,
neutorophils, monocytes and natural killer
lymphocytes..
(iv) Cytokine Barriers :Interferons produced by
Viral infected cells, protect the non-infected
cells from further Viral infection.

32.How does humoral immune system works

when our body is infected?
Ans.Humoral immune response is one in which
antibodies are developed which are capable of
attacking microbes. Each B-cell has receptors on to produce progeny viruses. The replication of
its surface that recognize a specific antigen. virus involves:-
Initial exposure of B-cell to Antigen triggers B- (i)After viral capsid enters the cell enzyme
cells to proliferate forming a large clone cell reverse transcriptase copies single stranded
continuous stimulation increases the number of RNA into complementary DNA.
B-lymphocytes which differentiates into smaller (ii)The RNA is degraded lay ribonuclease H &
antibody producing plasma cells. Each clone of the DNA strand is duplicated to form double –
plasma cells manufactures antibodies that stranded DNA.
specifically react with antigenic determinant (iii)Proviral DNA is integrated into cells DNA
that stimulated the initial proliferation. The through a complex sequence of reactions
antibody binds to antigen- forming an antigen- catalysed lay Integrase enzyme.
antibody complex which is later digested by (iv)Once the virus has infected the cell, virus
phagocytic cells. Some of these plasma cells becomes active & large number of virus
develops into memory cells which rapidly particles are liberated that can infect other
differentially into plasma cells on later exposure cells.
to same antigen.
34.What are carcinogens? What are the
33.It was diagnosed by a specialist that the different types of carcinogens? Also mention
immune System of the body of a patient has the different methods of treatment of cancer?
been suppressed. Describe the infection & the Ans.The things that cause cancer are called
mechanism of its proliferation in the body. CARCINOGENS. These agents may be chemical
or physical things like:-
Smoking
Tobacco chewing
Radiations eg. uv- x-ray, cosmic rays.
Chemical eg. mustard gas, aflatoxin, cadmium
oxide
Biological agents eg. retroviruses
Cellular agents proto-oncogenes which when
activated under certain condition may lead to
oncogenic transformation of cells.
Treatment of cancer involves :-
SURGERY :- surgical removal of tumour
CHEMOTERAPY : treatment with drugs that can
destroy cancer cells
IMMUNOTHERAPY : use of interferons,
interleukin, vaccines to generate non-specific
defense mechanism
RADIATION THERAPY :- x-ray therapy or
radiotherapy use of ionizing radiations to kill
Ans.If the immune system of the patient is
cancer cells.
found to be suppressed, he is found to suffer
HARMONAL SUPPRESSION : providing or
from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The
blocking certain hormones.
HIV virus enters into helper T- cells & replicate
 However, if a person is infected with some
35.Describe the ill – effects of drug abuse in deadly microbe to which quick immune
males & females. Also mention the preventive response is required, we need to directly
measures that is to be taken to reduce such injected to patient’s body, This type of
effects. immunization is called PASSSIVE
Ans.1) ILL – DEFECTS IN MALES :- acne, IMMUNISATION.
increased aggressiveness , mood swing
depression reduction of size of testicles, 37. (i) Differentiate between communicable &
decreased Sperm production, kidney & liver non – communicable diseases?
dysfunction, premature baldness. (ii) Name the body part & the host in which
2) ILL – EFFECTS IN FEMALES :-masculinisation, following events takes place in life cycle of
increased aggressiveness, mood swings, plasmodium.
depression abnormal menstrual cycle, excessive (a) fertilization
hair growth on face & body & deepening of (b) Development of Gametophyte :-
voice. (c) Release of sporozoites :-
The following measures are need to be taken to (d) Asexual Reproduction.
prevent such problems :- Ans. (i) Communicable diseases are caused lay
EDUCATION & COUNSELLING :- to face problem biological agents & can spread from one person
or stress, to accept failure as part of life & to to another or one place to another through air,
channelize child’s energy to some health water, physical contact etc.
promoting activities. Non – communicable diseases are confined to a
AVOID UNDUE PEER PRESSURE :- to pressurize a person & do not easily spread from one person
child to perform beyond his capabilities to another.
SEEKING HELP FROM PARENTS &PEERS :- to (ii) (a) in the gut of female anopheles.
share the feeling of anxiety & guilty. (b) in RBCS of Human beings.
SEEKING PROFESSIONAL FOR MEDICAL HELP :- (c) Salivary gland of female anopheles.
help available in the form of highly qualified (d) liver cells of human beings.
psychiatrist, psychologist etc. 38. Answer the following with respect to
Caner.
36.What is vaccination? What type of (a) How does a cancerous cell differ from a
immunity is provided by vaccination? normal cell?
Ans.Vaccination is a process of development of (b) Benign tumor is less dangerous than
immunity with administration of vaccines in the malignant tumor. Why
body, here weakened pathogen are infected (c) Describe causes of cancer.
into the body to produce immunity against a (d) mention two methods of treatment of the
particular pathogen. This pathogen stimulates disease.
the body to produce antibodies. The antibodies Ans. (a) In normal cells, growth and
produced against these antigens would differentiation is highly controlled and
neutralize the pathogenic agent. The vaccine regulated (contact inhibition). The cancerous
also generates memory B – and T – cells that cells have lost the property of contact
recognize pathogen quickly on subsequent inhibition, hence continue to divide giving rise
exposure & overwhelm the invaders with to masses of cells (tumors).
massive production of antibodies. (b) The benign tumor remains confined in the
The type of immunity is ACTIVE IMMUNITY. organ affected as it is enclosed in a connective
tissue sheath and does not enter the metastatic (a) People should be educated about AIDS
stage. transmission.
(c) Cancer may be caused due to carcinogens (b) Disposable needles and syringes should be
which are physical (radiations), chemicals used
(Nicotine, Aflatoxin, Cadmium oxide, Asbestos) (c) Sexual habits should be changed
and biological (viral oncogens). immediately
(d) Surgery, radiotherapy, Chemotherapy (d) High-risk groups should be discouraged from
donating blood.
29. The pathogen of a disease depends on (e) Routine screening may be done.
RBCs of human for grwoth and reproduction.
The person with this pathogen suffers with 41.Discuss the role of lymphoid organs in the
chill and high fever. immune response. Explain the different types
(a) Identify the disease. of lymphoid organs giving two examples of
(b) Name the pathogen. each type in humans.
(c) What is the cause of fever? Ans.Lymphoid organs are organs where origin
(d) Represent the life cycle of the pathogen or maturation & proliferation of lymphocytes
diagrammatically. occurs. These lymphoid organs are of two
Ans. (a) Malaria types:-
(b) Different species of Plasmodium viz P. vivax, 1.PRIMARY LYMPHOID ORGAN: - where
P. Malariae and P. falciparum. immature lymphocytes differentiate into
(c) Malaria is caused by the toxins (haemozoin) antigen – sensitive lymphocytes. It includes :-
produced in the human body by the malarial
parasite. This toxin is released by the rupturing
of RBCs.
(d) Life cycle of Plasmodium : Fig. 8.1 Page 148,
NCERT book, Biology - XII

40. The immune system of a person is

supressed. He was found positive for a
pathogen in the diagnostic test ELISA.
(a) Name the disease, the patient is suffering
from.
(b) Which pathogen is identified by ELISA test? (a)BONEMARROW :– It is the main lymphoid
(c) Which cells of the body are attacked by the organ present in the thigh region where all
pathogen? types of blood cells including lymphocytes are
(d) Suggest preventive measure of the formed. It provides micro – environment for the
infection. development & maturation of B – cells.
Ans. (i) AIDS (Acquired Immuno Deficiency (b)THYMUS :- It is located beneath the chest
Syndrome) bone near heart. It provides microenvironment
(ii) HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) for the development & maturation of T –
(iii) Helper T-cells, macrophages, B- lymphocytes.
lymphocytes. 2.SECONDAR LYMPHOID ORGAN :- They provide
(iv) Preventive measures : the site for interaction of lymphocytes with
antigen which then proliferate to become
effector cells. It includes.
(a)SPLEEN :- It is large bean shaped organ &
contains mainly lymphocytes & phagocytes. It
acts as a filter of blood by trapping blood –
bound micro – organism.
(b)LYMPHNODE :- They are small – solid
structure located at different points along
lymphatic system. It serves to trap antigen
which happens to get into lymph & tissue fluid.
Antigen trapped in lymph nodes are responsible
for activation of lymphocytes,

42.With the help of a well – labelled diagram,

Describe the life cycle of malarial parasite.
Ans.Malaria is caused by plasmodium vivax. It
has two hosts – female anopheles is the vector
of plasmodium while the primary host is man
where the parasite maintains an amoeboid
stage in RBCS & later produces gametophyte.
Life cycle of plasmodium involves following
steps:-
The sporozoites enters the human body, reach
the liver through blood & multiply within the Gametophytes are developed in RBCS.
liver cells such liver cells burst & release the When a female anopheles mosquito bites an
parasites into blood. infected person, these parasites enter the
They attack RBCS, multiply & cause their mosquito’s body & undergo further
rupture. development. These parasites multiply within
The rupturing of RBCS is associated with the then in the stomach & develop a cyst.
release of a toxin called haemozoin, which is The cyst produces sporozoites which reach
responsible for recurring fever & the chill / salivary gland of mosquito. When such infected
shivering. Anopheles sucks blood of a healthy person, it
transfers. Sporozoites to repeat amoeboid stage
again.

43. What do you mean by “Out – breeding”.

What are the different methods employed for
out breeding.
Ans.Breeding between the unrelated ale &
female animals is called Outbreeding. It can be
done in following ways:-
OUT CROSS :- The mating of animals within the
same breed but do not have any common
ancestor on either side of their pedigree for 4-6
generation is called an out cross. It is the best
method of breeding of animals that are below media.Here callus divide & form root & shoot
average in milk production, growth rate of beef after organogenesis.
cattle etc. .Why is inbreeding necessary in animal
CROSS–BREEDING :- It is a cross between husbandary?
superior males of one breed & Superior females Ans.Inbreeding increases homozygosity.
of another breed. It allows the desirable
qualities of two different breeds to be 45. Name two fungal diseases of Crop plants.
combined & are used for commercial Ans. Brown rust of wheat, Smut of wheat, red
production eg .Hisardale, a new breed of sheep rot of Sugar cane, Late blight of potato.
is developed by crossing bikaneri ewes &
Marino rams. 46. Which product of Apiculture is used in
INTERSPECIFIC HYBRIDISATION :- male & female cosmetics and polishes?
animals of two different related species are Ans. Beewax.
mated so, that progeny may combine desirable
features of both parents eg. mule is produced 47. Semi-dwarf varieties of a crop plant were
by crossly donkey & a female house. derived from IR-8. Name that crop.
Ans. Paddy crop (rice)
44. What is somatic hybridization – Explain the
steps involved in the production of somatic 48. Write two qualities of Saccharum
hybrids? officinarum (Sugarcane) grown in South India.
Ans.Somatic hybridization is the process of Ans. Thicker stem and higher sugar content.
fusing protoplasts of somatic cells derived from
two different varieties or species of a plant on a 49.Name any two semi – dwarf varieties of
suitable nutrient culture medium under sterile wheat introduced into all wheat growing
condition. One example of somatic hybrid is places of India?
topato produced by fusion of protoplast of Ans. Sonalika & Kalyan sona.
tomato & potato.
Somatic hybridization involves the following 50.What is Biofortification?
steps:- Ans. The breeding of crops to increase the
Isolation of protoplast from two different levels of vitamins, minerals & higher proteins &
varieties of plants – each having a desirable healthier fats content is called biofortification.
character,
Fusion of cytoplasm of two protoplast results in 51.Give an example where mutation breeding
coalescence of cytoplasm. The nuclei of two has been Successfully carried out for
protoplasts may or may not fuse together even introducing disease resistance.
after fusion of cytoplasm, fusion of protoplast Ans. varieties of mung bean have been
requires a suitable agent called fusogeneg. PEG successfully developed that are resistant to
or polyethylene glycol. yellow mosaicvirus & powdery mildew.
Under favourable conditions, hybrid protoplast
synthesise new cell wall around it. Hybrid cell 52.Name two better yielding varieties of rice
functions as a single cell & then undergo developed in India?
sustained division to form callus. Ans. Jaya & Ratna
The regenerated callus is transferred to a new
culture plates containing suitable culture
53.Name the microbe that is grown for use as mosaic Virus and leaf
protein – rich food? curl
Ans. Methylophilus methylotropous. Ans.A - Leaf and Stripe rust, hill bunt.
B - Pusa swarnim (Karan rai).
54.Why is mutation breeding necessary for C - Cowpea
breeding for disease resistance? D - Pusa Sadabahar
Ans. because there is limited availability of
disease – resistance genes in the crop plants & 61. Why are proteins synthesized from
wide varieties. Spirulina called Single celled Proteins? What is
the significance of such a protein?
55.Give any two commercial products Ans.The protein rich food produced by
produced from Apis species? microbes is called as single called protein (SCP)
Ans. Honey & bee wax Spirulina is a microorganisms which has more
protein. It is a quick method of protein
56.What is the major advantage of producing production because the growth rate of
plants by micropropagation? microbes is enormous. Hence, it provides a
Ans. a large number of plants can le grown in a protein rich diet for human beings.
short period of time.
62. Differentiate between inbreeding and
57.What is a somaclones? outbreeding in animals.
Ans. Somaclones are the genetically identical Ans.When breeding is between animals of the
plants developed from any part of a plant same breed, it is callednbreeding, while cross
laymicropropagation. between different breeds in called out
breeding.
58.Name any two fresh water fishes?
Ans. Rohu & catla. 63. Observe the process of Somatic
hybridisation given below and fill in the blanks.
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
59. A new breed of sheep was developed in
Punjab by crossing two different breeds of
Sheep. Name the two breeds which were
crossed and the new breed developed.
Ans.By crossing Bikaneri ewes and Marino
rams, the new breed Hisardale was developed.

60. Study the table given below and fill in the

blanks marked A, B, C and D
Crop
S.No  Resistant to Disease
Variety
(A)
1. Wheat Himgiri
White rust
2. Brassica (B)
Bacterial blight
3. (C) Pusa Koma
Chilly mosaic Virus,
4. Chilli (D)
Tobacco
Ans.(i) Isolation of protoplast of Tomato cell to cause fertilisation : it does notshow ill –
and Potato cell. effects of inbreeding depression.
(ii) Somatic hybridisation.
(iii) Pomato 68.What is interspecific hybridization. Give an
(iv) Somatic hybrid example?
Ans.It is a method of outbreeding in which male
64.What is single cell protein? What is its & female animal of two different species are
significance? crossed to combine the desirable features of
Ans.The production of edible proteins on a both the parents into one eg, mule is produced
large scale from microorganisms for human by a cross between donkey & a female horse.
beings &animals is called Single cell protein. It is
important because :- 69.What are the advantages of breeding for
it provide protein – rich supplement in diet. disease-resistance in plants?
It reduces pressure on agriculture for supply of Ans. Plant breeding for disease resistance has
desired proteins. two advantages
It helps to minimise environmental pollution i)Enhance food production lay reducing losses
due to diseases.
65.Expand MOET. How is it carried out? ii)Reduced dependence on use of fungicides &
Ans.Moet is multiple ovulation Embryo transfer. bacteriocides
It involves following steps :-
a cow is administered hormones to induce 70.Which part of the plant is best suited for
follicular motivation & super ovulation. making virus free plants & why?
Cow is mated with a selected bull. Ans.Apical & intercalary buds having apical
Fertilized eggs at 8-32 celled stage are mexistem are best suited part of the plant body
recovered & transferred to surrogate mother. for making virus free plants as they are free
from viral infection.
66.What is germplasm? Why is it necessary to
have gemplasm collection? 71.What is artificial insemination? What are
Ans.The sumtotal of all the alleles of the gene the advantages of this technique?
present in a plant & its relative is called Ans.It is a process in which the semen collected
Germplasm. Germplasm collection is very from a superior male is injected into the
essential for effective exploitation of natural reproductivetract of the selected female by the
genes available in the population. breeder.
Advantages :-
67.What is inbreeding depression? Why do self Semen can be used immediately or stored
pollinated crops do not show the ill-effects of Semen can be transported in frozen from to a
inbreeding depression? distant place.
Ans.Continued inbreeding especially close Semen from one selected made can be used on
inbreeding usually reduces fertility & even number of females.
productivity.This is called inbreeding
depression. In self – pollinated crops, since the 72.Why was hybridization carried out between
male & female reproductiveparts are of the species of Sugarcane in North India & that
same flower & are compatible with each other grown in south India?
Ans.Saccharum barberi grown in North India Ans.Mutation : Sudden inheritable change in
but had poor sugar content & Yield. Saccharum the characters of an organism due to change in
officarumhad thicker Stem & high sugar content the sequence of bases in the gene(s).
but cannot grow well in north India. The hybrid Mutation results in a new character or trait, not
of these twovarieties has desirable quality of found in the parental type It can also be
high yield, thick stem, high sugar & ability to induced by using mutagens like gamma
grow in North India. radiations.
Such plant materials are used as such or used
73.Name the variety developed & disease to for breeding new variaties.
which it is resistant in case of :- Mung bean resistance to yellow mosaic virus
i) Brassica and powdery mildew.
ii) Cowpea
Ans.i) Pusa swarnim variety developed against 77. How can we improve the success rate of
white rust. fertilisation during artificial insemination in
ii) Pusa komal variety developed against aminal husbandary programmes?
Bacterial blight. Ans.The Multiple Ovulation Embryo Transfer
(MOET) technology can improve the success
74.What is meant by the term “breed”. What rate of fertilisation.
are the objectives of animal breeding? In the procedure, a cow is given hormonal
Ans.The group of animal having similar treatment (FSH), so that more than one
ancestral characters size, general appearance ova/eggs (6-8) are produced per cycle. After
etc – are calledbreed. mating or artificial insemination the embryos at
Objectives of Animal Breeding :- 8-32 celled stage, are transferred to different
(a) Increase the yield of animals. surrogate mother cows. This technology has
(b) Improvement in the desirable qualities of been successfully used for cattle sheep, rabbit,
the produce. mares and buffalloes.
75. What is micropropagation? Why are plants
produced by this technique called somaclones? 78. Biofortification is the most practical means
Name any two food plants which are produced to improve public health. Justify the statement
on commercial scale using this method. with examples.
Ans. The method of producing many plants Ans.Biofortification is the plant breeding
through tissue culture is called programme designed to increase Vitamins,
micropropagation. minerals, heigher proteins and healthier fat
The plants produced through micropropagation content in crops. This programme improves the
will be genetically identical to the original plant quality of food products. It is required to
from which they were grown, hence are called prevent hidden hunger. Some of the examples
somaclones. of fortified crops are:
Tomato, banana, apple are produced on (i) New hybrid of maize : has twice the amount
commercial scale using this method. of amino acid lysine and tryptophan.
(ii) Wheat : Atlas 66, having a high protein
76. What is mutation? Explain the significance content.
of mutation in plant breeding. Give an example (iii) Rice : 5 times iron than the normal amount.
of a disease resistant variety of cultivated IARI Delhi has released several crops which are
plant induced by mutation. rich in vitamins and minerals. Consumption of
such biofortified food will vastly improve the b.HEALTH CARE:- It requires regular inspection
public health. with proper record keeping.

78. What is meant by germplasm Collection? 81.What is “tissue culture”. What are the steps
Describe its significance in plant breeding involved in tissue culture?
programmes. Ans.“Tissue culture is an experimental process
Ans.The collection of all the diverse alleles of all through which a mass of cells (callus) is
the genes of crop plant is called germ plasm produced froman explant tissue & used directly
collection. to regenerate plant It invoices following steps :-
In plant breeding programmes, the germplasm Selection of an elite plant
provides the entire of genes and alleles, and the Preparation of suitable culture media
characterstics which they express. The plant Sterilisation of an explant & inoculation on
breeders select the most favourable characters culture media under controlled temp ~ 250 c in
of a particular gene and manipulate its transfer light
to a desirable parent. Callus induction in explant.
Organogenesis :- a high cytokine : auxin ratio
79. To which product, following products are induce Shoot formation while high auxin :
related (a) Blue revolution (b) white revolution cytokinin ratio induce root formation.
(c) Green revolution Acclamatization :- test tube rooted plantlets are
Ans. (a) Fish production (b) Milk production (c) first subjected to acclimatization in green house
Crop production & then transferred to the field.

80.What measures would you undertake to 82.What are the measures that need to be
improve the quality & quantity of milk taken for effective poultry farm management?
production? Ans.i) It requires a crowd – free, rainproof, well
Ans.The quality & quantity of milk production ventilated & protected brood house.
depends on three factors :- ii).Brood house should be clean & disinfected.
Genetic makeup. iii).Good drainage system.
Nutrition & iv).Proper fed & clean & fresh drinking water.
Environment v).Proper light management for optimum egg
Thus, the following steps should be taken to production.
improve management of livestock :- vi).Poultry are more sensitive to heat so,
a.SHEDS :- Sheds should be neat & clean, well – measures should be adopted to overcome heat
ventilated with pucca floor & will drained shock.
channel. a).Sheds should be covered with grass or low
b.BALANCED DIET :- a balanced feed consists of vegetation.
appropriate quantities of carbohydrates, b).Provide sprinklers on roof.
proteins, vitamins, minerals & water. The feed c).Maximum Ventilation.
consists of two main components :- vii)Disease – free & suitable breeds should be
i.Roughage – include fodder, hay, straw & selected for breeding.
Silage.
ii.Concentrates – broken forge crops, grams, 83.The steps in a programme are :-
cereals, mullets, cotton, seeds. Collection of germplasm, crossbreeding the
a.CLEAN WATER : selected parents, selection superior
recombinant progeny & Testing, releasing & Ans.The major steps involved in plant breeding
marketing new cultivars? are :-
i) What is this programme related to? i). Collection of varieties :- collection &
ii) Name two special qualities as the basis of preservation of all the different wild varieties,
selection of progeny. species & relatives ofthe cultivates species.
iii) What was the outcome of the programme? ii). Evaluation & Selection of Parents :-
iv) What is the popular term given to this Germplasm collected is evaluated to identify
outcome? Also name the India Scientist who is plants with desirablecharacter. The selected
credited with chalking out of this programme. plants are multiplied & used.
v) Among the above – mentioned step which is iii). Hybridisation of Selected Parents :- The
the most crucial step of this programme& selected parents are hybridized so that the
why? traits in them can becombined in the hybrid
Ans. i). Plant breeding. progeny.
ii). Disease resistance & yield. iv). Selection & Testing of Superior
iii). Production of improved varieties. Recombinants :- Individuals with desired
iv). The popular term give to this outcome is combination of characters haveto be selected
HYBRID. Dr. S. Swamminathan is credited with from among the progeny. Such hybrids are
chalking out of this programme. superior to both the parents.
v). Selection of superior progeny is the most v). Testing, Release & commercialization of New
crucial step of this programme because it yields cultivars :-
plants thatare superior to both parents & are Evaluation is done by growing these plants in
then self – pollinated for several generations. the research field & recording their
performance under ideal conditions of
84. What is apiculture? What are the irrigation, fertilizers & other crop practices. The
requirements to consider for bee–keeping? selected plants are then tested in the farmer’s
Ans.The culturing of honey bees for the field for at least three growing seasons. The
production of honey or beewax is called material thus selected is certified & released as
Apiculture. a variety.
Bee – keeping can be practised in any area 86. Does apiculture offer multiple advantages
where there is sufficient bee pastures of some to farmers? List its advantages, if it is located
wild shrubs, fruits orchards & cultivated crops. near a place of commercial flower cultivation.
The following points are important for Name the most common species of bee which
successful bee – keeping :- is reared in India.
Knowledge of nature & habits of bee. Ans. Apiculture or Bee-Keeping is the
Selection of suitable location of keeping maintenance of hives of honeybees for the
beehives. production of honey. Apiculture is beneficial for
Catching & hiving of swarms. farmers in many ways. Honey bee also produces
Management of beehives during different beewax which is used in industries, such as in
seasons. preparation of cosmetics and polishes of
Handling & collection of honey &beewax. various kinds. If Bee keeping is practiced in any
area the commercial flowers are cultivated, it
85.What are the major steps involved in Plant will be beneficial in the following ways.
breeding? (i) Bees are pollinators of many crop species
including flowering crops such as sunflower.
(ii) It improves the honey yield, because average in milk production, growth rate of beef
honeybees collect the nectar from flowers for cattle etc.
making honey. ii)CROSS–BREEDING :- It is a cross between
Apis indica is the msot common species whch is superior males of one breed & Superior females
reared in India. of another breed. It allows the desirable
qualities of two different breeds to be
87. What is somatic hybridisation? Describe combined & are used for commercial
the various steps in producing somatic hybrids production eg . Hisardale, a new breed of sheep
from protoplasts. Mention any two uses of is developed by crossing bikaneri ewes &
somatic hybridisation. Marino rams.
Ans. Somatic Hybridisation : The process of iii)INTERSPECIFIC HYBRIDISATION :- male &
fusing protoplasts of Somatic cells derived from female animals of two different related species
different varieties or species of plants to are mated so, that progeny may combine
produce a hybrid. desirable features of both parents eg. mule is
Steps : produced by crossly donkey & a female house.
(i) Removal of cell wall of fusing cells by
digestion with a combination of pectinase and 89.What is somatic hybridization – Explain the
cellulase to form protoplasts. steps involved in the production of somatic
(ii) Fusion between protoplasts of selected hybrids?
parents is induced by the use of poly ethylene Ans. Somatic hybridization is the process of
glycol (PEG). fusing protoplasts of somatic cells derived from
(iii) The resulted product is cultured on a twodifferent varieties or species of a plant on a
suitable medium to regenerate cell walls. suitable nutrient culture medium under
(iv) The cells obtained begin to divide to sterilecondition. One example of somatic hybrid
produce plantlets called somatic hybrids. is topato produced by fusion of protoplast of
Uses/Applications : tomato &potato.
(i) Somaclonal variations can be created Somatic hybridization involves the following
(ii) Lines or varieties/species of plants which can steps:-
not be sexually hybridised, they can be I).Isolation of protoplast from two different
hybridised. varieties of plants – each having a desirable
(iii) Allopolyploids can be raised by the method. character,
II). Fusion of cytoplasm of two protoplast
88.What do you mean by “Out – breeding”. results in coalescence of cytoplasm. The nuclei
What are the different methods employed for of twoprotoplasts may or may not fuse together
out breeding. even after fusion of cytoplasm, fusion of
Ans. Breeding between the unrelated ale & protoplast requires a suitable agent called
female animals is called Outbreeding. It can be fusogen eg. PEG or polyethylene glycol.
done in following ways:- III). Under favourable conditions, hybrid
i)OUT CROSS :- The mating of animals within the protoplast synthesise new cell wall around it.
same breed but do not have any common Hybrid cellfunctions as a single cell & then
ancestor on either side of their pedigree for 4-6 undergo sustained division to form callus.
generation is called an out cross. It is the best IV). The regenerated callus is transferred to a
method of breeding of animals that are below new culture plates containing suitable culture
1. How does a small amount of curd added to 93.Name the pests that lady bird & dragon flies
fresh milk convert it into curd? Mention a help to get rid off respectively?
nutritional quality that get added to the curd. Ans. Lady bird beetle is useful to get rid off
Ans. A large number of lactic acid bacteria are aphids & dragon – flies control mosquitoes.
found in small amount of curd which multiply
and convert the milk into curd by producing the 94.Give an example to prove that microbes
lactic acid. The nutritional quality improves by release gases during metabolism?
increasing Vitamin B12. Ans. The best example of microbes release
gases during metabolism are the puffed dough
2. Why is secondary treatment of water in & bread.
sewage treatment plant called biological
treatment? 95.What are interferons?
Ans. In this treatment Organic wastes of sewage Ans. Proteins released by cells in response to
water are decomposed bycertain viral infection which they help to combat are
microorganisms in presence of water. called interferons.

3. An antibiotic called ‘Wonder Drug’ was used 96.Name the enzyme which is used as clot
to treat the wounded soldiers of America during buster” to remove blood clot from blood
World War-II. Name the drug and the scientist vessels of patients.
who discovered it. Ans. Streptokinase.
Ans. Penicillin, Alexander Fleming.
97.Name the first antibiotic manufactured &
4. You have observed that fruit juice in bottles also name its source microorganism.
bought from the market are clearer as Ans. Penicilin obtained from penicillium
compared to those made at home. Give reason. notatum.
Ans. Bottle juices are clarified by the use of
pectinase and proteases. 98.Name any two fungus which are used in
production of antibiotics?
90. Alexander Fleming discovered ‘Penicillin, Ans. Penicillium notatum, cephalosporium
but its full potential as an effective antibiotic acremonium.
was established by other scientists. Name the
two scientists. 99.Expand LAB?
Ans. Ernest chain and Howard Florey. Ans. Lactic acid Bacteria

91. Name the plant whose sap is used in 100.Name any two free – living nitrogen fixing
making ‘Toddy’. Mention the process involved bacteria.
in it. Ans. Azotobacter, Azospirillum
Ans. Palm tree, by fermentation.
101.Name the organism used in the dough for
92.What is the medical use of cyclosporin A. making bread.
Ans. Cyclosporin A is used as an Ans. Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
immunosuppressive drug during organ
transplantation. 102.Name the fungus used as a biocontrol of
plant diseases.
Ans. Trichoderma. (c) remove clots from blood vessels
(d) Cyclosporin A
103.Name any two gases produced during (e) Beverage/medicines
secondary treatment of Sewage? (d) Propionibacteriumsharmanii.
Ans. Methane, Hydrogen sulphide & carbon
dioxide. 109. What is biochemical oxygen demand
104. Name two alcoholic drinks produced in (BOD) test? At what stage of Sewage
each of the following ways. treatment this test is performed? BOD level of
(i) by distillation and (ii) without distillation. three samples of water labelled as A, B and C
Ans. (i) Whisky, brandy, rum – by distillation are 30 mg/L, 10mg/L and 500 mg/L
(ii) Wine, beer – without distillation respectively. Which sample of water is most
polluted?
105. Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) is commonly Ans..
used in the conversion of milk into curd. The BOD test measures the rate of uptake of
Mention any two other functions of LAB that oxygen by microorganisms in a sample of water.
are useful to humans. Biological treatment or Secondary treatment
Ans. (i) LAB in human intestine synthesizes Sample C is most polluted because it has
Vitamin B12. highest BOD level among the three samples of
(ii) LAB in human stomach checks the growth of water.
harmful microbes.
110. Given below is the Flow chart of Sewage
106. How do mycorrhizae function as treatment. Fill in the blank spaces marked ‘a’
biofertilisers? Explain with example. to ‘f’.
Ans.Mycorrhizaare fungi associated with the Ans. (a) Primary treatment (b) Aeration
roots of plants. Many membersof genus Glomus (c) Flocs (d) Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
form mycorrhiza. These fungal symbiont (e) Activated sludge (f) Water bodies like
absorbs water and minerals like phosphorus riverstream.
from the soil and provide them to the plant.
107. Fill in the blanks spaces a, b, c, d, e, and f,
given in the following table:
S.N Commerci Applicatio
Name of Organism
o al Product n
Penicilliu (a)
Penicilliumnotatum m Making
1. (b) Lactic acid Curd.
2. Streptococcus Clot (c)
3. Trichodermapolyspor buster Immuno
4. um enzyme supressiv
5. Saccharomyces (d) e agent
6. cerevisiae Ethanol (e)
(f) Swiss Food
cheese Product
Ans. (i) to kill disease causing bacteria
(b) Lactobacillus
 They act by Competitively inhibiting the
enzymes responsible for synthesis of
cholesterol and are used as blood cholesterol
lowering agents.

113.Describe the procedure involved in

Sewage treatment?
Ans..For treatment of sewage waste, following
procedure are followed :-
I)PRIMARY TREATMENT :- It is the physical
separation of suspended solids in settling tanks
to lower BOD. To remove solid fraction the raw
Sewage is piped into huge open tanks where
they are Subjected to anaerobic digestion.
ii)SECONDARY TREATMENT :- Secondary
treatment relies aerobic or anaerobic microbial
activity. The methods employed in secondary
treatment:-
a)filtration by sand filters
b)Aeration process
c)Use of oxidation ponds.
The sludge with accumulates after secondary
treatment is disposed off after drying & efferent
is allowedfor tertiary treatment
111. What are biofertilisers? A farmer is iii)TERTIARY TREATMENT :- It includes chemical
advised to add a culture of bacterium in the treatment to remove inorganic compounds &
soil before sowing the crop. Name the Pathogenic microorganism. Chlorthationis the
bacterium in the culture. How is this bacterium usually employed method of disinfection.
useful to the crop?
Ans. 115.What is Biogas? How is it produced &
Biofertilisers are organisms that enrich the Name the microbes invaded in Biogas
nutrient quality of the soil. production.
Azotobacter/Azospirillum (free living) Ans..The gas produced by anaerobic
This bacterium fixes atmospheric nitrogen into fermentation of waste biomass is called
organic forms, which is used by the plants as BIOGAS. It consists ofmethane, CO2 hydrogen,
nutrient. nitrogen, Oxygen, H2 S etc. The microbes which
are commonly used for Biogasproduction-
112. What are statins? Name the i)hydrolytic bacteria eg. cellulomonas,
microorganism that produces this substance. chlostridium
How is it medically important? ii)H2 producing bacteria eg.
Ans. Statins are cholesterol reducing agents. Syntrophomonaswolfei
They are produced by Monascuspurpureus iii)Methanogenic bacteria eg.
(Yeast) Methanobacteriumomelians.kii
The Biogas plant consists of concrete tank is ii)Bysolublising insoluble fertilizers
fed. A floating cover is placed over slurry, which iii)By stimulating plant growth.
keeps onrising as the gas is produced in the iv)By phosphorus uptake.
tank due to microbial activity. The Biogas plant v)By bring about decomposition of plant
has an outlet which isconnected to a pipe to residues.
supply biogas to nearby houses. During biogas Cyanobacteria eg. Anabaena which is found in
production, microbes convert theorganic the leaf cavity of water fern Azolla, fixes
fraction of biodegradable organic solid waste & nitrogen from atmosphere & excretes
refuse into energy in the form of biogas & nitrogenous compound into leaf cavity.
humus. 119. How does primary sludge differ from
CO + H2 O →→ CO2 + H2 activated sludge? What type of changes in the
CO2 +4H2 →→ CH4 + 2H2O sludge are carried out in anaerobic sludge
CH3OH →→ CH4 + O2 digester? Give the composition of biogas
produced in the sewage treatment plant.
116.Microbes can be used to decrease the use Ans. Primary sludge is all solids like soil, small
of chemical fertilizers & pesticides. Explain pebbles that settle down in settling tank during
how can this be accomplished? primary treatment of sewage. Activated sluge is
Ans..In modern society, the problems of plant the sediment of bacterial ‘flocs’ in settling tank
diseases & pests are been tackled lay use of during biological treatment. Flocs are masses of
chemicals butthese chemicals are toxic & bacteria held together by slime and fungal
extremely harmful to human beings & filaments. A part of activated sluge is used as
environment. Thus in agriculture, thereis a inoculum in aeration tank and remaining is
method of controlling pests that relies on passed into a large tank called anaerobic sluge
natural predation rather than chemicals eg.In digester. In this tank, other kind of bacteria
order to control butterfly, caterpillar etc, a which grow anaerobically, digest the bacteria,
bacteria called Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) are fungi and biomass in the sludge. Biogas that
available asdried spores in sachet which are produced in Sewage treatment plant is a
mixed with water & Sprayed onto vulnerable mixture of metnane, hydrogen and Carbon
plants eg – brassica etcwhere these are eaten dioxide.
lay insect larvae. In the gut of larvae, the toxin is 120. Which are the factor responsible for the
released & larvae get killed. Thebacterial wide variety of habitat formed within each
disease will kill the caterpillar but leave other biome?
insects unharmed. Ans.Regional and local variations

117.How do Biofertilisers enrich the fertility of 121. Fresh water animals are unable to survive
soil? How does cyanobacteria acts as for long in sea water. Give reason.
biofertiliser? Ans,.Due to osmotic problems.
Ans..The Biological routes of improving soil
fertility for optimum crop production are 122. With which population growth model is
operated by micro– organism& they are hence the Verhulst Pearl equation associated?
known as “BIOFERTILIZERS. These Ans. Logistic Growth.
microorganism increase cropproductivityby
either of the following methods 124. Define diapause. Which organisms exhibit
i)By fixing atmospheric nitrogen it?
Ans.A stage of suspended development,
zooplanktons. 134.What is Allen’s rule?
Ans.Mammals living in colder regions have
125. Calculate the death rate if 6 individuals in short ears & limbs to minimise heat loss.
a laboratory population of 60 fruit flies died
during a particular week. 135.“Cuckoo bird lays eggs in the nest of crow”
Ans. 6/60 =0.1 individuals per fruitfly per week. which type of interaction is shown in this
relation?
126. In biological control method, one living Ans.Brood parasitism.
organism is used against another to check its
uncontrolled growth. Which kind of population 136.Give one function of aerenchyma in
interaction is involved in this? aquatic plants?
Ans. Predation. Ans.Aerenchyma in aquatic plants provides
buoyancy & helps them in floating.
127. An organism has to overcome stressful
condition for a limited period of time. Which 137.What does J-shaped curve indicates?
strategies can it adopt to do so? Ans.J-shaped curve indicates that the resources
Ans.(i) Migration are unlimited in a habitat.
(ii) Suspension of active life by
hibernation/aestivation/spore formation. 138.Name the type of interaction in which one
species is harmed while other is neither
128. Write what do phytophagous insects feed benefitted nor harmed?
on? Ans.Ammensalism.
Ans.Plant sap and other parts of plant.
139.Why are calotropis plants not browsed by
129.Why do leaves contains Sunken stomata? herbivores?
Ans.Leaves contains sunken stomata i.e. Ans.Because calotropis plant produces a highly
Stomata arranged in deep pits to minimizes poisonous glycoside that is a cardiac poison &
water loss by transpiration. thus, directly kills the predator.

130.Name the type of interaction that is 140.What are the two primary requirements of
detrimental to both the interaction. a parasite from host?
Ans.Competition. Ans.Food & shelter.

131.What type of interaction is shown by 141.What is the ecological principle behind

sparrows eating the seeds? biological control method of managing pest
Ans.Predation. insects.
Ans.Predation, where predators prey upon
132.Define homeostasis? pests & control their number.
Ans.Homeostasis refers to the maintenance of a
steady internal environment by organisms. 142.Write the equation for verhulst – poarl
logistic growth of population.
133.Give an example of suspension? Ans.ΔNΔt = rN(K−N)KΔNΔt = rN(K−N)K
Ans.Hibernation is frogs, reptiles or polar bear.
143.Name the mechanism employed by ophrys Ans. (i) Regulate (ii) Conform (iii) migrate (iv)
to get its flowers pollinated? Suspend
Ans.Mutualism.
151. Why do clown fish and sea anemone pair
144.List any two factors which determine the up? What is this relationship called?
nature of soil? Ans.Clown fish lives in tentacles of sea
Ans.Climate & weathering process. Anemone and gets protection from predators.
145. What are the four levels of biological Interaction – commeasalisn.
organisation with which ecology basically
deals? 152.Distinguish between ectotherms&
Ans.Organisms, population, communities and Endotherms?
biomes. Ans.Ectotherms are those animals whose body
temperature changes & matches with that of
146. Differentiate between stenohaline and environment in which they are living whereas
euryhaline organisms. Endotherms are those animal whose body
Ans.Euryhaline :Organisms tolerant in wide temperature is maintained relatively constant
range of salinities. by physiological regulation.
Stenohaline :Organisms tolerant to narrow
range of salinities. 153.“Lichens are considered good examples of
obligate mutualisms”. Comment?
147. List four features which enable the Xeric Ans.Lichens show an intimate mutualistic
plants to survive in the desert conditions. relationship between a fungus & an algae or
Ans. (i) thick cuticle cynobacterium where the fungus helps in
(ii) Stomata in deep pits absorption of nutrients & provides it to bacteria
(iii) Stomata closed during day time while the algae or cyanobacterium prepares the
(iv) leaves reduced to spines (CAM food.
photosynthetic pathway).
154.Give any two examples of defense
148. Mention the attributes which a mechanism in plants against herbivory?
population has but not an individual organism. Ans. i) plants develops certain morphological
Ans.Birth rate, Death rate, Sex ratio, age means of defense e.g. thorns in bougainvillea &
groups. spinesin cactus.
ii) plants produce & store certain chemicals
149. Differentiate between stenothermal and which functions with by directly killing them or
eurythermal organisms. by inhibiting them from feeding .
Ans.Eurythermal :Organisms that can tolerate
and thrive in wide range of 155.What is Brood parasitism? Give an
temperaturesStenothermal :Organisms example. What adaptation has evolved in this
restricted to a narrow range of temperature. phenomenon?
Ans.Brood parasitism refers to the
150. What are the four ways through which phenomenon in which one bird species by its
the living organisms respond to abiotic eggs in the nest ofanother bird species
factors? Evolution has occurred in such a way the eggs
of the parasitic birds resemblethose of the host
bird in size, colouretc to avoid host bird means. They bask in the sun & absorb heat
detecting the foreign eggs & ejecting themfrom when their body temperature isbelow the
the nest e.g. cuckoo bird lays eggs in the nest of comfort level & move into shade when it is
crow. It is considered as a parasitic type higher.
ofinterspecific interaction because in this
relationship the parasite i.e. eggs of cuckoo 161.Differentiate between Hibernation &
birds dependson crow’s nest for its food & aestivation?
shelter but the crow is harmed because there is Ans.Hibernation is the phenomenon of
competition for limitedfood and shelter spending cold period in inactive stage by an
amongst the crow’s egg & cuckoo’s egg thus, in animal whereasaestivation is the phenomenon
parasitic interspecific interactionthe parasite is of spending dry & hot conditions in an inactive
benefited while the host is harmed. stage by animal.

156.An orchid plant is growing on the branch 162.Name the bind of interaction present
of mango tree. How do you describe this between the following :-
interaction between the orchid & the mango i) Indian Nightingale & crow
tree? ii) Nodulated roots & rhizobium
Ans.Orchids grows as epiphytes on mango tree. iii) Plasmoduim& man
This is an example of commensalism in which iv) Orchids & Mongo tree
orchids are benefited by getting a shelter while Ans. i) Indian Nightingale &crow :- Brood
the tree is neither benefited nor harmed. parasitism
ii) Nodulated roots & rhizobium :- Mutualism
157.State Gauss’s competitive exclusion iii) Plasmoduim& man :- Perasitism
principle? iv) Orchids & Mongo tree :- Commensalism.
Ans.Gause’s competitive exclusion principle
states that two closely related species 163.Define carrying capacity?
competing for the same resources cannot exist Ans.The maximum number of individuals of a
together as the competitively inferior one will population that can be sustained by a given
be eliminated but this is true only when habitat is called its carrying capacity.
resources are limiting & not otherwise.
164.If a marine fish is placed in fresh water
158.What is migration? Why do animals show aquarium, will the fish be able to survive. Why
this phenomenon? or why not?
Ans.Migration is a phenomenon in which Ans.No, marine fish is unable to survive in a
organisms can move away temporarily from the fresh water aquarium because they are adapted
stressful conditions in the habitat with to live insaline sea water. They are unable to
hospitable conditions e.g. birds undertake long cope with outside hypotonic environment
distance migration during winter. because ofOsmoregulation problem.

159.How do desert lizards maintain a fairly 165.Out of the two population growth models,
constant body temperature? which one is more realistic & Why?
Ans.Desert lizards manage to deal with high Ans. Logistic or S-shaped growth curve is more
temperature by keeping their body realistic because no population can continue to
temperature fairlyconstant by behavioral
grow exponentially, as the resource availability
becomes limiting at certain point of time. 169.Mention any two ways in which organisms
tide over unfavourable conditions by
156.What role do predators play in an suspending their activities.
ecosystem? Ans. i) Hibernation – phenomenon of spending
Ans.Predators plays an important role in cold period in inactive stage by an animal e.g.
ecosystem :- frog,reptiles, polar bear.
i)They act as conduct for energy transfer to ii) Aestivation – phenomenon of spending dry &
higher trophic level. hot conditions in an inactive stage by an animal
ii)Theykeep the prey population under control e.g. snail, fishes.
which otherwise can reach very high population
density. 170.Why are predators “prudent in nature?
iii)They help in maintaining species diversity in a Ans.Predators are said to be prudent in nature
community. because if a predator is too efficient &
overexploitits prey, then the prey might
157.Most living organisms cannot survive at become extinct & following it the predator will
temperature above 450c. How are some also become extinct forlacking of food.
microbes able to live in habitat with 171. How does the shape of age pyramid
temperature exceeding 1000c. reflect the growth status of a population?
Ans.Some microbes are able to live in habitats Ans.Shape of pyramids reflects growth statusof
with temperate exceeding 1000 c because the population (a) growing (b) Stable (c)
theypossess minimum amount of free water in declining.
their body. Removal of water provide resistance
to hightemperature.

168.Give below is a graph depicting organismic

response to changing external condition. Name
the type of organisms which will show:-
i) pattern A
ii) pattern B
172. Darwin showed that even a slow growing
animal like elephant could reach enormous
number in absence of checks. With the help of
your understanding of growth models, explain
when is this possible? Why is this notion
unrealistic?
Ans. Possible if the growth model is
Exponential, i.e., having unlimited resources. Its
an unrealistic situation because resources are
Ans. i) Conformers shows pattern A where body limited. Hence, it follows logistic growth model.
temperature changes with the
ambienttemperature. 173. How will you measure population density
ii) Regulators shows pattern B where body in following cases?
temperature remains constant. (i) fish in a lake
(ii) tiger census in a national park i) Population Density :- The size of a population
(iii) single huge banyan tree with large canopy . in relation to a definite unit of space is termed
Ans. (i) fish caught per trap. aspopulation density. The maximum limit of
(ii) number per unit area density depends upon energy flow in an
(iii) percentage cover in biomass. ecosystem, nutritionalstatus of trophic level &
metabolic equilibrium. Population density can
174. Species facing competition might evolve be mathematically calculatedas : D=N/atD=N/at
mechanism that promotes coexistence rather ii) Birth Rate / Natality :- The birth rate or
than exclusion. Justify this statement in light of natality denotes the produced number of new
Gause’s competitive exclusion principle, citing individuals byany natural method in per unit
suitable examples. time. The birth can be expressed lay
Ans.State Gause’s competitive exclusion formula B=NntB=Nnt
principle.Mechanisms is resource partitioning. iii) Death Rate / Mortality :- It refers to death
E.g., experiment of Mac Arthur on Warblers rate of individuals in the population. It is
(Refer page 325, NCERT book, Biology - XII). expressed in asnumber of individual dying in a
given period.Death Rate = no of death in
175.Describe the specific adaptation of population Timeno of death in population Time
xerophytes with respect to root system, stem iv) Carrying Capacity:- Each habitat or
& leaves. ecosystem has a certain space which can
Ans. i) ADAPTATIONS INROOTS :- Xerophytes accommodate a finitenumber of organisms
have well developed & extensively branched depending on its size & productivity. This is
long rootsystem. While some perennial called carrying capacity
xerophytes of succulent nature possess
extensive but shallow root system.They can
absorb water from dew drops & small rain
droplets.
ii) ADAPTATION IN STEM:- stems of woody
xerophytes are comparatively stunted hard &
rigid. Theymay be covered with thick e.g. Acacia
main stem & branches may occur as think,
fleshy, flattened & greenmodified structure
called phylloclade.
iii) ADAPTATION IN LEAVES:- Leaves are usually
short sized which decreases the chances of
gettingover – heated when exposed to solar
radiation & thus by reducing rate of
transpiration. Leaves ofssxerophytes are usually
thick, fleshy green & leathery which are known
to store water.

176.List the important characteristics of a

population & Explain? 177.Describe the specific adaptations of
Ans.A population has following four major hydrophytes with respect to roots, stem &
characteristics :- leaves?
Ans. i) ADAPTATIONS IN ROOTS:- Root system is they accumulate a certain chemical by feeding
feebly developed &unbranched some floating on poisonous weeds during its caterpillar stage.
plants orsubmerged plants lack roots Root hairs iii)Some prey are poisonous & hence are
are absent except rooted floating hydrophyte. avoided by predators .
True root caps areabsent. iv)Plants have evolved certain morphological, or
ii) ADAPTATIONS IN STEM :- In submerged chemical defense mechanism against
hydrophytes, stems are long slender & flexible herbivores e.g. thorns in bougainvillea.
whereas inthe free – floating hydrophytes stem v)plants also produce certain chemicals which
are modified as thick, stout, stoloniferous& functions as :-
occur horizontal onwater surface. They make animal feel sick.
iii) ADAPTATIONS IN LEAVES:- Leaves are thin, They may inhibit them from feeding.
long, ribbon shapes submerged forms. In free They may interfere with digestion.
floatingplants, the petioles of leaves show They may directly kill them.
indefinite power of growth.
1.Mutualism often involves co-evolution of
178.Name& explain the bind of interaction in mutualists. Describe taking the example of
the following. animal plant (wasp-fig) relationship.
i) Algae & fungi in Ans.Plants need the help of animals for
ii) Head louse & humans pollination their flowers & dispersing their
iii) Hermit crab & sea anemone. seeds. Animals obviously have to be paid fees
Ans. i) Algae & fungi in lichens :- Lichens shows for the services that plants expect from them.
an intimate mutualistic interaction in with both Plants offer rewards or fees in the form of seed
fungushelps in absorption of nutrients & dispersers “plant – animal interactions often
provides protection, while algae or involve co-evolution of the mutualists that is,
cyanobacterium prepares the food. the evolution of the flower & its pollinator
ii) Head louse & humans:- Head louse shows species can be pollinated only by its partner
ectoparasitism on humans in which head louse wasp species & no other species. The female
is gettingnutrition from human body & is thus wasp uses the fruit not only as an oviposition
benefited while human beings are harmed. site but uses the developing seeds within the
iii) Hermit crab & sea anemone:- Hermit crab & fruit for nourishing its larvae. The wasp
sea anemone shows commensalism as hermit pollinates the fig inflorescence while searching
crab isbenefited because it gets protection from for suitable egg-laying sites. In return for the
predators which stays away from stinging favors of pollination the fig offers the wasp
tentacles of the seaanemone. some of its developing seeds as food for the
developing wasp larvae.
179.Mention the different defense mechanism
to reduce the impact of predation? 180.How do kangaroo rats live in the absence
Ans.plant species evolved various defense of water in North American deserts?
mechanism to reduce impact of predation :- Ans.The kangaroo rat in North American deserts
i) Certain insect species & frogs have is capable of meeting all its water requirement
camouflage or cryptic colouration to avoid through its internal oxidation of fat, where
detection by their predators. water is by-product, it can also concentrate its
ii)Some animals like monarch butterfly are urine to a minimal volume.
highly distasteful to their predators because
181.How is diapause different from
Hibernation?
Ans.Diapauses is the phenomenon of spending
unfavourable climatic conditions by insects
during their development whereas. Hibernation
is a phenomenon of spending the winter in a
resting or dormant conditions by cold – blooded
animals to escape cold by hiding them in hollow
tree trunk or burro or caves etc, revealing
minimum physiological activity.
i) What is the name given to curve (a) & (b).
ii) What is the status of food & space in
182. Study the three representative figures of
thecurve (a) & (b).
age of pyramid relating to human population &
iii) In absence of predators, which curve “a” or
answer the following question.
“b” would appropriately depict the prey
population?
iv) When does curve ‘b’ changes into curve ‘a’.
Ans. i) Curve (a) is known as exponential growth
curve & curve (b) is known as logistic growth
i) Mention the given to the three binds of age curve.
profile (a), (b) and (c) ii) Food & space is less in curve ‘a’ whereas
ii) Which one of them is ideal for a population plenty of food & space is available in curve ‘b’.
& why. iii) Curve “a”.
iii) How do such age – profile helps policy iv) When the food resources in a given place
making concerned about our growing become unlimited the curve (b) assumes a J –
population & prepare for future generation. shape & changes into curve (a).
Ans. i) (a) is called young population 184. What is altitude sickness? What its causes
(b) is called stable population and symptoms? How does human body try to
(c) is called declining population overcome altitude sickness?
ii) Among the three, stable population is ideal Ans. Breathlessness at high attitudes.Cause
because it has identical birth death rate. :Low atmospheric pressure at high altitudes due
iii) Age profile helps policy makers get to which body does not get enough oxygen.
concerned about our wing population & to Symptoms :Nausea, fatigue and heart
make on idea for future population growth so palpitations.
that they make future plans. Body adapts by :
(a) increasing red blood cell production
183. In the adjacent population growth curve :- (b) decreasing binding affinity of haemoglobin
(c) by increasing breathing

185. Orchid flower, Ophrys co-evolves to

maintain resembelance of its petal to female
bee. Explain how and why does it do so?
Ans.
employs ‘Sexual deceit’
one petal bears uncanny resemblance to female stabilized cells starts to multiply rapidly when
of the bee. the small population is stablised, the multiply
Male bee is attracted to what it perceives as a becomes faster because of the plenty amount
female ‘pseudocopulates,’during which pollen of food & other requirements of life.
dusted on male been is body . (iii) Stationary phase or steady phase:- Soon
Male bee transfers pollen to another flower after the amount of food decreases in
when the same bee pseudocopulates with proportion to the number of cells & this results
another flower. in the onset of stationary phase. During this
Ophrysdoes so because pollination success will phase, the number of new cells produced is
be reduced unless it co-evolves with female roughly equal to the number of cells dead & so
bee. there is no net increase in the number of cells.
Sigmoid growth curve is demonstrated by
186.Describe the exponential growth model of foΔNΔt = rN (K−N)NΔNΔt = rN (K−N)N
a diagram along with a curve?
Ans.This kind of curve is observed in the case of
under population of reindeer growing in
apredator free natural environment having
plenty of food. In this case, the curve formed is
J-curvethe small population first takes time to
adjust into new environment so there is no
increase in thepopulation. Once they get
adapted they multiply exponentially. This
growth & multiplicationcontinues so far the
food is available. After sometime the food
supply becomes less as compared tothe
population increases. This causes mass
starvation & mortality & results in the ΔN− rate of change inpopulation ΔN− rate of
formation of Jshaped curve. change inpopulation Δt - change in time. Δt -
The J-shaped growth form is described by change in time. 
equation K – carrying capacity
ΔNΔt= rN or ΔNΔtNΔNΔt= rN or ΔNΔtN R – biotic potential

187.Describe the logistic growth model of 187.Give an example to show that completely
population along with a suitable curve. Why is unrelated species can also compete for same
this curve more realistic? resources?
Ans.The logistic growth curve shows a sigmoid Ans.Completely unrelated species can also
or a S-shaped curve. It has three phases:- compete for same resources for e.g. In certain
(i) Lag-phase :- It is the early phase of little or no shallow lakes of South America the visiting
growth. Lag phase is one in which under flamingoes & the native fishes compete for the
population of cells adapt to or stablises with the same zooplanktons as their food.
growth conditions before embarking up their
multiplication. 188.What is Age pyramid? What are the
(ii) Log phase or Exponential phase :- It is the different types of age pyramid?
middle phase of rapid or geometric rise, Once
Ans.The geometrical diagrammatic
representation of different age groups in a
population of any organism is called Age of
pyramids. These are of three types:-
i) Expanding pyramid:- It is a broad base,
triangular pyramid which represents a
population containing large number of young
people. It is rapidly expanding population with
high birth rate.
ii) Stable pyramid:- It represents a moderate
proportion of young to old. As the rate of
growth becomes slow & stable i.e.- pre-
reproductive & reproductive age groups
becomes more or less equal in size. Small organisms does not show
iii) Declining Pyramid:- The type of pyramid of regulationbecause thermoregulation is an
population decreasing in size is characterised by energy –expensive process. Since small animals
a narrow base because there are fewer pre- havelarge surface area relative to volume, they
reproductive individuals than in the other two tendto lose body heat very fast when it is
age categories. coldoutside they have to expend much energy
togenerate body heat through metabolism.
191. Decomposition is faster if deteritus is rich
in nitrogen and water soluble substance like
sugars. When is the decomposition process
slower?
Ans.Its slower if detritus is rich in lignin and
chitin.

190. Differentiate between regulators & 192. If we count the number of insects on a
conformers? Why do small animals do not tree and number of small birds depending on
show regulations? those insects as also the number of larger birds
Ans.The organisms which maintain homeostasis eating the smaller, what kind of pyramid of
by physiological or behavioral means & ensures number would we get?
aconstant body temperature & constant Ans.Inverted Pyramid of Number .
osmotic concentration etc. are called regulators
e.g. all birds,mammals some lower vertebrates 193. Differentiate between Sere and Seral
& invertebrates, for example in summer, when communities.
outside temp is morethan our body Ans.Sere :Entire sequence of communities that
temperature we sweat profusely evaporative successively change in a given area.Serial
cooling brings the body temp – down.Whereas community :Individual transitional community .
those organisms which cannot maintain a
constant internal environment. Their 194. Who are generally the pioneer species in
bodytemperature changes with ambient a Xerarch succession and in a Hyararch
temperature e.g. majority of animals & nearly succession?
all plants.
Ans.Pioneer species in Hydrarch succession are Ans. CO2, H2O & nutrients.
usually the small phytoplanktons and that in
Xerarch succession are usually lichens. 205.What is 10% law?
Ans.At each trophic level, 90% energy is
195. Which metabolic process causes a degraded into heat & only 10% is transferred to
reduction in the Gross Primary Productivity? next trophic level this rule is called 10% law.
Ans.Respiration.
206.Mention one similarity between
196. What percentage of hydrach&Xerach secession?
photosyntheticallyactive radiation is captured Ans.Both hydrach&xerach leads to
by plants? establishment of similar mesic conditions.
Ans.2 – 10%
207.What is the approximate value of net
197. Name the pioners of primary succession primary productivity of biosphere?
in water. Ans.170 billion tons.
Ans.Phytoplanktons
208.Name two climatic factors that regulate
198.Name any two man – made ecosystem? decomposition?
Ans.Aquarium & Garden. Ans.Chemical composition of detritus & climatic
factors.
199.Define stratification?
Ans.Stratification in an ecosystem refers to the 209.What is sere?
vertical distribution of different species Ans.The entire sequence of communities that
occupying different levels. successively change in a given area resulting in
climax community is called sere.
200.Name the ecological pyramid that is
always upright? 210.Name the primary consumers in aquatic
Ans.Pyramid of energy. ecosystem?
Ans.Zoo planktons.
201.Name the trophic level occupied by
secondary consumers & tertiary consumers? 211.Name the pioneer species in the primary
Ans.Third trophic level & fourth trophic level succession on rock?
respectively Ans.Lichens.
.Inverted, because biomass of fishes far exceeds
202.Define standing crop? that of phytoplankton.
Ans.The amount of living matter or biomass
present at every tropic level is known as 212. Give an example of an ecological pyramid
standing crop. which is always upright. Justify your Answer.
Ans.Pyramid of energy is always upright and can
203.Name the ecological pyramid that is never be inverted, because when energy flows
inverted in tree ecosystem? from a trophic level to the next trophic level
Ans.Pyramid of Number. some energy is always lost as heat at each step.

204.What are the products of decomposition?

213. Differentiate between primary succession Ans.HydrarchSuccession :Starts in water
and secondary succession. Which one occurs proceeds from hydric (aquatic) to mesic (neither
faster? dry nor wet) situations. Xerarchsuccession
Ans. Primary Succession :Aprocess that starts :Starts on barren rock Proceeds from Xeric (dry)
where no living organisms are there. Secondary conditons.
succession :Aprocess that starts in areas which
have lost all the living organisms that existed 218. What is the effect on decomposition rate
there. if :–
a) Detritus is rich in lignin and chitin
214. Gaseous nutrient cycle and sedimentary b) Detritus is rich is nitrogen and sugars
nutrient cycles have their reservoir . Name Ans. a) Decomposition rate is slower
them. Why is a reservoir necessary? b) Decomposition rate is faster.
Ans.Reservoir for Gaseous nutrient cycle :
Atmosphere; for sedimentary nutrient cycle : 219. What are the limitations of ecological
Earth’s crust. Reservoir is needed to meet with pyramids?
the deficit which occurs due to imbalance in the Ans. (i) Does not take into account same species
rate of influx and efflux. belonging to two or more trophic levels.
(ii) Assumes simple food chain, does not
215. Fill up the missing links depicted as A, B, C accomodate food web.
and D in the given model of primary (iii) Saprophytes have not been given any place
succession. in ecological pyramids.

220. Name any four ecosystem services. Who

gave the price tags on nature’s life support
services? Which is the most important
Ans. A = Submerged plant stage B = Reed ecosystem service provider?
Swamp Stage Ans.
C = Scrub stage D = Forest stage Forest (ecosystem) purify water and air
Mitigate Droughts and floods
216. In the model of phosphorus cycle given Nutrient cycling
below , what does A, B, C and D refer to? Generate fertile soil
Provide habitat for wildlife
Pollinate flower
Maintain Biodiversity
Provide aesthetic, cultural & spiritual values
Robert Constanza gave price tags to ecosystem
services.
Most important ecosystem services provider :
Soil formation.
Ans. A = Detritus B = Decomposition
C = Weathering D = Producers. 221. Study the table given below and fill the
blanks from ‘A’ to ‘F’.
217. Differentiate between Hydrarch and a S.N Component Position of Organism
Xerarch succession. o of the the present in
 trophic ecosystem & it decreases progressively at each
Ecosystem the Food chain
level trophic level. Whereas in inverted pyramid at
Fourth producer level is minimum & is increasing
E trophic progressively at each trophic level in a food
1. F chain.
Secondary level
2. Bird, fish, wolf.
consumer D
  C 225.Explain with an example, why is the length
B Second
3. Phytoplankton, of a food chain in an ecosystem generally
Primary trophic
4. grass, tree. limited to 3-4 tropic level?
producer level
A Ans.In a food chain at each trophic level about
Ans.A = First trophic level 90% of energy is degraded into heat & only 10%
B = Primary consumer energy is transferred to next tropic level thus of
C = Zooplankton, Cow, Grass hopper trophic levels in the food chain the amount
D = Third trophic level energy to be transferred to next trophic level
E = Tertiary consumer will be approximately negligible thus a food
F = Man, Lion chain is generally limited to 3-4 trophic levels.

222. In the pyramid of biomass drawn below , 226.What is meant by ecological succession?
name the two crops (i) one which is supported Describe the different stages in which
(ii) one which supports in which ecosystem is succession occurs?
such a phyramid found? Ans.Ecological succession is a community –
controlled phenomenon in which the structure
&composition of community changes in an
orderly & sequential manner, leading ultimately
Ans. (i) Supported trophic level is founded by toestablishment climax community.
zooplanktons STAGES OF SUCESSION :-
(ii) Supporting trophic level is formed by i) Invasion :- Invasion is the arrival of
phytoplanktons ecosystem It is found in aquatic propagating organ e.g. seed spores bulbils etc
ecosystem. on a bare areaof primary or secondary
succession. Those for which conditions are
223.Why is secondary sucession faster than favorable germinate is newarea& some of them
primary sucession? grow into mature plants. These new arrivals
Ans.Secondary succession refers to community from outside are called pioneer.
development on sites previously occupied by ii) Establishment :- The process by which
welldeveloped communities where the migrants adjust themselves in new areas after
environment is both organic & inorganic. Since migrationis called ecesis. It consists of three
these bare areaspossesses suitable soil for essential processes – germination, growth &
proper growth so, secondary successes is more reproduction.
rapid them primarysuccession. iii) Aggregation :- The coming together of
individuals of various species in an area are
224.Distinguish between upright & inverted calledaggregation.
pyramids? iv) Competition :- The species which have
Ans.In upright pyramid the number of similar requirements of nutrition are known
producers or its biome is maximum in an
ascompetitive species eg. those with different livingorganisms interact among themselves &
requirement are complimentary species. with physical environment. Ecosystem consists
v)Reaction :- It is the change brought about by of twocomponents:-
colonizers in the habitat. The influence of i) ABIOTIC COMPONENTS :- e.g.
vegetation on the site is called reaction till a a) Inorganic substances phosphorus, sulphur,
stable community develops in that area. carbon, nitrogen hydrogen tec.
b) Organic substances e.g. carbohydrates,
227.What is meant by ecological pyramid? proteins, lipids.
With the help of one example each, show that c) Climatic regime e.g. light, humidity, rainfall,
pyramid of number can be both upright as well temperature.
as inverted. ii) BIOTIC COMPONENTS:
Ans.The graphic representation of the trophic a) Producers :- The organisms which produce
structure of a food chain is known as food for themselves & for all living organism
ecologicalpyramid. The ecological pyramid of frominorganic raw material with the solar
number represents the numerical radiation are called producers.
representation betweendifferent trophic both b) Consumers :- Those living heterotrophic
upright or inverted. members of ecosystem which consume the
In upright pyramid of numbers, the more foodsynthesized lay producers. They are
abundant species form the first trophic level & broadly classified as.
forms thebase of pyramid & less abundant i) Primary consumers:- They are directly
species remains near the top e.g. Grass land dependent on producers called herbivores e.g.
ecosystem. rat, deer,cow, goat,.
Green plants →→ Rabbit →→fox→→Lion ii)Secondary consumers:- The organism that use
primary consumers as their food are
calledcarnivores e.g. fox cats, lions.
iii)Tertiary consumers:- These are top carnivores
which prey upon other carnivores, & herbivores
e.g. crow, man.
c)Decomposers :- Organism that break up the
In inverted pyramid of number, the most
dead bodies of plants animals & the related
abundant species occurs at the top while the
wasteproducts are called decomposers e.g.
less abundantspecies forms the base eg. Tree
bacteria, Fungi etc.
ecosystem
Tree →→Birds →→Parasite
229.“Energy flow in an ecosystem is always
unidirectional justify the statement.
Ans.Energy flow in an ecosystem is always
unidirectional meAns that energy is always
trAnsferredfrom one trophic level to next
trophic level & is not reverted back – e.g.
energy from sun is capturedby producers which
228.Describe the components of an are then eaten by primary consumer & energy
ecosystem? is trAnsferred to next tropic level.
Ans.Ecosystem is a functional unit of nature
consisting of biotic & abiotic factors where the
230.Differentiate between Production & v) a) By reducing use of fossil fuels
decomposition? b) By planting more & more trees.
Ans.Production refers to the process of
synthesis of organic food materials from 233.What do you mean by “productivity of an
inorganicsubstances such as CO2 H2O in the ecosystem? What are the types of productivity
presence of sunlight whereas decomposition is also mention the factors on which productivity
a process ofbreakdown of complex substances of an ecosystem depends?
into its constituents & it is brought about by Ans.Productivity of an ecosystem is the rate at
bacteria, fungi etc. which solar radiations energy is fixed by
vegetationof an ecosystem per unit area & per
231.Explain who pyramid of energy of an unit time. It is general expressed in terms of
ecosystem is always uprights never inverted? unit of energy (cal)produced in a unit area (m2)
per unit time (year).
Productivity can be of two types:-
1) Primary Productivity:- It is defined as the
amount of biomass or organic matter produced
per unit area over a time period by plants
during photosynthesis primary productivity can
further be of two types:-
a) Gross primary productivity :- It refers to the
total amount of food formed lay producers.
Ans. The pyramid of energy represents total b) Net primary productivity:- It refers to gross
amount of energy utilized by different trophic production minus loss lay respiration &
levelorganism in unit area. At each level, total decomposition NPP = GPP – respiration loss
energy available is relatively more than at 2) Secondary Productivity :- The rate of storage
higher trophiclevel because of loss of energy at consumer level is secondary productivity. It
from one trophic level to other thus, pyramid of isthe rate of resynthesis of organic food by
energy is always straight. consumers primary productivity depends on:-
i) a number of environmental factors
232. i) Name the compound whose cycle is ii) availability of nutrients.
depicted. iii) photosynthetic capacity of plants.
ii) In what way do vehicles add this compound
to atmosphere? 234.What is decomposition – Describe
iii) What adverse effect does its excess have on thedifferent processes involved in
the environment? decomposition?
iv) Cite an event which depicts this effect in Ans.Decomposers e.g. bacteria, fungietc. helps
modern times. in breakdown of complex organic matter
v) Suggest two ways of depleting this effect. intoinorganic substances like CO2, water
Ans. i) Carbon cycle minerals & this process is called decomposition.
ii) By burning of fossil fuel e.g. diesel or Dead plantremains e.g. leaves, bark flowers &
petroleum, they introduce CO2 in the dead remain of animals including faecal matter
atmosphere constitutedetritus. The important processes
iii) Environmental pollution. involved in decomposition or :-
iv) Ozone layer depletion
i) Fragmentation :-Detritivores breaks down 235.Why is productivity of coral reef
detritus into smaller particles. maximum?
ii) Leaching :- Water soluble inorganic nutrients Ans.The productivity of coral reef is maximum
go down into soil horizon & get precipitated because of availability of good light, enough
asunavailable salts lay process of leaching. warm water and abundant nutrients.
iii) Catabolism:- The enzymes of bacteria & fungi
degrade detritus into simple 236.In the pyramid of biomass, drawn below,
inorganicsubstances name the two crops:-
iv) Humification :-Humification leads to i) one which is supported & the one which
accumulation of a dark colored amorphous supports
substancecalled humus that is highly resistant ii) In which ecosystem is such a pyramid found.
to microbial action & undergoes decomposition
at extremelyslower rate.
v) Mineralisation :- The humus is further
degraded by some microbes & release of
inorganicnutrients occurs by the process of Ans. i) In this ecosystems bird is supported &
mineralization. insect supports.
ii) Such type of pyramid is found in ecosystem
of pond or tree.

237.Differentiate between primary

productivity & secondary productivity?
Ans.Primary productivity refers to productivity
at trophic level i.e. food energy formed by way
of photosynthesis using solar energy whereas
secondary productivity refers to gross
productivity minus losses by way of respiration
& decomposition.

238.What ecological principles are derived

from the study of food chains?
Ans. i) Each food chain is complete & self –
containing
ii) All the food chains must always begin with
photosynthesis & ends with decay
iii) Shorter food chains are more efficient
because the more steps it has, greater the
wastage ofenergy.
iv) The successive members of food chains are
large in size but fewer in number.

239.List the factors on which pioneer species

depend during secondary succession?
Ans.In secondary succession, the type of
pioneer species depends on :-
i) Conditions of the soil
ii) Availability of water
iii) Environmental conditions
iv) Seeds or other propagules present.

240.The productivity of ecosystem increases

from polar regions towards tropics. Why?
Ans. The productivity of ecosystem increases
from polar region towards tropics because of
the increasing sunlight & temperature.
ii) Path & flow of energy:- The primary
241.Mention some of the ecological services consumers therefore take chemical potential
provided by forests? energy in the form offood. Most of it dissipates
Ans.i) Forests purify air as heat during respiration & is lost out of
ii) They mitigate droughts & floods. ecosystem. The same process isrepeated at
iii) They help in cycling of nutrients. secondary consumers, at each trophic level 90%
iv) They provide habitat to number of wild life energy is degraded into heat& only 10% is
v) They maintain biodiversity. thentransferred to next trophic level this rule of
energy flow is alled ten percent law.
242.Differentiate between food chain & food
web? 243. What is pyramid of biomass? Represent
Ans.The unidirectional sequence of organisms the pyramid of biomass in
in which energy flows in the form of food from (i) grassland ecosystem
oneorganism to another through the process of (ii)aquatic ecosystem.
eating & being eaten is called food chain Ans.The biomass means the total weight of fry
whereas thenetwork of interlinked food chains matter pyramid of biomass represents the
are collectively known as food web. weight of drymatter at different trophic levels
243. With the help of a diagram, represent the of ecosystem at one time in a food chain of
energy flow through different trophic level. food web.
Ans.In an ecosystem, energy flows through i) Grassland ecosystem :- In grassland
different trophic level by food chain. In consists ecosystem, the pyramid of biomass is upright
of two steps:- i.e. pyramid ofbiomass shows gradual reduction
i) Trapping solar energy:- Primary source of in biomass at each trophic level from base to
energy is sun only 48% of sun’s energy reaches apex.
the surfaceof earth & only a part of it is used lay Grass →→cow→→fox →→Lion
plants for photosynthesis. The chemical energy
produced lay plantsis stored in plant tissues.
The photosynthetic organism uses a part of this
chemical energy & transfer therest to organism
at next trophic level. ii) In pond aquatic ecosystem, the biomass of
consumers is always greater than biomass of
producers hence itoccurs as an inverted
pyramid 245.Represent schematically & describe
carbon cycle in ecosystem?
Ans.The source of carbon is atmosphere &
water. Carbon is present in atmosphere mainly
in the formof CO2CO2. It is vital to the
production of carbohydrates through
photosynthesis.
6CO2+ 12 H2O6CO2+ 12 H2O −→−−−−
−chlorophyllh2 C6H12O6  + 6H2O +
244.Represent schematically & describe the 6O2↑→chlorophyllh2 C6H12O6  + 6H2O +
phosphorus cycle in an ecosystem? 6O2↑
Ans. The major reservoir of phosphorus is In atmosphere, carbon is present in the form
sedimentary rocks which are only available to of CO2CO2 from the atmosphere it is
basic cycle insmall amounts as a result of incorporated into tissuesof green plants e.g.
weathering. These phosphorus are weathered carbohydrates, proteins & lipids.
& later transported to thesoil by wind & water, The CO2CO2 dissolved in sea water is utilized
where they exist as inorganic dissolved lay marine animals like protozoans, corals,
phosphates. mollusks etc fortheir life. In these
The basic phosphorus cycle begins with animals, CO2CO2 is converted into calcium
dissolved phosphates which are absorbed by carbonate which is used for construction
plants for makingtheir own tissue plants are ofshell.
eaten by animals. Decay bacteria breakdown Co2+H2O→H2CO3→HCO3→CaCO3+H+Co2+H2
the tissue of dead animalsdown these product O→H2CO3→HCO3→CaCO3+H+
& return phosphate to soil. After death of marine animals, CaCO3 store in
The water – soluble phosphates is lost to the shells is either deposited as sedimentary rock or
deep rudiments of the ocean through run-off. dissolvedin water to release CO2CO2. A certain
The major pathway of returning phosphorus to proportion of carbon is deposited as coal
land is uplifting of marine sediments. Some carbon from coal returns toair in the form
amount of phosphorus is returned to absorb of CO2CO2 through combustion & weathering
inorganic phosphate, when they die, most of thus, carbon from atmospheric pool moves
absorbed phosphate is recycled back into togreen plants, then to animals & finally to
ambient mater. This sort of cycling is called bacteria fungi etc. to return it to atmosphere
biological cycle or metabolic cycle. throughdecomposition-
 slope of line steeper in species area
relationship?
Ans.Slope of line is much steeper if one
analyses the species¡Varea relationship among
very large areas like entire continents.

250. Define cryopreservation. Why is it useful

in conserving biodiversity?
Ans.Preserving a material in liquid nitrogen at –
196°C. It can be done to preserve threatened
species in viable and fertile condition for long
period.

251. What is the reason for genetic variation

shown by medicinal plant Rauwolfiavomitoria?
Ans.Genetic variation might be in terms of
potency and concentration of the active
chemical reserpine produced by plant.

246. Habitat loss and fragmentation has

caused severe damage to a particular type of
ecosystem. Name it.
Ans. Tropical Rain Forest.

247. What trend is observed in respect of

species diversity when we move from equator
to poles?
Ans.In general, species diversity decreases as
we move away from the equator towards poles.

248. Which region is considered as the one

with highest biodiversity on earth? What is the
name given to such region.forests?
Ans. Amazonian rain forests. They are also
called the ‘Lungs of the planet’.

249. Ecologists have discovered that value of Z

lies in range of 0.1 to 0.2 regardless of 252.Expand i) IUCN -
taxonomic group or region. When will the ii) MAB –
Ans. i) IUCN – International union of 261.Name the national park for Rhinoceros &
conservation of mature & natural resources lion in India respectively?
ii) MAB – man & biosphere programme. Ans.Kaziranga national park &Gir National Park
respectively.
253. What are hot spots? . How many species of plants and animals have
Ans.Hot spots are the priority areas of been described by IUCN in 2004? What is global
conservation that are extremely rich in species species diversity according to Robert May?
have high endemism& under constant threat of Ans.IUCN (2004) has described slightly more
extinction. than 1.5 million species of plants and animals.
According to Robert May¡¦s estimates the
254. Name any two threatened animal species global species diversity is about 7 million.
of India?
Ans.Swamp Deer & Great Indian Rhinoceros 262. Explain co-extinction with a suitable
example.
255.Name two most biodiversity rich zones of Ans.Coextinction refers to the disappearance of
India? species with extinction of another species of
Ans.Western Ghats & eastern Himalayas. [1] plant or animal with which it was associated in
an obligatory way. e.g., Plant-pollinator
256.Expand : i) – WWF mutualism.
ii) - IBWL
Ans.i) WWF – World wildlife fund 263. Study the pie-diagram and answer the
ii) IBWL – Indian Board of wild life. questions which follows :
What do A, B, C and D represent in these
257.What is cryopreservation? diagrams.
Ans.Cryopreservation is the storage of materials Ans.A →Crustaceans B →Insects
at ultra – low temperature either by rapid C →Mosses D →Fungi
cooling or by grade cooling & simultaneous
dehydration at low temp. 264.What is IUCN red list? Give any two uses
of this list?
258.Write the scientific name of the plant that Ans. IUCN (International union of conservation
yields reserpine? of nature & natural resources) maintains a “Red
Ans.Rauwolfiaserpentina. datalist” which is a catalogue of taxa facing risk
of extinction. The main purpose of this list:-
259.Name any two conventional methods of i) to identify & document the species with high
ex-situ conservation? risk of extinction.
Ans.Botanical garden &zoological parks. ii) to provide awareness to the degree of threat
to biodiversity.
260.What do you mean by “vulnerable
species”? 265.“Species diversity of plants is much less
Ans.Species that are believed to move into than that of animals” Why?
endangered species category in the near future Ans.The species diversity of plants is much less
if the causal factors continue operating are than that of animals because most animals
called vulnerable species. possesses nervous system that control &
coordinate various activities of animals. They
also possess receptors to receive environmental 269.What do you mean lay species diversity?
stimuli some of these responses are adaptive & Name two measures of species diversity?
ensure survival of organism in changing Ans.Species diversity refers to the variety of
environmental conditions. species within a region. The two important
measuresOf specie diversity are:-
266.What is the difference between in-situ & i) Species richness:- It refers to number of
ex-situ conservation? species per unit area.
Ans. ii) Species evenness :- It refers to relative
In-situ conservation Ex-situ conservation abundance with which each species is
It is the process of It is the process of represented in an area.
protecting the species protecting the
in its natural habitat species lay 270.What are sacred grooves? What is their
i). i). role in conservation?
by protecting or removing it from
cleaning up the unsafe habitat & Ans. Sacred grooves are sacred forest patches
habitat placing under car. around the places of worship. Tribal people do
It help in notallow to cut even a single branch of tree in
It helps in recovering recovering these sacred grooves due to which many
ii). population in the ii). population under endemicspecies flourish in these region.
surroundings. simulated
conditions 271.What do you mean by IPR. What are the
eg. National park, eg. Botanical drawbacks of IPR.
iii). iii). Ans.IPR refers to Intellectual property rights,
Biosphere reserves. garden Gene bank.
under which transformed plants, animals
267.“Amazonian rain forest in south America ormicroorganisms can be patented & become
has the greatest bio-diversity on earth”. Justify exclusive private property.
the statement. Drawbacks of IPR:-
Ans.Amazonian rain forest in south America has i) Increase in price of seeds
the greatest biodiversity on earth; it harbors ii) Greater domination of agriculture by
about40000 species of plants, 1,25,000 species multinational companies.
of insects, 3000 species of fishes, 427 of iii) Slower diffusion of new varieties
amphibians, 378 ofreptiles, 1300 of birds & 427 iv) Replacement of local varieties by exotic
of mammals. varieties.

268.Sometimes introduction of an exotic 272.Which type of conservation measures – in

species upsets native species of the ecosystem. situ or ex-situ will help the larger number of
Substantiate the statement with the help of an species to survive? Explain.
example? Ans.In-situ conservation will help the larger
Ans.The alien species become invasive & number of species to survive because it
compete with native species causing extinction providesnatural environment for growth &
of indigenous species e.g. introduction of development of species.
African catfish (clariasgariepinus) for
aquaculture purposes, is posing threat to our. 273.What is Biodiversity? Why has it become
Indigenous catfish, (clariasbacterachus). important recently?
Ans.Biodiversity means the variability among
living organisms from all sources including
interaliaterrestrial, marine & other aquatic
ecosystem & ecological complexes of which,
they are parts, thisincludes diversity within
species, between species & of ecosystem. In
modern times,industrialization civilization,
urbanization has developed to large scale use of
different species ofplants& animal as a result of
which life of several species of organism has
been endangered thus,Biodiversity has become
so important in recent times.

274.List the important attributes of a stable

community?
Ans.i) It shall not show too much of variations in
the year – to – year productivity.
ii) It must be either resistant or resilient to
seasonal disturbances.
iii) It must be resistant to invasion by alien
species.

275.Given below are the representation of Mention the class of organism which belongs
global diversity of invertebrates & vertebrates. to each group in this representation.
Ans.
  Invertebrates   Vertebrates
a- Crustaceans a- Fishes
b-Molluscs b-Mammals
c- Insects c- Birds
d-Other animal groupsd-Reptiles
    e-Amphibians

276.Give reason why is it difficult to estimate

global diversity for prokaryotes?
Ans.It is difficult to estimate climate diversity of
prokaryotes because :-
i) Conventional taxonomic methods are not
suitable for identifying microbial species.
ii) Many of these species cannot be cultured
under laboratory conditions.
iii) Biochemical & molecular biology techniques
would put their diversity into millions.
277. Hot spots are the regions of exceptionally
high biodiversity . But they have become
regions of accidental habitat loss too. Name c) More solar energy awailable in the tropics
the three hot spots of our country. Why are contributing to high productivity leading to
they called ‘Hot spot’? greater diversity .
Ans.Westerm Ghats and Sri lanka; Indo-Burma;
Himalaya called ¡¥biodiversity hot spots¡¦ as 279.What do you mean by biodiversity? What
they show are the different types of Biodiversity?
(i) High level of species richness Ans. Biodiversity can be defined as the totality
(ii) High degree of of genes species & ecosystem of a given region.
Three important components of Biodiversity
278. Study the diagram of the earth given are:-
below . Give the name of the pattern of i) Genetic Biodiversity:- It refers to the diversity
biodiversity therein. Suggest any two reasons of genes within a species, Greater the genetic
for this type of occurance. diversity amongorganisms of a species. More
sustenance it has against environmental
perteburations whereas geneticallyuniform
populations are highly prone to diseases or
harsh environment
ii) Species Biodiversity:- It refers to variety of
species within a region. It has two important
measures :-
a) Species richness:- i.e. number of species per
unit area.
b) Species evenness:- i.e. abundance with which
each species is represented in an area.
iii) Ecosystem Biodiversity:- It refers to variation
of habitats, community types & abiotic
Ans. Latitudinal gradients
environment present in an area. It is further of
(i) More solar energy available in tropics, more
three types:-
productivity.
a) αα - diversity- It refers to number of species
(ii) Tropical environments are less seasonal, so
in a given community.
more predictable.
b) ββ- diversity – biodiversity which appears in
range of communities due to replacement
279. What is so special about tropics that
ofspecies with change in community is
might account for their greater biological
called ββ- diversity.
diversity?
c) γγ- diversity – It refers to diversity of habitats
Ans.a) Speciation is a function of time, unlike
over the total geographical area.
temperate regions subjected to frequent
glaciations in the past, tropical latitude have
280.What do you mean by latitudinal gradient?
remained relatively undisturbed for million of
What could be the possible reasons for
years and thus had long evolutionary time for
diversity between tropic & temperate region?
species diversification
Ans. Latitudinal gradient in diversity means that
b) Tropical environment are less seasonal, more
species diversity usually decreases as we move
const ant and predictable
away fromequator towards the poles, Tropic
area of latitudinal range 23.50c harbor more
species than temperate orpolar area. Three Ans.Alexander Von Humboldt has observed that
hypothesis have been proposed to explain this within a region, species richness increased
difference:- withincrease explored area but only upto a limit
i) Speciation is a function of time, which thus the relationship between species richness
temperate regions were subjected to frequent & area for anumber of taxa is found to be a
glaciations in the past,the tropics have remain rectangular hyperbola. On a log scale, the
unchanged & hence evolved more species relation ship becomes linear & is described
diversity. layequation
ii) As compared to temperate region, tropical Log S = log C + Z log A
environment are less seasonal, relatively more The values of slope of regression are identical
constant &predictable; such constant regardless of the taxonomic group or the
environment have promotes niche region. When such analysis is made among very
specialization & greater species diversity. large areas, the slope ofregression would be
iii) There is more solar radiation avail able in much steeper.
tropical region this contributes directly to
greater productivity &indirectly to greater 283.What are the different approaches for
species diversity. biodiversity conservation in India?
Ans.There are two major approaches for
281.Why is it necessary to conserve conservation of biodiversity:-
biodiversity? i) In-situconservation :- It is the process of
Ans.The reasons for conserving biodiversity can protecting the endangered species of plant or
be grouped into three categories. animal in thenatural habitat lay either
i) Narrow utilitarian reasons:- Human beings protecting or cleaning up the habitat or by
derive a number of economic benefits like food, defending species from predators Itincludes:-
fibre,firewood, industrial product & medicinal a) Biosphere Reserves:- There are 425
products. biosphere reserve in the world of which 14 are
ii) Broad utilitarian reasons:- Biodiversity plays a in India. Hotspotshave been identified for
major role in providing ecosystem services maximum protection to endemic or endangered
like :- species.
a) production of oxygen b) National park or wildlife Sanctuaries:- India
b) Pollination of flowers, without which seeds has about 90 national parks & 448 wildlife
or fruits are not produced. sanctuaries.
c) Aesthetic pleasures like bird watching, c) Sacred forests:- These are undisturbed
watching spring flowers, walking through thick forests without any human intervention & are
forest, workingup to bulbul’s song etc. surrounded by highly degraded landscapes.
iii) Ethical reasons :- Every species has an ii) Ex- situ Conservation:- It is the process of
intrinsic value even if it is not of any economic protecting the endangered species of plants or
value to us-wehave a moral duty to care for animals by removing it from threatened habitat
their well-being & pass on the biological legacy & placing them under care of humans. It
in a proper from to ourfuture generation. includes :-
a) Botanical garden, zoological park and
282.What is the relation between species arboreta are conventional methods of ex-situ
richness & area? What is the significance of conservation
slope of regression?
b) Cryopreservation to the storage of materials gums,raisins, dyes, similarly animal species
at ultra low temperature either by rapid cooling provide leather, fur, honey, silk, pearl etc.
or by gradual cooling & simultaneous vi) Drugs & Medicines:- Hiving organism also
dehydration at low temperature. contain number of therapeutically useful
substances.
284.Give an account of Biodiversity in India? vii) Stability of Ecosystem:- The food web, food
Ans.India is one of the 10th mega biodiversity chain energy flow in various tropic level &
countries of the world because of the presence biochemicalcycles occurs in natural ways
of variety ofclimatic conditions prevailing on without any hindrance if there is proper
different ecological habitat ranging from availability of diversified species
tropical, subtropical,temperate, So far as viii) Aesthetic, Scientific & Recreational values :-
biodiversity of India is concerned, it comprises Indian people grow many plants because they
about 47,000 plants & 81,000 animalspecies. regardthem as sacred.
India occupies 2-4% of total land area of would 286. Why is the sobriquet ‘The Evil Quartet’
but in terms of biodiversity, India used in context of biodiversity? Name the
contributeabout 10-35% of global diversity. members of this quartet. Why do we grieve for
A large number of species is native of India. the genes when a species is lost?
About 5000 species of flowering plants Ans.The ‘Evil Quartet’ is used as a sobriquet to
belonging to 141genera& 47 families had a birth refer to the cause of loss ofbiodiversity :
in India. There are 62% of amphibian species& (i) Habitat loss and fragmentation :When large
50% of lizards endemicto our country with large habitats are broken up into smaller fragments
number in Western Ghats. India is an origin due to various human activities, the animals
place of 166 species of crop plants& 320 species requiring large territories (elephants, birds etc.)
of wild relatives of cultivated crop. India is rich are badly affected and their populations
in marine biodiversity lying along coastlineof decline.
7500 km. There are two hotspots located in (ii) Over-exploitation :When need of a resource
India out of 25 in would – These are Western becomes greed. e.g., over exploitation of
Ghats&Eastern Himalayas. passenger pigeon led to its extinction. Also
marine fish is at brink of being endangered due
285.What is the significance of Biodiversity to to over exploitations.
Human beings? (iii) Alien species invasion :Intentional or non-
Ans.Biodiversity provide numerous direct or Intentional introduction of a species to a nearby
indirect services to human beings. These are- area may disturb the harmony of existing
i) Source of food & improved varieties:- species. e.g., Eichhornia after introduction
Biodiversity directly or indirectly adds as the posed a big threat to thenative species.
source of food,cloth& shelter. (iv) Co-extinction :Extinction of one species
ii) Fats & Oils:- A variety of plants are used to invariably leads to extinction of another when
extract different kinds of oils. they are associated with each other in an
iii) Fibres:- A variety of plants eg. cotton, hemp, obligatory way . e.g., when host species is
jute are chief sources of fibres. extinct, obligate parasites dependent on it also
iv) Resins:- Resins are sticky exudation of plants. die.
v) Gums, Timber, Paper, Tannins, Dyes:- Plants (v) We grieve for the loss of genes, because the
species provide variety of useful products eg. wild forms are hardy and more resistant to
pathogen attack and can be beneficial in crop 289. Why should the velocity of air between
breeding programmes. the plates of an electrostatic precipitator be
low?
287. Describe at least two approaches each for Ans. To allow the dust to fall.
ex-situ conservation and in situ conservation
as a strategy for biodiversity conservation. 290. PM2.5 is responsible for causing greatest
Ans. In situ conservation : harm to human health. What is it? How is it
(i) Identification and maximum protection of harmful?
‘hot spots’ Ans. PM2.5 stands for particulate matter of size
(ii) Legal protection to ecologically rich areas. 2.5 micrometers or less in diameter. Its
(iii) Biosphere reserves, national parks and responsible for causing greatest harm to human
sanctuaries health as it can be inhaled deep into lungs and
(iv) Sacred groves. cause breathing problems.
Ex situ Conservation :
(i) Creation of zoological parks, botanical 291. What is the noise level that can cause
garden, wild life sanctuary permanent impairment of hearing ability of
(ii) Cryopreservation human beings?
(iii) Seed bank. Ans.150 dB or more

288.Mention the major causes for loss of 292. Why was the Montreal Protocol signed?
biodiversity? Ans.T o control emission of ozone depleting
Ans.The four major causes for loss of substances.
Biodiversity are :-
i) Habitat loss & fragmentation of crops or 293. Jhum cultivation has been in practice from
conversion into grassland for raising beef-cattle. earlier days, but its considered more
Total loss ofhabitat deprives many plants & problematic these days. Why?
animals their hone & they face extinction. Ans. Enough time gap is not being given for the
Similarly when a large Habrabecomes natural process of recovery of land from the
fragmented, animals requiring large territory& effect of cultivation.
those with migratory habits are
adverselyaffected. 294. Aradiation causes ageing of skin, skin
ii) Over exploitation :- when nature is over- cancer , and inflamation of cornea called snow
exploited be man for natural resources, many blindness. It also damages DNA. Name the
speciesbecome extinct. radiation.
iii) Invasion of alien species:- The alien species Ans.Ultraviolet B rays (UV-B rays)
became invasive & compete with native species
& causeextinction of indigenous species. 295. Name any three gases contributing to
iv) Co-extinction:- Co-extinction is a green-house effect.
phenomenon in which when a species become Ans. Carbon dioxide, methane &
extinct, the plant &animal species associated chlorofluorocarbons.
with it in an obligatory manner & become
extinct 296. Name any two metals found in the
catalytic converts?
Ans. Platinum, rhodium.
 Ans. Landfill sites are getting filled very fast due
297. What is meant by ozone hole? to large amount of garbage generation. Also
Ans.The decline in this thickness of spring time underground water resources may get polluted
ozone layer is called ozone hole. due to seepage of chemicals.

298. Define polar Vortex? 307. Electrostatic precipitator can remove over
Ans.Polar vortex refers to the natural 99% particulate matter present in exhaust
circulation of wind that completely isolates the from a thermal power plant. How?
Antarctic airfrom rest of world. Ans. Electrode wire at thousand volts, produce
corona to release electrons, electrons attach to
299. Name the method used to remove dust particules giving them net negative charge,
pollutant gases from exhaust? charged dust particules attracted/collected by
Ans. Scrubber. collecting plates which are grounded.

300.Why CNG is considered a better fuel than 308. Why is a scrubber used? Which spray is
diesel for automobiles? used on exhaust gases passing through a
Ans.Because CNG is a renewable fuel & makes scrubber?
less pollution. Ans. To remove gases like sulphur dioxide.
Spray of water or lime is used.
301.Which types of uv-radiations are lethal to
organisms? 309. There is a sharp decline in dissolved
Ans. UV-B oxygen downstream from the point of sewage
discharge. Why? What are its adverse effects?
302.What is meant by snow blindness? Ans. Following discharge of sewage into river,
Ans. The inflammation of cornea caused by a micro organisms involved in biodegradation of
high dose of UV-B is known as snow blindness. organic matter present in sewage consume
more oxygen. This cause mortality of fish and
303.Why should unleaded petrol be used in other aquatic creatures.
automobiles with catalytic converter?
Ans. Unleaded petrol is used in automobiles 310. Catalytic converters use expensive metals
with catalytic converter because lead may as catalysts.
deactivate the catalyst present in converter. Name the metals generally used.
What precaution should be observed while
304. Name the most widely used method of using catalytic converter.
removing particulate matter? Ans. (a) Catalysts : platinum - palladium and
Ans. Electrostatic precipitator. Rhodium
(b) Motor vehicles equipped with catalytic
305.What is the expected rise din the global converters should use unleaded petrol as lead
temperature by the year 2010? inactivates the catalysts.
Ans.Global temperature may increase by 1.4-
5.80c by 2010. 311. What are e-wastes? Why are they
306. Landfills are not much a solution for creating more problem in developing countries
getting rid of solid wastes. Why? in comparision to developed countries?
Ans. (a) Irrepairable computers and other 316. What initiatives were taken for reducing
electronic wastes. vehicular are pollution in Delhi?
(b) Recycling in developing countries involves Ans.In Delhi, the following initiatives have been
manual participation thus exposing workers to taken for reducing vehicular air pollution:-
toxic substances. In developed countries its Use of unleaded petrol.
mechanised so less dangerous. Use of low sculpture petrol & diesel.
Use of catalytic converters in vehicles.
312. Water logging and salinity are some of the Use of Euro – II grade engines in vehicles.
problems that have come in the wake of Green Use of CNG in place of diesel in buses & autos.
revolution. How does water logging create
problems of salinity? 317. What are e-wastes? How can they be
Ans. Water logging draws salt to surface of soil. getting rid off?
Salt deposited on land surface as a thin crust or Ans. E-wastes are damaged electronic item or
at the roots of the plants electronic parts. These are generated in
developed countries & are sent to developing
313. What is the relationship between BOD, countries where certain metals like gold, nickel
mcro-organisms and amount of bio degradable silicon, copper etc. are recovered from them e-
matter? wastes are buried as landfill or incinerated.
Ans. Increase in amount of biodegradable
matter leads to rapid multiplication of micro 318. Mention any four consequences of
organisms to degrade it, thereby increasing deforestation?
BOD level of the water body. Ans.
Carbon dioxide concentration of the
314. What are algal blooms? How do they atmosphere has increased.
affect the other organisms in the water body? There is a loss of biodiversity due to habitat
Ans. The algal bloom is the rapid increase of the destruction.
algae population in the aquatic ecosystem, both Deforestation disturbs hydrological cycle.
in fresh and marine waters where it is known as There is soil erosion & it may lead to
either water bloom or marine bloom desertification in extreme cases.
respectively. These algae uptake the dissolved
oxygen from the water body making it 319. Why are the radioactive wastes stored in
unavailable for the aquatic life causing their small power within the premises of nuclear
ultimate death. The decomposition of these power plant before they are finally disposed?
dead organisms further depletes the water Ans. Radioactive wastes are first concentrated
body of oxygen. to reduce the volume & then for 50-100 years in
small ponds within the premises of nuclear
315. How do CFCS cause damage to ozone power plants during which time there is
layer? considerable decay of radioactivity & lessening
Ans. Chlorofluorocarbon (CFCS) breaks into of heat. Subsequently they are stored in
active chlorine in the presence of uv. The Cl suitably containers & buried within rocks about
atom degrade ozone into molecular oxygen 500m deep inside the earth.
which causes depletion of ozone layer.
320. Why do certain organisms that disappear
after a certain distance in water body?
Ans. Since domestic sewage mainly contains Loss of biodiversity
biodegradable wastes they are decomposed by Soil erosion
microorganisms; the decomposer use oxygen of Desertification
the water body & hence many aquatic organism Disturbed hydrological cycles.
die due to lack of oxygen but after a certain
distance in water body where nutrient 325. Enlist four harmful effects caused to the
availability is more certain microorganisms humans living in areas having polluted air.
reappears. Suggest two measures to reduce air pollution.
Ans. Breathing problems, irritation and
321. What is photochemical smog composed inflammation, Damage to lungs, Premature
of? How does this affect the plants? death.
Ans. Combustion of petrol & diesel releases Reduce emission from automobile exhaust
carbon monoxide nitrogen oxide, hydrocarbons Growing more trees.
etc. Many of the products of incomplete
combustion of petrol & diesel undergo 326. People have been actively participating in
photochemical reaction with oxides of nitrogen the efforts for the conservation of forests.
to generate photochemical smog. It causes toxic (i) Name the award instituted in respect of
effects on plants e.g. premature death, reduced Amrita Devi to promote such efforts.
growth and yield. (ii) Name the movement launched to protect
the trees by hugging them.
322. What can be the effect of discharging hot (iii) Name the step Government of India has
water into water body on the organism in it? undertaken in 1980’s to work closely with the
Ans. Thermal waste water flowing out from local communities for protecting and managing
thermal power plants eliminates or reduces forests.
many organisms that are sensitive to high Ans. (i) Amrita Devi Bishnoi Wildlife Protection
temperature but it may enhance the growth of Award.
plants & fish in extremely coldareas. (ii) Chipko movement
(iii) Joint Forest Management (JFM).
323.How defunct ships do contributes to solid
wastes? 327.What is biological magnification? Explain
Ans.Defunct ships contributes to solid wastes. how DDT as a water pollutant undergoes
In India & other developing countries, these biological magnification?
ships are broken down for scrap metal. The Ans.Insecticide & herbicide are very harmful;
body of these ships contains toxic materials lake they destroy the larval stage of aquatic animals.
asbestos, tributyltin, mercury, lead, etc. These These substances also reduce the
chemicals are very harmful for worker. It also photosynthetic activity of phytoplankton &
pollutes coastal areas in vicinity of ship breaking algae.
yard. Through the food chain, there accumulate in
324. Deforestation is creating a lot of problems the body ofcarnivores in more high
in the environment. List the consequences of concentration & produce fataleffects, so large
deforestation. number of fishes are found dead in
Ans. areaspolluted with DDT shows the biological
Enhanced CO2CO2 concentration in magnification orbio-concentration of DDT
atmosphere through an aquatic food chain Thus, Biological
magnification is the phenomenon in which 329.With the help of a diagram describe the
harmful chemicals/pollutants get accumulated working of an electrostatic precipitator?
in the tissues of organisms in increasing Ans.It is the most widely used method for
concentration, as they travel along the food removal of particulate matter. About 99% of
chain. particulate matteris removed from exhaust of
thermal power plant. It has electrode urines & a
stage of collecting plates. Thecollecting cures
are maintained at several thousand volts which
produces corona that releases electrons.These
electrons get attached to dust particle & give
them a net negative charge. These charged
particles areattracted by collecting plates. The
velocity of air must be low enough to allow
particles to fall on them.

330.What is deforestation? Mention some of

its causes & also the measures taken to
328.Discuss briefly the catalytic converter? prevent deforestation?
Ans.Catalytic converters are used in Ans.The cutting down of forests to fulfill
automobiles for reducing of harmful gases. They demands of ever increasing population is
have expensivemetals like platinum, palladium, known as deforestation.The major causes of
rhodium as catalysts. As the exhaust passes deforestation include:-
through catalytic converter,unburnt hydro- i) Indiscriminate felling :- Overuse of forest
carbons are converted into carbon-dioxide & resources by cutting trees to fulfill demand of
water; carbon monoxide & nitric oxide fuel wood,household articles.
arechanged into carbon dioxide & nitrogen gas ii) Overgazing :- by wild as well as domestic
respectively. Vehicles fitted with catalytic animals due to which soil is exposed to direct
converter shoulduse unleaded petrol as leaded action of wind,water, sun.
petrol inactivates the catalyst. iii) Conversion of forest area into industrial
area:-acc, to population, man is trying to
convert forest land intocultivable land to meet atmosphere converting planet into blast
his demand. furnace.
iv) Shifting Cultivation:- due to continuous & iv) Effect on Agriculture :- The changes of
repeated cropping the become unsuitable for depletion of character & productivity of soil is
cultivation. associated with globalwarming.
v) Developmental projects:- e.g. dams,
buildings, hydroelectric projects, railway lines, 332.What is Eutrophication? Explain its
roads etc.Forests can be conserved by any of consequences on the life of plants & animals
the following ways:- living in such water?
a) Afforestation & reforestation. Ans.Eutrophication means natural ageing of
b) Protection from fire lake by nutrient enrichment of its water. In a
c) Protection from grazing young lake water is cold & clear, supporting
d) Protection from insects & pests little life. With time streams draining into lake
e) Protection from human interference. introduce nutrients e.g. nitrogen, phosphorus,
which encourage the growth of aquatic
331What is Green house effect? Discuss the organism. As the lake fertility increases, plant &
various impacts of greenhouse effect on animal life burgeons & organic remains begin to
environment? deposit on bottom of lake. Over centuries, as
Ans.Under normal conditions & concentration silt & organic debris pile up, lake grows
of CO2, the temperature of earth surface is shallower & warmer with warm water
maintained byenergy balance of sun that strike supplanting those thrive in cold environment
the planet & heat is radiated back into outer Marsh plants take root in the shallows & begin
space. However, whenconcentration of CO2 in to fill in original lake basin. Eventually, lake
atmosphere increases, it prevents the heat from gives rise to large masses of floating plants
being re-radiated out. The heatedearth can re- finally converting into land. However, pollutants
radiate this absorbed energy as the radiations from man’s activities can radically accelerate
of longer wavelength. This sort of the ageing process. This phenomena has been
phenomenaknown as Green house effect called cultural or accelerated eutrophication.
impact of Green house effect:-
i) Change in weather & climatic condition :- The 333.Describe the different components that
mean temperature of earth has increased by compose solid wastes?
0.60 c during lastcentury. When environment Ans.Solid wastes refers to everything that goes
heats up, its moisture carrying capacity out in trash. They are of following types:-
increases. It will result in drastic changes i) Municipal solid wastes:- wastes from homes,
in rainfall pattern. As a result , floods & drought offices, schools etc, that are collected &
increases thereby causing health hazards. disposed by themunicipality& generally consist
ii) Rise in Sea level:- The gradual increase in of paper, waste, food material, leather etc.
green house effect will lead to serious ii) Fly ash:- Thermal power plants generate
consequences e.g. meltingof glaciers & polar flyash which is composed of oxides of silica, iron
ice-caps. &aluminium&low conc. of toxic heavy metals.
iii) Decrease in forest cover:- The drastic iii) Defunct ships:- Defunct ships are broken
decrease in forest cover will create a layer of down in developing countries for scrap metals,
impenetrable gases onthe surface of earth they contain toxicsubstances like asbestos, PCB,
lead, mercury etc.
iv) Hospital wastes:- Hospital produces many (b) Give the term used for accelerated ageing of
hazardous wastes that contains pathogenic water bodies. Also give the term used for the
microbes,disinfectant& other harmful natural ageing of lake.
chemicals. Ans. (a) The phenomeon is eutrophication.
v) Industrial wastes:- Industries involved in More nutrients in water , aquatic life increases
manufacture of paper, rubber, pesticide, dye organic remains deposited on lake bottom, lake
etc produce largeamount of corrosive & highly grows shallower and warmer, gradually
inflammable chemicals transforms into land due to deposition of silt
vi) Electronic wastes:- E-wastes are generated in and organic debris.
developed countries & sent in developing (b) Cultural or Accelerated eutrophication
countries wherecertain metals like Au, Ni, Si, Natural ageing is Eutrophication.
Cu, Fe etc. are recovered from them but also
produces toxic substances. 336. In Arcata, the town’s people have created
an integrated waste water treatment process
334.Discuss the various effects of within a natural system. Acitizen group called
Deforestation? FOAM helps in upkeep of this project.
Ans.i) Destruction of Resources:- destruction of (a) What are the main steps in waste water
forests leads to decrease in availability of forest management done in this way?
resourcese.g. timber, firewood etc. (b) ‘Ecosan’ in Kerala and Sri Lanka is also an
ii) Soil erosion:- The destruction of green cover intiative for water conservation. How?
results in loosening of soil & large scale erosion Ans. (a) Conventional sedimentation, filtering
so agriculturalproduction goes down. and chlorine treatment.Absorption and
iii) Heavy Siltation of Dams:- Large scale assimilation of pollutants by algae fungi and
deforestation leads to increasing disastrous bacteria.
floods & soil erosion. (b) ‘Ecosan’ derived from ecological sanitation.
iv) Destruction of wildlife:- Deforestation Handling human excreta using dry composting
destroys the habitat of animal species resulting toilets. Its practical, hygienic and cost effective
depletion in wildlife& their gradual extinction. method.
v) Change in Microclimate:- destruction of
forests decrease the availability of ground 337. What are the contribution of Ahmed Khan
water resources & alsoresult in decrease in in Bangalore and Ramesh Chandra Dagar in
average rainfall in a particular area. Sonipat?
vi) Desertification:- Destruction of forests & Ans.Integrated organic farming is a cyclical,
overgrazing of animals leads to formation of zero-waste procedure, where waste products
deserts. from one process are cycled in as nutrients for
vii) Environmental pollution:- CO2 produced by other processes. This allows the maximum
burning of fossil fuels is used up to large extent utilisation of resource and increases the
by plants forphotosynthesis. efficiency of production. Ramesh Chandra Dagar
335. Pollutant released due to human activities , a far mer in Sonipat, Haryana, is doing just this.
(like effluents from industries and homes) can He includes bee-keeping, dairy management,
radically accelerate the ageing process of the water harvesting, composting and agriculture in
water body . a chain of processes, which support each other
(a) Explain how does this process occurs during and allow an extremely economical and
natural ageing of lake. sustainable venture. There is no need to use
chemical fertilisers for crops, as cattle excreta
(dung) are used as manure. Crop waste is used
to create compost, which can be used as a
natural fertiliser or can be used to generate
natural gas for satisfying the energy needs of
the farm. Enthusiastic about spreading
information and help on the practice of
integrated organic farming, Dagar has created
the Haryana Kisan W elfareClub, with a current
membership of 5000 farmers.

338.i) What is meant by ozone shield?

ii) Name two ozone depleting substances?
iii) How do ozone depleting substances affect
ozone shield?
iv) Write one damaging effect of ozone –
depletion on human & plants respectively?
Ans.i) The ozone layer present in the
atmosphere acts as an ultraviolet absorbent
thus protectingthe earth from its harmful effect.
The upper layer of atmosphere enveloped lay
ozone is calledozone layer or ozone shield.
ii) Chlorofluorocarbon used in aerosol
propellant, fire extinguisher, refrigeration etc.
iii) During depletion, the chlorine, fluorine,
bromine, of CFCS & halogens are converted into
reactivefree radical form lay photochemical
reaction Cl or F are free to react with ozone
disintegrating itinto O2 + O
CF2Cl2→CF2Cl+ClCF2Cl2→CF2Cl+Cl
Cl+O3→ClO+O2Cl+O3→ClO+O2
iv) In humans, it causes damage to DNA &
mutations arise & also cause ageing of skin,
damage toskin& skin cancer.In plants, it causes
injury, premature death of plants & reduced
growth & yiel

MODULE – 5

1. A restriction enzyme digests DNA into

fragments. Name the technique used to check
the progression of this enzyme and separate
DNA fragments.
Ans. Gel electrophoresis
2. Name two commonly used vectors in 10.Name the bacterium that yields
genetic engineering. thermostable DNA polymerase.
Ans. Plasmid and Bacteriophage. Ans.Thermusaquaticus.

3. Some enzymes are considered as molecular 11.Which enzymes are known as “molecular
scissors. in genetic engenrring. What is the Scissors”?
name assigned to such enzymes? Ans.Restriction Endonuclease.
Ans. Restriction Enzymes.
12.Name the commonly used vector for trans
4. Write conventional nomenclature of EcoRI. formation in plant cell?
Ans.E. – Escherichia; co – coli; R – Name of Ans.Agrobacterium tumefacien.
Strain; I – order in which enzyme isolated from
strain of bacteria. 13.Name the technique used for amplification
of DNA?
5. A linear DNA fragment and a plasmid has Ans.Polymerase Chain Reaction.
three restriction sites for EcoRIhow many
fragments will be produced from linear DNA 14.Name the enzyme responsible for removal
and plasmid respectively. of 5 – phosphate group from nucleic acid?
Ans.Number of fragments of linear DNA = 4 Ans.Alkaline Phosphates.
Number of fragments of plasmid = 3
15.Who isolated Restriction enzymes for the
6. An extra chromosomal segment of circular first time?
DNA of a bacterium is used to carry gene of Ans.Warner Arber & Hamilton Smith.
interest into the host cell. What is the name
given to it? 16.Why do eukaryotic cells do not contain
Ans. Plasmid. restriction enzymes?
Ans.Because in eukaryotic cell, DNA is heavily
7. Identify the recognition sites in the given methylated.
sequences at which E.coli will be cut and make
sticky ends. 17.Why does DNA moves towards anode in gel
5´-GAATTC-3´ electrophoresis.
3´-CTTAAG-5´ Ans.Because of presence of phosphate group,
Ans. 5−G↓AATTC35−G↓AATTC3 DNA is negatively charged &∴∴ moves towards
3−CTTAA↑G53−CTTAA↑G5 anode.
18.Name two main steps which are collectively
8.Name the substance used as a medium in gel referred to as down streaming process. Why is
electrophoresis. this process significant?
Ans.Agarose Ans.Separation and Purification
This process is essential because before
9.What is Bioconversion? reaching into market, the product has to be
Ans.Bioconversion refers to the process by subjected for clinical trial and quality control.
which raw material are converted to specific
product by microbial, plant or animal cell.
19. How does plasmid differ from 21. Mention two classes of restriction
chromosomal DNA? enzymes. Suggest their respective roles.
Ans. Ans.Exonucleases and endonucleases
  Plasmid DNA   Chromosomal DNA Exonucleases remove nucleotides from the
Linear DNA ends of the DNA.
Circular DNA Endonucleases cut DNA at specific sites beween
Occurs in nucleus of
Occurs only in the ends of DNA.
(i) (i) eukaryotic cells
bacterial cells
(ii) (ii) and bacterial cell.
Used as Vector 5. In the given process of separation and
(iii) (iii) Not used as vector in
in rDNA isolation of DNA fragments, someof the steps
rDNA
technology are missing, Complete the missing steps –
technology.
A : Digestion of DNA fragments using restriction
20. A bacterial cell is shown in the figure given endonucleases
below. Label the part ‘A’ and ‘B’. Also mention ↓
the use of part ‘A’ in rDNA technology. B : ..............................................................
↓
C : Staining with ethidium bromide
↓
D :Visualisation in U.V. light
↓
E : .............................................................
↓
F : Purification of DNA fragments.
Ans.B - Gel Electrophoresis
E - Elution

22.Write any two properties of restriction

endonuclease enzymes?
Ans.(i) Each Restriction endonuclease functions
by inspecting the length of DNA sequence &
bindto DNA at the recognition Sequence.
(ii) It cuts the two strands of DNA at specific
point in their sugar – phosphate backbone.

23.What are ‘Selectable marker’? What is their

use in genetic engineering?
Ans.A selectable marker is a gene which helps
in selecting those host cells which contains
thevector& eliminating the non–
transformanteg – gene encoding resistance to
Ans. A- Plasmid, B - Nucleoid
antibiotics are usefulSelectable markers as they
Plasmid is used as vector to transfer the gene of
allow Selective growth of transformants only.
interest in the host cell.
24.How can the desired product formed after
genetic engineering be produced on a
commercial scale?
Ans.The product obtained from genetic
engineering is subjected to a series of processes
collectivelycalled downstream processing
before it made into final processes involved in
downstreamprocessing are :- Separation &
purification.

25.What is “Insertional Inactivation”?

Ans.If a recombinant DNA is inserted within the
coding Sequence of enzyme B–galactosidase. 28.Differentiate between plasmid DNA and
Thisresults into inactivation of enzyme which is chromosomal DNA?
referred to as “Insertional Inactivation”. The Ans.Plasmid DNA is extranuclear DNA, found in
presenceof chromogenic Substrate gives blue– protoplasmic whereas chromosomal DNA is the
coloured colonies if the plasmid in bacteria does nuclear or genetic DNA which is found within
not have aninsert presence of insert results into the nucleus.
insertional inactivation &the colonies do not
produce anycolor. 29.What is the role of enzyme “Ligase” in
genetic Engineering?
26.What are the two basic techniques involved Ans.Enzyme “Ligase” acts as molecular Suture
in modern Biotechnology? which helps in joining two pieces of DNA. The
Ans.The two basic techniques involved in Joining process requires ATP as it derive energy
modern Biotechnology are:- to construct phosphodiester bond between
a)Genetic Engineering is the technique of cohesive ends.
altering the nature of genetic material or
introduction of it into another host organism to 30.Name the components a bioreactor must
change its phenotype. possess to achieve the desired product?
b)Techniques to facilitate the growth & Ans.Enzyme “Ligase” acts as molecular Suture
multiplication of only the desired microbes or which helps in joining two pieces of DNA. The
cells in large number under sterile conditions Joining process requires ATP as it derive energy
for manufacture to construct phosphodiester bond between
cohesive ends.
27.Represent diagrammatically the E. coli.
Cloning vector ββ PBR 322. 31.The following proteins of given molecular
Ans. weight are Subjected to Get electrophoresis.
Write the order of Sequence in which these
proteins are isolated in a gel?
S.no. Proteins
1. Albumin
2. Keratin
3. Myosin
4. Haemoglobin
5. Ribozyme
6. Insulin
Ans.The sequence of proteins obtained from
top to bottom in a gel:-
Myosin > Insulin >Haemoglobin> Ribozyme >
Keratin > Albumin.

32.How is gene Z used as a marker?

Ans.Lac Z gene codes for enzyme Β-
galactosidase, if a recombinant DNA is inserted
within thecoding sequence of an enzyme Β-
galactosidase. This results into inactivation of
enzyme. Thebacterial colonies whose plasmid
does not have an insert produce blue colour but 34. Since DNA is a hydrophillicmoelcule, it
those with aninsert do not produce any colour. cannot pass through cell membranes. Name
and explain the technique with which the DNA
33.What is Bioreactor? What are the is forced into (ii) a bacterial cell (ii) a plant cell
advantages of Stirred tank Bioreactor over (iii) an animal cell.
Shake flask. Show diagrammatically a simple Ans. (i) Chemical treatment and exposure to
Stirred tank Bioreactor? cold and high temp.(42°C) alternatively.
Ans.Bioreactors are large vessels in which raw (Bacterial cell)
materials are biologically converted into (ii) Biolistics or gene gun. (Plant cell)
specificproteins using microbial, plant, animal (iii) Micro-injection. (animal cell) Explanation –
or human cells. The advantages of Bioreactor Refer page 200, biology Text Book for class XII.
over shakeflask are :-
a)It provides optimal conditions for achieving 35. How will you obtain purified DNA from a
desired product by providing optimum growth cell?
conditions eg. temp, pH etc. Ans.Cells are treated with appropriate enzymes
b)Small volume of cultures can be withdrawn to release DNA. Lysozyme (bacteria), cellulase
periodically from bioreactor to test the sample. (plant cells), chitinase (fungus).
c)It has an agitation system, temp control RNA and proteins are removed by treatment
system, from control system & pH control with ribonuclease and protease enzymes
system respectively.
d)
36. In recombinant DNA technology, vectors
are used to transfer a gene of interest in the
host cells. Mention any three features of
vectors that are most suitable for this purpose.
Ans.(i) Have origin of replication(Ori)
(ii) Have a selectable marker
(iii) Have at least one recognition site.
37. Why is “Agrobacterium–mediated genetic 40.Mention the important properties which a
engineering transformation” inplants good vector must possess?
considered as natural genetic engineering? Ans.The important properties which a good
Ans.Agrobacterium tumefaciens is a pathogen vector must possess are :-
in many dicot plants. It is able to deliver a piece i) Size :- The vector must have small size so that
of DNA (T–DNA) to transform normal plant cell it is easier to purify & isolate.
into a tumor and directs these tumor cells to ii) Origin of replication :- This is a sequence of
produce the chemicals required by pathogen. base pairs where replication starts. Any piece of
DNA linked to this sequence can be made to
38. Observe the given sequence of nitrogenous replicate within its host cell & thus, controls the
bases on a DNA fragment and answer the copy number of linked DNA.
following question – iii) Selectable Marker :- A marker is a gene
5´ - CAGAATTCTTA - 3´ which helps in selecting those host cells which
3´ - GTCTTAAGAAT - 5´ contain the vector & eliminating the non –
(a) Name a restriction enzme which can transformants Common Selectable marker
recognise this DNA sequence. include gene encoding resistance to antibiotics.
(b) Write the sequence after digestion. iv) Cloning Sites :- The vector Should have a few
(c) Why are the ends generated after digestion or at least one unique recognition site to link
called sticky ends? the foreign / alien DNA. Presence of a particular
Ans. (a) EcoRI recognition site enables the particular
restriction enzyme to cut the vector.

41.Describe any three vectors less method of

(c) These are named sticky ends, because they introducing the rDNA into a competent host
form hydrogen bonds with their cell?
complementary cut parts. Ans. i) Transformation :- In order to force
bacteria to take up the plasmid, the bacterial
39. A selectable marker is used in the section cell must first be made competent to take up
of recombinants on the basis of their ability to DNA. This is done by treating them with specific
produce colour in presence of chromogenic concentration of divalent cationeg. Ca2+ which
substrate. increases the efficiency with which DNA enters
(a) Mention the name of mechanism involved. the bacterium through pores in its cell wall
(b) Which enzyme is involved in production of Recombinant DNA can then be forced into such
colour? cells by incubating the cells with recombinant
(c) How is it advantageous over using antibiotic DNA on ice, followed by placing them at 420 C&
resistant gene as a selectable marker? then putting them back into ice. This enables
Ans. (a) Insertional inactivation the bacteria to take up the recombinant DNA.
(b) b-galactosidase. ii) Microinjection :- recombinant DNA is directly
(c) Selection of recombinants due to injected into the nucleus of an animal cell using
inactivation of antibiotics requires simultaneous a micro – needle of tip with diameter (~ 4mm)
plating on two plates having different iii) Biolistics / Gene gun :- cells are bombarded
antibiotics. (Refer page 200 NCERT Biology for with high velocity micro – particles of gold or
class XII). tungsten coated with DNA.
42.Why is Agrobacterium mediated genetic 44. The development of bioreactors is required
transformation described as Natural Genetic to produce large quantities of products.
engineering in plants? (a) Give optimum growth conditions used in
Ans.Agrobacterium tumefacien, anatural bioreactors.
pathogen of Several dicot plants is able to (b) Draw a well labelled diagram of simple
deliver a piece of DNA known as “t – DNA” to stirred – tank bioreactor.
transform normal plant cell into a tumor & (c) How does a simple stirred – tank’
direct gene transfer transform tumor cells to bioreactor differ from sparged stirred – tank’
produce chemicals required by pathogen . The bioreactor?
tumor inducing (Ti) plasmid of Ans. (i) Temperature, pH, susbtrates, salts,
Agrobacterium tumefacien has now been vitamins and oxygen.
modified into a cloning vector which is no more (ii) (a) simple stirred–tank bioreactor
pathogenic to plant but is still able to use the
mechanism to deliver genes of our interest into
a variety of plants Since Agrobacterium
tumefacien has the natural ability to donate a
part of its DNA to the plant during infection.
This property of Agrobacterium is exploited and
a gene of interest is ligated into T-DNA so that it
automatically gets transformed into plant cell
thus, Agrobacterium tumefacien is known as
“Natural Genetic Engineer” of plants.

43.Mention the important tools required for

genetic engineering technology?
Ans.The process of genetic engineering is (iii) The stirrer facilitates even mixing and
accomplished only when we have following key oxygen availability throughout simple–stirred
tools :- tank bioreactor, whereas in case of sparged
a)Restriction enzymes:- Restriction enzymes are stirred-tank bioreactor, air is bubbled
a group of endonucleases which cut the DNA at throughout the reactor for proper mixing.
Specific position anywhere in its length. Each
restriction endonuclease functions by inspecting 45. In the given figure, one cycle of polymerase
the length of DNA & binds to DNA at the chain reaction (PCR) is shown-
recognition Sequence.
b)Cloning Vector:- The DNA molecule which
carry the desired DNA Segment of an organism
& transfer it to cell or DNA of another organism
is called cloning vector.
c)Desired foreign DNA:- The segment of DNA
containing genes having desired characters &
which are being transferred into genome of
another cell with the help of vector is called
foreign DNA.
(a) Name the steps A, B and C. Answer the following questions :
(b) Give the purpose of each of these steps. (a) Mention the function of rop.
(c) State the contribution of (b) What will be the selectable marker for this
bacteriumThermusaquaticus in this process. recombinant plasmid and why?
Ans. (a) Denaturation – Heat denatures DNA to (c) Explain transformation.
separate complementary strands. Ans. (a) ‘rop’ codes for the proteins involved in
(b) Annealing : Primers hybridises to the the replication of plasmid
denatured DNA strands. (b) Selectable marker – ampicillin resistance
(c) Extension : Extension of primers resulting in gene. It will help distinguishing trAns.formants
synthesis of copies of target DNA sequence. from non-trAns.formants after plating them on
Enzyme Tag polymerase is isolated from the ampicillin containing medium.
bacterium Thermusaquaticus. This enzyme (c) Transformation – It is the phenomenon by
induces denaturation of double stranded DNA which the DNA isolated from one type of cell
at high temperature. and introduced into another type and is able to
bring about some of the properties of former to
46. Study the figure of vector pBR322 given the later.
below in which foreign DNA is ligated at the
Bam H1 site of tetracyline resistance gene. 47.Describe the various steps involved in
Recombinant DNA technology with the help of
a well labeled. Diagram?
Ans. i) Identification of DNA with desirable
Genes:- Other molecules in the target cell can
beremovedby appropriate treatment & purified
DNA ultimately precipitates out after addition
ofchilled ethanol.
ii) Cutting the DNA at specific location :- After
having cut the source DNA as well as vector
DNA with Specific restriction enzyme, the cut of the target protein, one has to consider
out “gene of interest” from the source DNA & producing it on large scale.
the cut vector with space are mixed & ligase is
added. 48.Expand PCR? Describe the different Steps
iii)Insertion of Recombinant DNA into host cell :- involved in this technique?
Recipient cells after making them competent to Ans. PCR stands for polymerase chain
receive takes up DNA in its surrounding. reaction.It is a technique for amplification of
Recombinant DNA is introduced into suitable gene of interest
host cell by vector – based or vector – less or to obtain multiple copies of DNA of interest.
method. The PCR requires primers, taq polymerase,
target sequence, DNA sample
&deoxyribonucleotides.
PCR includes number of cycles for amplifying
DNA of interest invitro. Each cycle has three
steps :-
a)DENATURATION:- The first step is
denaturation of SNA sample in a reaction
mixture to 940 c. During this step, DNA strand
gets separated.
b)RENATURATION / ANNEALING:- The
temperature is allowed to cool down to 500c to
allow two oligo-nucleotide primers to anneal to
complementary sequence in DNA molecule.
c)EXTENSION:- The temperature is raised to
750c. At this temperature, taq – polymerase
initiates DNA Synthesis at 3-OH end of primer.

iv)Selection & Screening :- If a recombinant DNA

bearing gene for resistance to an antibiotic is
trAns.ferred into E-coli the host – cell become
trAns.formed into ampicillin – resistant cells.
Due to this amp gene one is able to select a
trAns.formed cell in the presence of ampicillin.
This amp r gene is called selectable marker.
v)Obtaining the foreign Gene product :- After
having cloned the gene of interest & having
optimized the conditions to induce expression
49.What are Restriction enzyme? Why do Ans.ELISA (Enzyme linked immuno - sorbent
bacteria have these restriction enzymes. Show Assay)
diagrammatically a restriction enzyme its
recognition & the product it produces? 51. Development of a transgenic food crop
Ans. Restriction enzymes are endonucleases may help in solving the problem of night
which recognize a specific sequence within DNA blindness in the developing countries, name
andcut the DNA within that sequence at a this crop plant.
specific point. In bacteria, these restriction Ans.Golden Rice
enzymes operatea modification restriction
system which modifies & cuts the foreign DNA 52. Which nematode infects the roots of
entering into the bacterial cell& thus, provides tobacco plant and causes a great reduction in
immunity to bacterial cell. yield?
Name of Restriction enzyme- EcoRISubstrate Ans.Meloidegyneincognitia.
DNA on which it acts
53. The first transgenic cow, produced human
protein - enriched milk. Name the cow and the
protein found in milk.
Ans.Rosie, alpha-lactalbumin

54. The insulin produced using recombinant

DNA technology is more advantageous than
the insulin extracted from pancreas of
slaughtered cattle and pigs. How?
Ans.Insulin obtained from animal source causes
allergy.

56. Name two pest resistant plants produced

by using recombinant DNA technology.
Ans.Bt Cotton, Bt Corn, BtBrinjal.

57.Name the genetically engineered human

Insulin?
Ans.Humulin

58.Write the Scientific name of nematode that

attacks the root of tobacco plant?
Ans.Meloidogyneincognitia.

59.Define a patent?
Ans.Patent is the government protection to the
50. Name the technique based on the principle inventor of biological material, Securing to him
of antigen-antibody interaction used in for a specific time the exclusive right of
detection of a virus (HIV). manufacturing, exploiting, using & selling an
invention.
 61. Some crop plants are modified genetically
60.Expand GEAC. by manipulating their genes. How are they
Ans.Genetic Engineering Approval Committee. made beneficial?
Ans.More tolerant to abiotic stresses; pest
61.Name the first transgenic cow? resistant; reduction in post harvest losses;
Ans.Dolly. increased nutritional value of food.

62.Which vaccine was being tested on mice? 72. GEAC is one of the organisation set up by
Ans.Polio vaccine. Indian Government. Write its full form. Give its
two objectives.
63.Name the bacterium which is used to Ans.GEAC - Genetic Engineering approval
produce insect-resistant plants by genetic committee. Objectives of GEAC as below:
engineering. (i) To make decisions regarding validity of GM
Ans.Bacillus thuringiensis. research.
(ii) Safety of introducing GMO for public use.
64.Name any disease against which vaccine is
developed lay Recombinant DNA technology. 73. “Industrialised nations are exploiting the
Ans.Hepatitis B vaccine. bioresources of under industrialised nations”.
Justify the statement with a suitable example.
65.Name the technique which is used to detect Ans.Industrialised nations are collecting and
HIV in Suspected AIDS patient? patenting the genetic resources of under
Ans.PCR (polymerase chain reaction) industrialised country like India. An American
Company got patent rights on Basmati rice.
66.Name any two diseases for which Valuable biomolecules obtained from
transgenic mice are used as model organisms. bioresources are patented and used for
Ans.Rheumatoid Arthiritis& cystic fibrosis. commercial purposes.

67.What is the difference between ‘Cry’ & 74.What is Golden rice? What is its advantage?
‘CRY’. Ans.Golden rice is a transgenic variety of rice
Ans.Cry is the gene which codes for Bt-toxin which contains a gene which codes for Vitamin
which is an insecticidal protein while CRY is the A precursor. This variety have green yellow
protein coded by cry genes. coloured grains and is rich in Vitamin A & thus
nutritionally very advantageous.
68.Name any one disease for which gene
therapy has been proved effective? 75.What are the three critical research areas in
Ans.Adenosine deaminase deficiency (ADA). the field of Biotechnology?
70. What are the two methods for correcting Ans. i) providing best catalyst in the form of
ADA deficiency in a child? improved organism usually in the form of
Ans.Bone marrow transplantation having microbe or pure enzyme.
functional ADA enzyme and Enzyme ii) Creating optimal conditions through
replacement therapy. engineering for a catalyst to function.
iii) downstream processing to purify the protein
/ organic compound.
76.What are the advantages of molecular 80.Give any two examples of products, how
diagnostics over conventional methods? transgenic animals can be used to produce
Ans.In conventional methods, presence of biological compounds?
pathogen is normally suspected only when Ans. i) Alpha-1-antitrypsin – a protein that is
pathogen has produced a disease symptom. By used to treat emphysema.
this time the concentration of pathogen is ii) Alpha – lactalbumin – protein – rich milk that
already very high in Body which could be is more nutritionally balanced product for
harmful but with molecular diagnostics, Small humanbabies?
amount of pathogen could be detected by
amplification by PCR. 81.How is autoradiography used to detect a
mutated gene?
77.What are genetically modified organisms? Ans.A single stranded DNA or RNA tagged with
Name two factors on which their behaviour radioactive molecule is allowed to hybridise to
depends? its complements DNA in a clone of cells
Ans. Those organisms whose genes have been followed by detection using autoradiography.
altered by manipulation, are called genetically The clone having the mutated gene will hence
modified organism or transgenic organisms. The not appear on photographic film because probe
two factors on which their behaviourdepends:- will not have complementarily with mutated
i) proper insertion of gene of interest. gene.
ii) Proper harvesting of Genetically modified
organisms to produce desired product. 82.Whydid Bacterial toxin does not kill the
bacteria but only the insects?
78.What do you mean by “Biopiracy” Give an Ans.Bacterial toxin does not kill the Bacillus
example? because. But toxic protein exist as inactive
Ans.Biopiracy refers to the use of bio-resources protoxin but once an insect ingest the inactive
lay multinational companies & other protoxin it is converted into active form of toxin
organizations without proper authorizations due to alkaline pH of gut which solublises the
from the countries & people concerned eg. crystal. The activated toxin binds to surface of
Basmati rice grown in India is distinct for its midgut epithelial cells & create pores that cause
unique flavor & aroma but an American cell swelling &lysis.
company got patent rights on Basmati through
US patent. 83.Mention any four applications of
Biotechnology in the field of Agriculture?
79.What are transgenic Bacteria? Illustrate Ans.i) to made crops tolerant to abiotic stresses
using any one example? eg. cold, drought, salt, heat.
Ans.The bacteria in which genes of interest (i-e. ii) to reduce reliance on chemical pesticide by
foreign DNA fragment) have been introduced producing pest-resistant crops.
are calls transgenic bacteria eg. Ecol when two iii) increased efficiency of mineral usage by
DNA sequences A & B chains of insulin are plants.
introduced into plasmid of this bacteria, then it iv) enhanced nutritional value of food eg. Vit – A
is called transgenic bacteria & Start to produce rich golden rice.
insulin chain.
84.Why is recombinant Insulin produced by
genetic engineering need to be processed?
Ans.Recombinant Insulin produced by Genetic nematode resistant tobacco plants based on
engineering need to be processed because RNAitechnique.
insulinwhich is produced as proinsulin contains (i) Write the missing steps in proper sequence
an additional C-peptide apart from α−&βα−&β- (ii) At which level RNAi silences the gene?
chain ofinsulin so, to make an active insulin
vaccine; a peptidase enzyme is added to
proinsulin to cleave C peptide& rejoining
of α−&βα−&β- chain to form active Insulin.
85. Some multinational companies and other
organisations are using bioresources for
commercial benefits, without proper
authentication and compensation to
concerned authorities.
(a) Give the term for this unauthorised act.
(b) Suggest any two ways to get rid of this.
Ans. (a) Biopiracy
(b) (i) Benefits of bioresources should be shared
between developed and developing nations
(ii) Laws should be developed to prevent
unauthorsied exploitation of them
bioresources.

86. A bacterium Bacillusthuringiensis produces

a toxic protein named ‘cry protein’ that is
lethal to certain insects but not to bacterium
(a) Why this toxin does not kill the bacteria?
(b) What type of changes occur in the gut of
insects on consuming this protein?
(c) How man has exploited this protein for his
benefit?
Ans. (a) Produced in inactive form as Ans. (i) (b) Using Agrobacterium as a vector,
Prototoxins. introduced into tobacco
(b) Prototoxin becomes active toxin in alkaline (d) dsRNA (double stranded RNA)
pH of gut of insects. Toxins bind to surface of (f) Silenced specific mRNA of the nematode
midgut and cause perforation, swelling, lysis of (g) Parasite could not survive.
cells ultimately leading to death. (ii) RNAi silences the gene at translation level
(c) Specific Bt toxin genes isolated from
Bacillusthuringiensis and incorporated into 88.Describe with example, Why transgenic
several crop plants such as cotton and corn animals are produced?
which become pest resistant against certain Ans..Transgenic animals are produced for
insects. following purposes:-
To allow the study of how genes are regulated
87. Given below is an incomplete flow chart & how they affect normal function of body & its
showing the process of production of
development eg. information obtained about 89.Write an account on the production of
biological role of insulin like growth factor. human insulin in transgenic organisms.
To increase our understanding on how genes Ans. Human insulin consists of two short
contribute to development of diseases. polypeptide chains: chain A & B linked by
To produce useful biological compounds by disulfide bonds.Insulin is secreted as
introducing a portion of DNA that codes for that prohormone which has to be processed before
product from other organisms, eg. αα-1 it becomes a mature & functionalhormone. The
antitrypsin, a protein used to treat emphysema. prohormone contains another polypeptides
For testing the safety of vaccine eg. polio called C-peptide which is removed during
vaccine in transgenic mice. maturation.Using genetic engineering, the two
To test the toxicity of drugs. DNA sequences coding for chains A & B of
human insulin areintroduced into plasmid of E –
90.Describe how nematode – resistant coli – to produce insulin. The two chains
transgenic plants have been obtained? produced are extracted &combinedby creating
Ans.A nematode Meloidogyne incognita infects disulfide bridges.
tobacco plant &reduces its yield. The specific
genes fromparasite are introduced into plant 92.Compare & contrast the advantages &
using Agrobacterium. The genes are introduced disadvantage of production of Genetically
in such a way that bothsense& Antisense RNA modified organisms?
are produced. Since these two RNAs are Ans. ADVANTAGES OF PRODUCING GMOS.
complementary, they form a doublestranded GM crops produce desired phenotypic traits in
RNA (ds RNA). This neutralizes the specific RNA crop plants.
of nematode by a process called The genes responsible for production of specific
RNAinterference as a result, the parasite cannot proteins are inserted into GM crops. These
live in transgenic host & plant is protected from crops then produce that specific protein.
the pest. Transgenic crops synthesizes new end product
of specific biochemical pathway.
91.What are Cry proteins? Name an organism These crops also help in preventing expression
that produces it. How has man exploited this of existing native Gene.
protein to his benefit? DISADVANTAGES OF PRODUCING GMOS:
Ans.The soil bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis Transgenic crops may endanger wild & native
produces crystal proteins called cry proteins species.
that are toxicto larvae of insects like tobacco GM crops may cause health problems by
budworm, beetles & mosquitoes. The cry supplying allergens.
proteins exist as inactiveprotoxin& gets GM crops may damage to the natural
converted into active toxin when ingested lay environment.
the insect, as the alkaline pH of gutSolublises
the crystal. The activated toxia binds to surface 93.What is RNA Silencing? How is this strategy
of epithelial cells ofmidgut& create pores used to create pest – resistant plants?
thiscauseslysis of cells leading to death of Ans.RNA silencing is a technique which involves
insects.The genes encoding this protein are silencing or disabling of specific mRNA due
isolated from bacterium & incorporated into tocomplementary ds RNA molecule that binds
crop-plant to make them insect – resistant. to & prevent translation of mRNA. This strategy
is used toprevent infection of roots of tobacco
plants lay nematode Meloidegyne incognita. In
this strategy, complementary ds RNA is
produced against specific mRNA. The source of
this complementary RNA couldbe from an
infection by viruses having RNA genomes. Using
Agrobacterium vector nematode specificgenes
were introduced into host plant. The
introduction of DNA was such that it produced
both sense &anti-dense RNA in the host cell.
These two RNA’s being complementary to each
other formed a doublestrand RNA that initiated
RNAi& thus silenced specific mRNA of the
nematode. The consequence wasthat parasite
could not survive in transgenic host.
Observe the therapeutical flow chart and give
the answer of the following:
94.What are the steps involved in synthesis of
(a) Complete the missing steps (B) and (D)
genetically engineered insulin.
(b) Identify the disease to be cured.
Ans. Steps involved in Insulin production are :-
(c) Why the above method is not a complete
for synthesis of Insulin, RNA is extracted
solution to the problem?
from β−β−cells of islets of Langehans of
(d) Scientists have developed a method to cure
pancreas.
this disease permanently. How?
With the help of enzyme Reverse transcriptase,
Ans. (a) Step (B) : Lymphocytes are grown in
single stranded DNA complementary to mRNA
culture medium. Step (D) : Infusion of
is synthesized second strand of DNA
genetically engineered lymphocytes into
complementary to first is synthesized with
patients.
enzyme DNA polymerase.
(b) Adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency.
The two strands of copy DNA is joined to
(c) As genetically engineered lymphocytes are
plasmid by using an enzyme called terminal
not immortal, the patient requires periodic
transferase.
infusion of cells.
The two ends of DNA get annealed by enzyme
(d) If the gene isolated from bone marrow cells
called ligase thus ends of inserted DNA &
producing ADA is introduced into cells at early
plasmid are sealed & a new circular plasmid is
embryonic stages, it could be a permanent cure.
formed. This is a molecule of recombinant DNA.
This recombinant DNA is then inoculated in a
96. In the given figure, Agrobacterium is
new bacterial cell of E-coli & inserted in a
utilized for the production of a transgenic crop.
bacterial gene after having cut by restriction
Explain the steps a, b, c, d and e shown in the
enzyme.
figure.
After proper expression of genes the bacterial
cells of both cultures are lysed with appropriate
chemicals. The fragments of insulin are then
separated from enzyme by cyanogen bromide.
95. The clinical gene therapy is given to a 4
years old patient for an enzyme which is
crucial for the immune system to function.
 Form (B) - Mature insulin.Proinsulin contains an
extra stretch called C – peptide which is absent
in mature insulin.
(c) Eli Lilly company prepared two DNA
sequences corresponding to A and B peptide
chains of human insulin and introduced them in
plasmid E. coli to produce insulin chains. Chains
A and B were producedseparately, extracted
and combined by creating disulphide bonds to
form insulin.

98.What is Gene therapy – Illustrate using

example of Adenosine deaminase deficiency?
Ans.Gene therapy is a collection of methods
that allows correction of a gene defect. In this
Ans. Step (a) Plasmid is removed and cut open
method,genes are inserted into the cells &
with restriction endonuclease.
tissues of an individual to correct certain
Step (b) Gene of interest is isolated from
hereditary diseases. Itinvolves delivery of a
another organism and amplified using PCR
normal gene into the individual or embryo to
Step (c) New gene is inserted into plasmid
replace the defective mutant allele of the gene.
Step (d) Plasmid is put back into Agrobacterium
Viruses which attack the host cell & introduce
Step (e) Agrobacterium based transformation.
genetic material into host are usedas vectors.
For example Adenosine deaminase (ADA)
97. In the given figure, Form (A) and Form (B)
deficiency can be cured by bone marrow
represents different forms of a proteinaceous
transplantation in some children but is not
hormone secreted by pancreas in mammals.
curative for Gene therapy, lymphocytes are
grown in a culture & functional ADA, cDNA is
introduced into these lymphocytes. These
lymphocytes are then transferred into body of
patient the patient requires infusion of such
genetically engineered lymphocytes.

(a) What type of bonding is present between

chains of this hormone?
(b) What are these form (A) and form (B). How
these forms differ from each other?
(c) Explain how was this hormone produced by
Eli Lilly, an American company, using rDNA
technology.
Ans. (a) Disulphide bonds
(b) Form (A) - Proinsulin